Avisuite - Mcu User Manual: Avitech GMBH

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Avitech GmbH
Document ID : UM_AviSuite_Mcu_All
Created / updated : Alice Lambert
Version : 1.4
Date of issue : 2018-10-10
Status : released
Avitech GmbH
Bahnhofplatz 3
88045 Friedrichshafen
Germany
It is prohibited to reproduce or transmit any part of this document for any purpose, in any form or by any means electronically or
mechanically, without the prior written permission of Avitech GmbH.
AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Change History
Version Change Date Section(s)

1.3 See previous version 2017-11-23 n.a.
1.4 Typo and syntax corrected 2018-10-10 Various
Screenshots updated Various
“AviUnit” replaced with “unit” All
“Remove Alarm” replaces with “Clear Alarm” 5.1.1
“Avitech” and “Avitech AG” changed to “Avitech
GmbH” Various
“Delete State” text enhanced. 5.3.3.9.2
“Received OR Address” max chars corrected 5.3.5.3.2,
5.3.5.9.2
“Bidirectional” description updated 5.3.5.17.2
description of the circuit type updated 7.1.8.1,
7.1.8.2
“Total” column added 7.1.8.1,
7.1.8.2
“Channel identifier” renamed in “Channel” 7.1.8.1,
7.1.8.2
“Active Since” and “Cause” added 7.1.8.5.1
Description of the lines added 7.1.9.3
“The Printer Configuration mask” added 9.2.4
“The Email Account Configuration mask” added 9.2.5
“Table icons” added 9.4.1.5
“Bulk operations” added 9:5:5:1
“AMHS automated Diversion” removed OLD 9.5.9
“Oversize Text Handling” removed 9.5.13.1,
9.5.14.1
Note added in the Message Preview Part 10.2.4
“The AFTN Correction Position Viewer” added 11.1.9.3
“The File Tab” addee 11.1.10.3
 Avitech GmbH 2018 Page 3 of 490

Document ID: UM_AviSuite_Mcu_All 2018-10-10 Version 1.4
AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Table of Content
1 INTRODUCTION ................................................................................................. 28
1.1 Purpose and scope .............................................................................................. 28
1.2 Referenced documents ........................................................................................ 28
1.3 Abbreviations .......................................................................................................28
2 BASIC SKILLS .................................................................................................... 29
2.1 Introduction ..........................................................................................................29
2.1.1 Starting the application / Web Start technology ................................................... 29
2.1.2 How to login .........................................................................................................29
2.1.3 Navigation ............................................................................................................30
2.2 Printing mechanism ............................................................................................. 31
2.3 Finders .................................................................................................................32
2.3.1 Functions .............................................................................................................32
2.3.2 Special function calling a finder ........................................................................... 32
2.3.3 Fields ...................................................................................................................33
2.4 Chooser ...............................................................................................................33
2.4.1 The list of value chooser ...................................................................................... 33
2.4.2 Special function calling a list of value chooser .................................................... 34
2.5 Drop down menu ................................................................................................. 34
2.5.1 The File menu ......................................................................................................34
2.5.2 The Events menu ................................................................................................. 34
2.5.3 The Command menu ........................................................................................... 34
2.5.4 The Status Information menu .............................................................................. 35
2.5.5 The Report menu ................................................................................................. 35
2.5.6 The configuration menu ....................................................................................... 36
2.5.7 The Management menu ....................................................................................... 36
2.5.8 The Options menu ............................................................................................... 37
2.5.9 The Window menu ............................................................................................... 37
2.5.10 The Help menu ....................................................................................................38
3 THE DASHBOARD ............................................................................................. 39
3.1 Dashboard items .................................................................................................. 39
4 FILE MENU ......................................................................................................... 42
5 SYSTEM MESSAGES MENU ............................................................................. 43
5.1 The Event Monitor function .................................................................................. 43
5.1.1 Functions .............................................................................................................43
5.1.1.1 File Menu .............................................................................................................43
5.1.1.2 Navigation Menu .................................................................................................. 44
5.1.1.3 Options Menu ......................................................................................................44
5.1.2 Fields ...................................................................................................................44
5.1.2.1 The events table .................................................................................................. 44
5.1.2.2 The event display ................................................................................................. 46
5.2 The Event Configuration function ........................................................................ 46

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
5.2.1 Functions .............................................................................................................46

5.2.1.1 File Menu .............................................................................................................46
5.2.1.2 Options Menu ......................................................................................................47
5.2.2 Fields ...................................................................................................................47
5.3 List of events........................................................................................................48
5.3.1 General events ....................................................................................................48
5.3.1.1 AFTN_CHANNEL_CONN_STATE ...................................................................... 48
5.3.1.1.1 Description ...........................................................................................................48
5.3.1.1.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................48
5.3.1.1.3 Necessary Actions ............................................................................................... 49
5.3.1.2 CHANNEL_STATE .............................................................................................. 49
5.3.1.2.1 Description ...........................................................................................................49
5.3.1.2.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................49
5.3.1.3 CIRCUIT_STATE ................................................................................................. 51
5.3.1.3.1 Description ...........................................................................................................51
5.3.1.3.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................51
5.3.1.4 COMPONENT_CONTROL .................................................................................. 52
5.3.1.4.1 Description ...........................................................................................................52
5.3.1.4.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................52
5.3.1.5 COMPONENT_STATE ........................................................................................ 53
5.3.1.5.1 Description ...........................................................................................................53
5.3.1.5.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................53
5.3.1.6 GENERAL_DATA_CHECK ................................................................................. 54
5.3.1.6.1 Description ...........................................................................................................54
5.3.1.6.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................54
5.3.1.7 GENERAL_ERROR ............................................................................................. 54
5.3.1.7.1 Description ...........................................................................................................54
5.3.1.7.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................54
5.3.1.8 MSG_OVERDUE_IN_QUEUE ............................................................................ 55
5.3.1.8.1 Description ...........................................................................................................55
5.3.1.8.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................55

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
5.3.1.9 MESSAGE_QUEUE_NOT_EMPTY .................................................................... 56

5.3.1.9.1 Description ...........................................................................................................57
5.3.1.9.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................57
5.3.1.10 MESSAGE_STATE ............................................................................................. 57
5.3.1.10.1 Description ...........................................................................................................57
5.3.1.10.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................58
5.3.1.11 RESOURCE_BOTTLENECK .............................................................................. 58
5.3.1.11.1 Description ...........................................................................................................58
5.3.1.11.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................59
5.3.1.12 SITA_GENERAL_INFORMATION ...................................................................... 59
5.3.1.12.1 Description ...........................................................................................................59
5.3.1.12.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................59
5.3.1.13 X25_PORT_CHECK ............................................................................................ 60
5.3.1.13.1 Description ...........................................................................................................60
5.3.1.13.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................60
5.3.2 AMS Events .........................................................................................................61
5.3.2.1 AMS_ACT_L_ERROR ......................................................................................... 61
5.3.2.1.1 Description ...........................................................................................................61
5.3.2.1.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................61
5.3.2.2 AMS_LIST_TRANSFER ...................................................................................... 61
5.3.2.2.1 Description ...........................................................................................................61
5.3.2.2.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................61
5.3.3 SFM Events .........................................................................................................62
5.3.3.1 SFM_AUTO_ADDRESS_DIVERSION ................................................................ 62
5.3.3.1.1 Description ...........................................................................................................62
5.3.3.1.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................62
5.3.3.2 SFM_AUTO_DIRECTION_DIVERSION .............................................................. 63
5.3.3.2.1 Description ...........................................................................................................63
5.3.3.2.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................63

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
5.3.3.3 SFM_BACKWARDS_RELAY_DONE .................................................................. 65

5.3.3.3.1 Description ...........................................................................................................65
5.3.3.3.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................65
5.3.3.3.3 Necessary Actions. .............................................................................................. 66
5.3.3.4 SFM_BACKWARDS_RELAY_STRIPPED .......................................................... 66
5.3.3.4.1 Description ...........................................................................................................66
5.3.3.4.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................66
5.3.3.5 SFM_CYCLIC_PDAI ............................................................................................ 67
5.3.3.5.1 Description ...........................................................................................................67
5.3.3.5.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................67
5.3.3.6 SFM_MANUAL_ADDRESS_DIVERSION ........................................................... 67
5.3.3.6.1 Description ...........................................................................................................67
5.3.3.6.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................67
5.3.3.7 SFM_MANUAL_DIRECTION_DIVERSION ......................................................... 69
5.3.3.7.1 Description ...........................................................................................................69
5.3.3.7.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................69
5.3.3.8 SFM_MESSAGE_QUEUE_STALLED ................................................................. 70
5.3.3.8.1 Description ...........................................................................................................70
5.3.3.8.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................71
5.3.3.9 SFM_MESSAGE_STORE_DELETE ................................................................... 71
5.3.3.9.1 Description ...........................................................................................................71
5.3.3.9.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................71
5.3.3.10 SFM_MESSAGE_STORE_FAILURE .................................................................. 72
5.3.3.10.1 Description ...........................................................................................................72
5.3.3.10.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................72
5.3.3.11 SFM_MESSAGE_STORE_ORDER .................................................................... 72
5.3.3.11.1 Description ...........................................................................................................72
5.3.3.11.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................73
5.3.3.12 SFM_RECURRENT_ROUTING .......................................................................... 73
5.3.3.12.1 Description ...........................................................................................................73

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
5.3.3.12.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................73

5.3.3.13 SFM_THRESHOLD ............................................................................................. 74
5.3.3.13.1 Description ...........................................................................................................74
5.3.3.13.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................74
5.3.4 AFTN Events .......................................................................................................75
5.3.4.1 AFTN_ACCESS_VIOLATION ............................................................................. 75
5.3.4.1.1 Description ...........................................................................................................75
5.3.4.1.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................75
5.3.4.2 AFTN_ANSWERBACK_FAILURE ....................................................................... 76
5.3.4.2.1 Description ...........................................................................................................76
5.3.4.2.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................76
5.3.4.3 AFTN_BREAK_DURING_OUTPUT .................................................................... 77
5.3.4.3.1 Description ...........................................................................................................77
5.3.4.3.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................77
5.3.4.4 AFTN_CHANNEL_GARBAGE_INFORMATION ................................................. 78
5.3.4.4.1 Description ...........................................................................................................78
5.3.4.4.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................79
5.3.4.5 AFTN_DTG_FAILURE ......................................................................................... 79
5.3.4.5.1 Description ...........................................................................................................79
5.3.4.5.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................80
5.3.4.6 AFTN_FEC_STATE ............................................................................................. 81
5.3.4.6.1 Description ...........................................................................................................81
5.3.4.6.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................81
5.3.4.7 AFTN_MESSAGE_QUEUE_STALLED ............................................................... 81
5.3.4.7.1 Description ...........................................................................................................81
5.3.4.7.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................82
5.3.4.8 AFTN_NO_CONNECTION_ESTABLISHED ....................................................... 82
5.3.4.8.1 Description ...........................................................................................................82
5.3.4.8.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................83

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual

5.3.4.9 AFTN_NO_DIAL_CONNECTION ........................................................................ 84
5.3.4.9.1 Description ...........................................................................................................84
5.3.4.9.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................84
5.3.4.10 AFTN_OLDEST_MESSAGE_IN_QUEUE ........................................................... 85
5.3.4.10.1 Description ...........................................................................................................85
5.3.4.10.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................85
5.3.4.11 AFTN_OMA_FAILURE ........................................................................................ 86
5.3.4.11.1 Description ...........................................................................................................86
5.3.4.11.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................87
5.3.4.12 AFTN_QUEUE_OVERFLOW_STARTED ........................................................... 88
5.3.4.12.1 Description ...........................................................................................................88
5.3.4.12.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................88
5.3.4.13 AFTN_RECEIVE_TIMEOUT ............................................................................... 89
5.3.4.13.1 Description ...........................................................................................................89
5.3.4.13.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................89
5.3.4.14 AFTN_SS_MESSAGE_IN_QUEUE .................................................................... 90
5.3.4.14.1 Description ...........................................................................................................90
5.3.4.14.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................90
5.3.4.15 AFTN_SVC_CAUSED_BY_FAULTY_MSG ........................................................ 91
5.3.4.15.1 Description ...........................................................................................................91
5.3.4.15.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................91
5.3.4.16 AFTN_SVC_GENERATED .................................................................................. 92
5.3.4.16.1 Description ...........................................................................................................92
5.3.4.16.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................92
5.3.4.17 AFTN_SVC_RECEIVED ...................................................................................... 93
5.3.4.17.1 Description ...........................................................................................................93
5.3.4.17.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................93

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
5.3.4.18 AFTN_TESTMESSAGE_HANDLING .................................................................. 94

5.3.4.18.1 Description ...........................................................................................................94
5.3.4.18.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................94
5.3.4.19 AFTN_THRESHOLD_1 ....................................................................................... 95
5.3.4.19.1 Description ...........................................................................................................95
5.3.4.19.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................95
5.3.4.20 AFTN_THRESHOLD_2 ....................................................................................... 96
5.3.4.20.1 Description ...........................................................................................................96
5.3.4.20.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................96
5.3.4.21 AFTN_THRESHOLD_3 ....................................................................................... 97
5.3.4.21.1 Description ...........................................................................................................97
5.3.4.21.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................97
5.3.4.22 AFTN_RESET_THRESHOLD_1 ......................................................................... 98
5.3.4.22.1 Description ...........................................................................................................98
5.3.4.22.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................98
5.3.4.23 AFTN_RESET_THRESHOLD_2 ......................................................................... 99
5.3.4.23.1 Description ...........................................................................................................99
5.3.4.23.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................99
5.3.4.24 AFTN_RESET_THRESHOLD_3 ....................................................................... 100
5.3.4.24.1 Description .........................................................................................................100
5.3.4.24.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................100
5.3.4.24.3 Necessary Actions ............................................................................................. 100
5.3.4.25 AFTN_TID_FAILURE ........................................................................................ 101
5.3.4.25.1 Description .........................................................................................................101
5.3.4.25.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................101
5.3.4.26 AFTN_TRANSFER_ERROR ............................................................................. 102
5.3.4.26.1 Description .........................................................................................................102
5.3.4.26.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................102
5.3.4.27 AFTN_UNEXPECTED_MSG_RECEIVED ........................................................ 103
5.3.4.27.1 Parameters ........................................................................................................103

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
5.3.4.28 AFTN_X25_EVENT ........................................................................................... 104

5.3.4.28.1 Description .........................................................................................................104
5.3.4.28.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................104
5.3.5 AMHS Events ....................................................................................................105
5.3.5.1 AMHSRV_INFORMATION ................................................................................ 105
5.3.5.1.1 Description .........................................................................................................105
5.3.5.1.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................106
5.3.5.2 AMHS_IPN_RECEIVED .................................................................................... 106
5.3.5.2.1 Description .........................................................................................................106
5.3.5.2.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................106
5.3.5.3 AMHS_MSG_TRANSL_ORIG_NON_SYMMETRIC ......................................... 107
5.3.5.3.1 Description .........................................................................................................107
5.3.5.3.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................107
5.3.5.4 AMHS_MSG_TRANSL_RCP_NON_SYMMETRIC ........................................... 108
5.3.5.4.1 Description .........................................................................................................108
5.3.5.4.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................108
5.3.5.5 AMHS_MTA_SESSION_INFO .......................................................................... 109
5.3.5.5.1 Description .........................................................................................................109
5.3.5.5.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................109
5.3.5.6 AMHS_MTCU_INFORMATION ......................................................................... 110
5.3.5.6.1 Description .........................................................................................................110
5.3.5.6.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................110
5.3.5.7 AMHS_NON_DELIVERY_REPORT_CREATED .............................................. 110
5.3.5.7.1 Description .........................................................................................................110
5.3.5.7.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................110
5.3.5.8 AMHS_NON_DELIVERY_REPORT_RECEIVED ............................................. 113
5.3.5.8.1 Description .........................................................................................................113
5.3.5.8.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................113
5.3.5.9 AMHS_PRB_TRANSL_ORIG_NON_SYMMETRIC .......................................... 116

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
5.3.5.9.1 Description .........................................................................................................116

5.3.5.9.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................116
5.3.5.10 AMHS_PRB_TRANSL_RCP_NON_SYMMETRIC ............................................ 117
5.3.5.10.1 Description .........................................................................................................117
5.3.5.10.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................117
5.3.5.11 AMHS_RECIPIENT_REACHABLE ................................................................... 118
5.3.5.11.1 Description .........................................................................................................118
5.3.5.11.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................118
5.3.5.12 AMHS_RECIPIENT_UNREACHABLE .............................................................. 118
5.3.5.12.1 Description .........................................................................................................118
5.3.5.12.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................118
5.3.5.13 AMHS_RPT_TRANSL_REP_RCP_NON_SYMMETRIC................................... 119
5.3.5.13.1 Description .........................................................................................................119
5.3.5.13.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................119
5.3.5.14 AMHS_SS_ACKNOWLEDGEMENT_RECEIVED ............................................. 120
5.3.5.14.1 Description .........................................................................................................120
5.3.5.14.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................120
5.3.5.15 AMHS_SS_MESSAGE_RECEIVED ................................................................. 121
5.3.5.15.1 Description .........................................................................................................121
5.3.5.15.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................121
5.3.5.16 DISTRESS_MESSAGE_RECEIVED ................................................................. 122
5.3.5.16.1 Description .........................................................................................................122
5.3.5.16.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................122
5.3.5.17 MTA_P1_CONNECTION_EVENT ..................................................................... 123
5.3.5.17.1 Description .........................................................................................................123
5.3.5.17.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................124
5.3.5.18 MTA_P3_CONNECTION_EVENT ..................................................................... 125
5.3.5.18.1 Description .........................................................................................................125

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
5.3.5.18.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................125

5.3.6 CIDIN Events .....................................................................................................127
5.3.6.1 CIDIN_CPSN_ERROR ...................................................................................... 127
5.3.6.1.1 Description .........................................................................................................127
5.3.6.1.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................127
5.3.6.2 CIDIN_ENQ_FROM_UNKNOWN_AE_RCVD ................................................... 128
5.3.6.2.1 Description .........................................................................................................128
5.3.6.2.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................128
5.3.6.3 CIDIN_ENQ_RESP_FROM_UNKNOWN_AX_RCVD ....................................... 128
5.3.6.3.1 Description .........................................................................................................128
5.3.6.3.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................129
5.3.6.4 CIDIN_EXIT_AVAILABLE .................................................................................. 129
5.3.6.4.1 Description .........................................................................................................129
5.3.6.4.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................129
5.3.6.5 CIDIN_EXIT_UNAVAILABLE ............................................................................ 129
5.3.6.5.1 Description .........................................................................................................129
5.3.6.5.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................129
5.3.6.6 CIDIN_GENERAL_INFORMATION ................................................................... 130
5.3.6.6.1 Description .........................................................................................................130
5.3.6.6.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................130
5.3.6.7 CIDIN_ILLEGAL_EXIT ...................................................................................... 130
5.3.6.7.1 Description .........................................................................................................130
5.3.6.7.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................131
5.3.6.8 CIDIN_MCF_ERROR ........................................................................................ 131
5.3.6.8.1 Description .........................................................................................................131
5.3.6.8.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................131
5.3.6.9 CIDIN_PACKET_HDR_ERROR ........................................................................ 132
5.3.6.9.1 Description .........................................................................................................132
5.3.6.9.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................132

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual

5.3.6.10 CIDIN_THRESHOLD_1 ..................................................................................... 133
5.3.6.10.1 Description .........................................................................................................133
5.3.6.10.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................133
5.3.6.11 CIDIN_THRESHOLD_2 ..................................................................................... 133
5.3.6.11.1 Description .........................................................................................................133
5.3.6.11.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................133
5.3.6.12 CIDIN_THRESHOLD_3 ..................................................................................... 133
5.3.6.12.1 Description .........................................................................................................133
5.3.6.12.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................133
5.3.6.13 CIDIN_RESET_THRESHOLD_1 ....................................................................... 134
5.3.6.13.1 Description .........................................................................................................134
5.3.6.13.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................134
5.3.6.14.1 Description .........................................................................................................134
5.3.6.14.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................134
5.3.6.15.1 Description .........................................................................................................135
5.3.6.15.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................135
5.3.6.16 CIDIN_TNMA_TIMEOUT ................................................................................... 135
5.3.6.16.1 Description .........................................................................................................135
5.3.6.16.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................135
5.3.6.17 CIDIN_TRANSPORT_HEADER_SYNTAX_ERROR......................................... 135
5.3.6.17.1 Description .........................................................................................................135
5.3.6.17.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................136
5.3.6.18 CIDIN_USE_EQUAL_VIRTUAL_CIRCUIT ........................................................ 136
5.3.6.18.1 Description .........................................................................................................136
5.3.6.18.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................136

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
5.3.6.19 CIDIN_VC_STATE ............................................................................................ 136

5.3.6.19.1 Description .........................................................................................................136
5.3.6.19.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................137
5.3.6.20 CIDIN_X25_EVENT ........................................................................................... 137
5.3.6.20.1 Description .........................................................................................................137
5.3.6.20.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................137
6 COMMAND MENU ............................................................................................ 139
6.1 The Command function ..................................................................................... 139
6.1.1 Function .............................................................................................................139
6.1.1.1 File .....................................................................................................................139
6.1.1.2 Options Menu ....................................................................................................140
6.1.2 Fields .................................................................................................................140
6.2 The Macro function ............................................................................................ 141
6.2.1 Function .............................................................................................................141
6.2.1.1 File .....................................................................................................................141
6.2.1.2 Action Menu .......................................................................................................142
6.2.1.3 Options Menu ....................................................................................................142
6.2.1.4 Icons ..................................................................................................................142
6.2.2 Fields .................................................................................................................143
6.3 List of commands ............................................................................................... 143
6.3.1 Introduction ........................................................................................................143
6.3.2 Nomenclature ....................................................................................................143
6.3.2.1 Arguments .........................................................................................................143
6.3.2.2 Argument combinations ..................................................................................... 144
6.3.2.3 Most used parameters ....................................................................................... 144
6.3.3 List all available commands [LIST] .................................................................... 145
6.3.4 Commands related to AFTN .............................................................................. 148
6.3.4.1 Activate channel check messages [ACT_CHCK] .............................................. 149
6.3.4.2 Activate check text [ACT_CKTEXT] .................................................................. 150
6.3.4.3 Activate CSN checking [ACT_CSNCHK] ........................................................... 150
6.3.4.4 Activate diversion for an address [ACT_DIVA] .................................................. 151
6.3.4.5 Activate diversion for a direction [ACT_DIVD] ................................................... 153
6.3.4.6 Activate automatic SVC handling [ACT_SVCG] ................................................ 154
6.3.4.7 Send cyclic AFTN test message [ACT_TMSG] ................................................. 155
6.3.4.8 Close channel [CL_CHAN] ................................................................................ 156
6.3.4.9 Close circuit [CL_CIRC] ..................................................................................... 157
6.3.4.10 Close input channel [CL_IN_CH] ....................................................................... 158
6.3.4.11 Continue outgoing messages [CONTINUE] ...................................................... 158
6.3.4.12 Deactivate channel check messages [DAC_CHCK] .......................................... 159
6.3.4.13 Deactivate check text [DAC_CKTEXT] .............................................................. 160

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
6.3.4.14 Deactivate CSN checking [DAC_CSNCHK] ...................................................... 161

6.3.4.15 Deactivate diversion for an address [DAC_DIVA] ............................................. 162
6.3.4.16 Deactivate diversion for a direction [DAC_DIVD] .............................................. 163
6.3.4.17 Deactivate automatic SVC handling [DAC_SVCG] ........................................... 164
6.3.4.18 Stop sending AFTN test message [DAC_TMSG] .............................................. 165
6.3.4.19 Generate a channel check message [GEN_CHCK] .......................................... 166
6.3.4.20 Generate an SVC LRLS [GEN_LRLS] ............................................................... 166
6.3.4.21 Hold outgoing messages [HOLD] ...................................................................... 167
6.3.4.22 Send AFTN test note [NOTE_TST] ................................................................... 168
6.3.4.23 Open circuit [OP_CHAN] ................................................................................... 169
6.3.4.24 Open circuit [OP_CIRC] ..................................................................................... 170
6.3.4.25 Open input channel [OP_IN_CH] ....................................................................... 171
6.3.4.26 Set channel sequence numbers [SET_CSN] ..................................................... 172
6.3.4.27 Set channel state to test [TST_CHAN] .............................................................. 173
6.3.5 Commands related to CIDIN .............................................................................. 174
6.3.5.1 Change enquiry interval [CHG_ENQ] ................................................................ 174
6.3.5.2 Close CIDIN exit centre [CL_AX] ....................................................................... 175
6.3.5.3 Close CIDIN virtual circuit [CL_VC] ................................................................... 175
6.3.5.4 Open CIDIN exit centre [OP_AX] ....................................................................... 176
6.3.5.5 Open CIDIN virtual circuit [OP_VC] ................................................................... 177
6.3.6 Other commands ............................................................................................... 178
6.3.6.1 Activate service lists [ACT_L] ............................................................................ 178
6.3.6.2 Macro or sequence of commands [MACRO] ..................................................... 180
6.3.6.3 Request application call-back [REQUEST] ........................................................ 181
6.3.6.4 Restart application [RESTART] ......................................................................... 182
6.3.6.5 Timely separate commands in a macro [WAIT] ................................................. 183
7 STATUS INFORMATION MENU ...................................................................... 184
7.1 The Circuit and Queue Monitor function ............................................................ 184
7.1.1 The Circuit and Queue Monitor tree .................................................................. 185
7.1.2 Common circuit and queue monitor functions ................................................... 185
7.1.2.1 File .....................................................................................................................185
7.1.2.2 Options ..............................................................................................................185
7.1.3 The root level .....................................................................................................186
7.1.4 The second level ................................................................................................ 186
7.1.5 The third level ....................................................................................................186
7.1.6 The fourth level .................................................................................................. 187
7.1.7 The fifth level .....................................................................................................187
7.1.8 The upper right tabs ........................................................................................... 187
7.1.8.1 The Circuit Overview tab ................................................................................... 187
7.1.8.2 The Suspicious Circuits tab ............................................................................... 189
7.1.8.3 The Queue Visualisation tab .............................................................................. 191
7.1.8.4 The Overview tab ............................................................................................... 192
7.1.8.4.1 Upper part ..........................................................................................................192

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
7.1.8.4.2 Lower part ..........................................................................................................193

7.1.8.5 The Actions and Properties tab ......................................................................... 193
7.1.8.5.1 Upper part ..........................................................................................................193
7.1.8.5.2 Lower part ..........................................................................................................194
7.1.8.5.2.1 Changing the operational state of a circuit. ....................................................... 194
7.1.8.5.2.2 Setting diversions for a circuit ............................................................................ 195
7.1.9 The lower right tabs ........................................................................................... 195
7.1.9.1.1 The Diversion tab ............................................................................................... 195
7.1.9.2 The Copy Address tab ....................................................................................... 196
7.1.9.3 The Current Day Statistics tab ........................................................................... 197
7.1.9.4 The Additional Information tab ........................................................................... 198
7.1.10 Message Viewer ................................................................................................ 199
7.1.10.1 AFTN Message Viewer ...................................................................................... 199
7.2 Connection State ............................................................................................... 200
7.2.1 Common state monitor functions ....................................................................... 200
7.2.1.1 File .....................................................................................................................200
7.2.1.2 Options ..............................................................................................................200
7.2.2 The AFTN Connection State Monitor ................................................................. 201
7.2.2.1 Column ..............................................................................................................201
7.2.3 The AMHS Connection State Monitor ................................................................ 203
7.2.3.1 Column ..............................................................................................................203
7.2.4 The CIDIN Exit Centre Connection State Monitor ............................................. 205
7.2.4.1 Column ..............................................................................................................205
7.2.5 The CIDIN Virtual Circuit Connection State Monitor .......................................... 206
7.2.5.1 Column ..............................................................................................................206
8 REPORT MENU ................................................................................................ 207
8.1 Common Report functions ................................................................................. 207
8.1.1 File .....................................................................................................................207
8.1.2 Options ..............................................................................................................207
8.2 The Overflow Queue report ............................................................................... 208
8.3 The Message Router Queue report ................................................................... 209
8.4 The Address Diversion report ............................................................................ 210
8.5 The Direction Diversion report ........................................................................... 210
8.6 The Queue Summary report .............................................................................. 211
8.7 The Channel Settings report .............................................................................. 213
8.8 The Channel State report .................................................................................. 215
8.9 The Queue Detail report .................................................................................... 216
8.10 The CSN Midnight report ................................................................................... 217
8.11 The AFTN Test Message report ........................................................................ 218
8.12 The Virtual Circuit State report .......................................................................... 218
8.13 The Virtual Circuit Group Queue report ............................................................. 219

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
8.14 The Exit Centre State report .............................................................................. 220

8.15 The Exit Centre Queue report ............................................................................ 221
9 CONFIGURATION MENU ................................................................................. 223
9.1 The System Configuration function .................................................................... 226
9.1.1 Functions ...........................................................................................................226
9.1.1.1 File Menu ...........................................................................................................226
9.1.1.2 Options Menu ....................................................................................................227
9.1.2 Table columns ...................................................................................................227
9.1.2.1 Upper table ........................................................................................................227
9.1.2.2 Lower table ........................................................................................................228
9.2 Common Services Configuration ....................................................................... 229
9.2.1 Functions ...........................................................................................................229
9.2.1.1 File Menu ...........................................................................................................229
9.2.1.2 Options Menu ....................................................................................................230
9.2.1.3 Icons on the left side of the table. ...................................................................... 230
9.2.2 Printer configuration Tab ................................................................................... 230
9.2.3 E-mail accounts configuration Tab .................................................................... 231
9.2.4 The Printer Configuration mask ......................................................................... 232
9.2.4.1 Functions ...........................................................................................................232
9.2.4.1.1 File Menu ...........................................................................................................232
9.2.4.1.2 Options Menu ....................................................................................................233
9.2.4.2 Fields .................................................................................................................233
9.2.5 The Email Account Configuration mask ............................................................. 234
9.2.5.1.1 File Menu ...........................................................................................................234
9.2.5.1.2 Options Menu ....................................................................................................235
9.2.5.1.3 Icons on the left side of the table. ...................................................................... 235
9.2.5.2 Fields .................................................................................................................235
9.3 Compare bundles .............................................................................................. 236
9.4 Bundle Details ....................................................................................................237
9.4.1 Functions ...........................................................................................................237
9.4.1.1 File menu ...........................................................................................................237
9.4.1.2 Action menu .......................................................................................................238
9.4.1.3 AMC menu .........................................................................................................239
9.4.1.4 Options Menu ....................................................................................................239
9.4.1.5 Table icons ........................................................................................................239
9.4.2 Fields .................................................................................................................239
9.4.3 Tabs ...................................................................................................................240
9.4.4 Import Address Look-up Tables ......................................................................... 248
9.4.4.1 Functions ...........................................................................................................248
9.4.4.1.1 File Menu ...........................................................................................................248
9.4.4.1.2 Options Menu ....................................................................................................249

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
9.4.4.2 Fields .................................................................................................................249

9.4.4.2.1 Upper Part .........................................................................................................249
9.4.4.2.2 The Compare MDR tab ...................................................................................... 250
9.4.4.2.3 The Compare CAAS tab .................................................................................... 251
9.4.4.2.4 Compare User Addresses ................................................................................. 252
9.4.5 Export Address Look-up Tables ........................................................................ 253
9.4.5.1 Functions ...........................................................................................................253
9.4.5.1.1 File Menu ...........................................................................................................253
9.4.5.1.2 Options Menu ....................................................................................................253
9.4.5.2 Fields .................................................................................................................254
9.4.6 Import Routing Tables ....................................................................................... 254
9.4.6.1 Functions ...........................................................................................................254
9.4.6.1.1 File Menu ...........................................................................................................254
9.4.6.1.2 Options Menu ....................................................................................................255
9.4.6.2 Fields .................................................................................................................255
9.5 Configuration and routing lists ........................................................................... 255
9.5.1 Common configuration and routing functions .................................................... 255
9.5.1.1 File .....................................................................................................................255
9.5.1.2 Action .................................................................................................................256
9.5.1.2.1 Options ..............................................................................................................257
9.5.2 Common configuration and routing fields .......................................................... 257
9.5.2.1 Fields .................................................................................................................257
9.5.3 Conventions used .............................................................................................. 257
9.5.3.1 Argument Types ................................................................................................ 258
9.5.3.2 Possible combinations ....................................................................................... 258
9.5.4 The AFTN Circuit Route list ............................................................................... 259
9.5.4.1 Functions ...........................................................................................................259
9.5.4.2 Fields .................................................................................................................260
9.5.4.3 The Routing tab ................................................................................................. 260
9.5.4.4 The AFTN Circuit Details tab ............................................................................. 261
9.5.4.5 The Properties tab ............................................................................................. 263
9.5.4.6 The Channels tab .............................................................................................. 266
9.5.4.6.1 The General tab ................................................................................................. 266
9.5.4.6.2 The CSN/CH tab ................................................................................................ 270
9.5.4.6.3 The Format tab .................................................................................................. 271
9.5.4.6.4 The SVC Handling tab ....................................................................................... 274
9.5.4.6.5 The Timer tab ....................................................................................................275
9.5.4.7 The Barring tab .................................................................................................. 277
9.5.4.8 The Originator tab .............................................................................................. 278
9.5.4.9 The Incoming Responsibility tab ........................................................................ 278

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
9.5.5 AFTN Address Route ......................................................................................... 279

9.5.5.1 Bulk Operations ................................................................................................. 280
9.5.5.2 Functions ...........................................................................................................281
9.5.5.3 Fields .................................................................................................................281
9.5.5.4 Fields .................................................................................................................282
9.5.6 Copy Addresses ................................................................................................ 283
9.5.6.1 Fields .................................................................................................................284
9.5.7 AFTN Device .....................................................................................................284
9.5.7.1 Functions ...........................................................................................................285
9.5.7.2 Fields .................................................................................................................285
9.5.7.3 Transport Addresses ......................................................................................... 286
9.5.7.4 Terminal Server Properties ................................................................................ 286
9.5.7.5 Fax Properties ...................................................................................................287
9.5.7.6 Dial In/Out Properties ........................................................................................ 287
9.5.7.7 FEC Properties .................................................................................................. 288
9.5.7.8 X25 Properties ...................................................................................................289
9.5.7.9 SITA Properties ................................................................................................. 290
9.5.8 SITA-AFTN Mapping ......................................................................................... 292
9.5.8.1 Fields .................................................................................................................293
9.5.9 AMHS Automated diversion ............................................................................... 293
9.5.10 AMHS Management Domain Look-up ............................................................... 294
9.5.10.1 Fields .................................................................................................................295
9.5.11 AMHS CAAS Look-up ........................................................................................ 296
9.5.11.1 Fields .................................................................................................................296
9.5.12 AMHS Miscellaneous ......................................................................................... 297
9.5.12.1 Fields .................................................................................................................298
9.5.13 AMHS User Addresses ...................................................................................... 299
9.5.13.1 Fields .................................................................................................................300
9.5.13.2 The Advanced Properties tab ............................................................................ 301
9.5.13.3 The Domain Defined Attributes tab .................................................................... 301
9.5.13.4 The Personal Details tab ................................................................................... 302
9.5.14 CIDIN Entry/Exit Centre ..................................................................................... 303
9.5.14.1 Fields .................................................................................................................303
9.5.15 CIDIN ADAX ......................................................................................................305
9.5.15.1 Fields .................................................................................................................305
9.5.16 CIDIN Routing ....................................................................................................306
9.5.16.1 Fields .................................................................................................................307
9.5.17 CIDIN Virtual Circuit Group ................................................................................ 307
9.5.17.1 Fields .................................................................................................................308
9.5.17.2 CIDIN Virtual Circuit ........................................................................................... 309
9.5.17.2.1 Fields .................................................................................................................310
9.5.18 AMHS User Agent ............................................................................................. 311
9.5.18.1 Fields .................................................................................................................312

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
9.5.19 MTA Circuit ........................................................................................................313

9.5.19.1 Fields .................................................................................................................314
10 MANAGEMENT MENU ..................................................................................... 316
10.1 The Traffic Monitor function ............................................................................... 316
10.1.1 The upper table .................................................................................................. 316
10.1.2 Lower part ..........................................................................................................318
10.1.3 Traffic Monitor functions .................................................................................... 318
10.1.3.1 File .....................................................................................................................318
10.1.3.2 Options ..............................................................................................................318
10.1.4 The Compose a command window of the Traffic Monitor.................................. 319
10.1.4.1 Fields .................................................................................................................319
10.1.4.2 Command buttons ............................................................................................. 319
10.1.4.3 Note ...................................................................................................................319
10.1.5 The Configuration window of the Traffic Monitor ............................................... 319
10.1.5.1 Fields .................................................................................................................320
10.1.5.2 Command buttons ............................................................................................. 320
10.2 The Message Retrieval ...................................................................................... 320
10.2.1 The retrieval tree ................................................................................................ 321
10.2.2 The Message Retrieval functions ...................................................................... 321
10.2.2.1 File .....................................................................................................................321
10.2.2.2 Options ..............................................................................................................321
10.2.3 The search criteria tab ....................................................................................... 322
10.2.4 The result tab .....................................................................................................326
10.3 The Archive unit ................................................................................................. 329
10.3.1 Functions ...........................................................................................................329
10.3.1.1 File .....................................................................................................................329
10.3.1.2 Options ..............................................................................................................330
10.3.2 Fields .................................................................................................................330
10.3.3 Upper Part - The Search filter ............................................................................ 330
10.3.4 Middle Part - The Result table ........................................................................... 330
10.3.5 Lower part - The Record preview ...................................................................... 331
10.4 The Channel Maintenance function ................................................................... 331
10.4.1 The channel tree ................................................................................................ 331
10.4.2 The message table ............................................................................................ 332
10.4.3 The message preview ........................................................................................ 333
10.4.4 The search function ........................................................................................... 333
10.4.4.1 Functions ...........................................................................................................334
10.4.4.1.1 File .....................................................................................................................334
10.4.4.1.2 Options ..............................................................................................................334
10.4.4.2 Special Features ................................................................................................ 335
10.4.4.3 Message Type ...................................................................................................336
10.4.4.3.1 Columns .............................................................................................................336

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
10.4.4.3.2 Query .................................................................................................................337

10.4.4.4 The AMHS tab ...................................................................................................338
10.4.4.5 The IPM tab .......................................................................................................338
10.4.4.6 The Ipn tab.........................................................................................................339
10.4.4.7 The Report tab ...................................................................................................340
10.4.4.8 The Probe tab ....................................................................................................341
10.4.4.9 Sub-tabs ............................................................................................................342
10.4.4.9.1 The IPM Details sub-tab .................................................................................... 342
10.4.4.9.2 The Ipn Details sub-tab ...................................................................................... 344
10.4.4.9.3 The Probe Details sub-tab ................................................................................. 345
10.4.4.9.4 The Deliv. Envelope sub-tab .............................................................................. 347
10.4.4.9.5 The Subm. Envelope sub-tab ............................................................................ 348
10.4.4.9.6 The Submission Result sub-tab ......................................................................... 350
10.5 The AMHS Channel Configuration mask ........................................................... 350
10.5.1 Functions ...........................................................................................................351
10.5.1.1 File .....................................................................................................................351
10.5.2 Fields .................................................................................................................351
10.6 MTA Device Configuration ................................................................................. 353
10.6.1 Functions ...........................................................................................................353
10.6.1.1 File .....................................................................................................................353
10.6.2 Fields .................................................................................................................354
10.7 Statistics function ............................................................................................... 355
10.7.1 Functions ...........................................................................................................356
10.7.1.1 File Menu ...........................................................................................................356
10.7.1.2 options Menu .....................................................................................................356
10.7.2 Common statistic fields ...................................................................................... 356
10.7.3 The standard tab ................................................................................................ 357
10.7.3.1 Search fields ......................................................................................................357
10.7.3.2 Result columns .................................................................................................. 358
10.7.3.2.1 Observation point type: Circuit ........................................................................... 358
10.7.3.2.2 Observation point type: Faulty AFTN ................................................................. 360
10.7.3.2.3 Observation point type: OVF ............................................................................. 360
10.7.4 The traffic relation tab ........................................................................................ 361
10.7.4.1 Search fields ......................................................................................................361
10.7.4.2 Result columns .................................................................................................. 362
10.7.5 The address tab ................................................................................................. 363
10.7.5.1 Search fields ......................................................................................................363
10.7.5.2 Result columns .................................................................................................. 364
10.7.6 The day23 tab ....................................................................................................364
10.7.6.1 Search fields ......................................................................................................364
10.7.6.2 Result columns .................................................................................................. 365

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
10.7.7 The AMC tab ......................................................................................................366

10.7.7.1 Search fields ......................................................................................................366
10.7.7.2 Result columns .................................................................................................. 367
10.7.7.2.1 AMC Definition: MTA ......................................................................................... 367
10.7.7.2.2 AMC Definition: MTAPeak ................................................................................. 368
10.7.8 The channel offline tab ...................................................................................... 370
10.7.8.1 Search fields ......................................................................................................370
10.7.8.2 Result columns .................................................................................................. 371
10.7.9 The application offline tab .................................................................................. 372
10.7.9.1 Search fields ......................................................................................................372
10.7.9.2 Result columns .................................................................................................. 373
10.7.10 The annex A tab - Switching Time Statistics ..................................................... 373
10.7.10.1 Search fields ......................................................................................................374
10.7.10.2 Result columns .................................................................................................. 374
10.7.11 The annex B tab - Circuit Statistics .................................................................... 375
10.7.11.1 Search fields ......................................................................................................375
10.7.11.2 Result columns .................................................................................................. 375
10.7.12 The annex D tab - Circuit Occupancy Statistics ................................................ 376
10.7.12.1 Search fields ......................................................................................................377
10.7.12.2 Result columns .................................................................................................. 377
10.7.13 The annex G tab - Circuit Availability Statistics ................................................. 378
10.7.13.1 Search fields ......................................................................................................378
10.7.13.2 Result columns .................................................................................................. 379
10.7.14 The annex I tab - Detailed Operational Statistics .............................................. 380
10.7.14.1 Search fields ......................................................................................................380
10.7.14.2 Result columns .................................................................................................. 381
10.7.15 The annex J tab - Operational Statistics Summary ........................................... 382
10.7.15.1 Search fields ......................................................................................................382
10.7.15.2 Result columns .................................................................................................. 383
10.7.16 The annex K tab - Service Availability Statistics ................................................ 383
10.7.16.1 Search fields ......................................................................................................384
10.7.16.2 Result columns .................................................................................................. 384
10.7.17 The annex L tab - Daily OPMET Statistics ........................................................ 385
10.7.17.1 Search fields ......................................................................................................386
10.7.17.2 Result columns .................................................................................................. 386
10.8 User Management unit ...................................................................................... 387
10.8.1 Choose user ......................................................................................................387
10.8.2 Change password .............................................................................................. 387
10.8.3 Assign roles .......................................................................................................388
10.8.4 Assign pool ........................................................................................................388
10.8.5 User management functions .............................................................................. 389
10.8.5.1 File .....................................................................................................................389

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
10.8.5.2 Action .................................................................................................................389

10.8.5.3 Options ..............................................................................................................390
10.8.6 User management fields .................................................................................... 390
10.8.7 Change password .............................................................................................. 394
10.9 Legal Recording unit .......................................................................................... 394
10.9.1 The navigation tree ............................................................................................ 396
10.9.2 The Selection Tab .............................................................................................. 397
10.9.3 The Result List Tab ............................................................................................ 399
10.9.4 Legal recording functions ................................................................................... 400
10.9.4.1 File .....................................................................................................................400
10.9.4.2 Archive ...............................................................................................................401
10.9.4.3 Options ..............................................................................................................402
10.9.5 Archiving ............................................................................................................402
11 MESSAGE OFFICE MENU BAR BUTTON ...................................................... 403
11.1 Message Office functions .................................................................................. 403
11.1.1 File .....................................................................................................................403
11.1.2 Options ..............................................................................................................404
11.1.3 Context menus ...................................................................................................405
11.1.3.1 Context menu of the Search node ..................................................................... 405
11.1.3.2 Context menu of the User Area node ................................................................ 406
11.1.3.3 Context menu of the Message Table ................................................................. 407
11.1.4 The search function ........................................................................................... 408
11.1.4.1 Functions ...........................................................................................................409
11.1.4.1.1 File .....................................................................................................................409
11.1.4.1.2 Options ..............................................................................................................409
11.1.4.2 Special Features ................................................................................................ 409
11.1.4.3 The General tab ................................................................................................. 410
11.1.4.4 The AFTN tab ....................................................................................................411
11.1.4.4.1 The Content tab ................................................................................................. 412
11.1.4.5 The AMHS tab ...................................................................................................413
11.1.4.5.1 The IPM tab .......................................................................................................414
11.1.4.5.2 The Ipn tab.........................................................................................................414
11.1.4.5.3 The Report tab ...................................................................................................415
11.1.4.5.4 The Probe tab ....................................................................................................416
11.1.4.5.5 Sub-tabs ............................................................................................................417
11.1.4.5.5.1 The IPM Details sub-tab.............................................................................. 417
11.1.4.5.5.2 The Ipn Details sub-tab ............................................................................... 418
11.1.4.5.5.3 The Probe Details sub-tab .......................................................................... 419
11.1.4.5.5.4 The Deliv. Envelope sub-tab ....................................................................... 421
11.1.4.5.5.5 The Subm. Envelope sub-tab ...................................................................... 422

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
11.1.4.5.5.6 The Submission Result sub-tab .................................................................. 424

11.1.5 The AFTN Channel Configuration ..................................................................... 425
11.1.5.1 Functions ...........................................................................................................425
11.1.5.1.1 File .....................................................................................................................425
11.1.5.2 Fields .................................................................................................................426
11.1.5.3 The General Settings tab ................................................................................... 426
11.1.5.4 The Channel Check Settings tab ....................................................................... 428
11.1.5.5 The SVC Settings tab ........................................................................................ 429
11.1.5.6 The TCP Device tab .......................................................................................... 430
11.1.6 The AMHS Channel Configuration .................................................................... 431
11.1.6.1 Functions ...........................................................................................................432
11.1.6.1.1 File .....................................................................................................................432
11.1.6.2 The General Settings tab ................................................................................... 432
11.1.6.3 The MTA Device tab .......................................................................................... 434
11.1.7 Autoprocess Profiles .......................................................................................... 435
11.1.7.1 Functions ...........................................................................................................435
11.1.7.1.1 File .....................................................................................................................435
11.1.7.2 Fields .................................................................................................................436
11.1.8 Online Message Monitor .................................................................................... 437
11.1.8.1 Functions ...........................................................................................................437
11.1.8.1.1 File .....................................................................................................................437
11.1.8.1.2 Options ..............................................................................................................438
11.1.8.2 The message monitoring ................................................................................... 438
11.1.9 AFTN Viewer .....................................................................................................439
11.1.10 AFTN Viewer .....................................................................................................439
11.1.10.1 Functions ...........................................................................................................440
11.1.10.1.1 File .....................................................................................................................440
11.1.10.1.2 Options ..............................................................................................................440
11.1.10.2 Fields .................................................................................................................440
11.1.10.3 AFTN Correction Position Viewer ...................................................................... 442
11.1.10.3.1 Specific functions ............................................................................................... 443
11.1.10.3.1.1 File ..............................................................................................................443
11.1.10.3.1.2 Options ........................................................................................................443
11.1.11 The AMHS Viewer unit ...................................................................................... 444
11.1.11.1 Functions ...........................................................................................................445
11.1.11.1.1 File .....................................................................................................................445
11.1.11.1.2 Options ..............................................................................................................445
11.1.11.2 The Message tab of the AMHS Viewer .............................................................. 446
11.1.11.3 The Details tab of the AMHS Viewer ................................................................. 447
11.1.11.4 The File tab of the AMHS Viewer ...................................................................... 451

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
11.1.11.5 The Traces tab of the AMHS Viewer ................................................................. 452

11.2 The Message Office unit .................................................................................... 453
11.2.1 The channel tree of the Message Office ............................................................ 453
11.2.1.1 The ID node .......................................................................................................454
11.2.1.2 The Correction Position node ............................................................................ 455
11.2.1.3 The Search node ............................................................................................... 455
11.2.1.4 The User Area node .......................................................................................... 456
11.2.2 The message table of the Message Office ........................................................ 456
11.2.3 The message preview of the Message Office .................................................... 458
12 OPTIONS MENU ............................................................................................... 460
13 WINDOW MENU ............................................................................................... 461
14 HELP MENU ...................................................................................................... 462
ANNEX A ABBREVIATIONS ............................................................................................. 463
ANNEX B KEYBOARD MAPPING .................................................................................... 467
B.1 List of values ......................................................................................................467
B.2 Java shortcuts ....................................................................................................467
B.2.1 JApplet - Inside an AviUnit (Java L&F) .............................................................. 467
B.2.2 Standard components ........................................................................................ 468
B.2.2.1 JButton (Java L&F) ............................................................................................ 468
B.2.2.2 JCheckBox (Java L&F) ...................................................................................... 468
B.2.2.3 JRadioButton (Java L&F) ................................................................................... 468
B.2.2.4 JToggleButton (Java L&F) ................................................................................. 469
B.2.2.5 JComboBox (Java L&F) ..................................................................................... 469
B.2.2.6 JList (Java L&F) ................................................................................................. 470
B.2.2.7 JSlider (Java L&F) ............................................................................................. 471
B.2.3 Structured components ...................................................................................... 471
B.2.3.1 JTable (Java L&F) ............................................................................................. 471
B.2.3.2 JTree (Java L&F) ............................................................................................... 473
B.2.4 Menu, toolbar, and tooltip components .............................................................. 474
B.2.4.1 JMenuBar (Java L&F) ........................................................................................ 474
B.2.4.2 JMenu (Java L&F) ............................................................................................. 475
B.2.4.3 JMenuItem (Java L&F) ...................................................................................... 475
B.2.4.4 JCheckBoxMenuItem (Java L&F) ...................................................................... 476
B.2.4.5 JRadioButtonMenuItem (Java L&F) ................................................................... 476
B.2.4.6 JPopupMenu (Java L&F) ................................................................................... 477
B.2.4.7 JToolBar (Java L&F) .......................................................................................... 477
B.2.4.8 JToolTip (Java L&F) .......................................................................................... 478
B.2.5 Text components ............................................................................................... 478
B.2.5.1 JTextField (Java L&F) ........................................................................................ 478
B.2.5.2 JTextArea (Java L&F) ........................................................................................ 479
B.2.5.3 JTextPane (Java L&F) ....................................................................................... 481
B.2.5.4 JEditorPane (Java L&F) ..................................................................................... 483

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
B.2.6 Containers: frames, windows, panes, and icons ............................................... 484

B.2.6.1 JDesktopPane (Java L&F) ................................................................................. 484
B.2.6.2 JOptionPane (Java L&F) ................................................................................... 486
B.2.6.3 JDialog (Java L&F) ............................................................................................ 486
B.2.6.4 JScrollPane (Java L&F) ..................................................................................... 487
B.2.6.5 JSplitPane (Java L&F) ....................................................................................... 487
B.2.6.6 JTabbedPane (Java L&F) .................................................................................. 488
B.2.6.7 JFrame (Java L&F) ............................................................................................ 489
B.2.6.8 JInternalFrame (Java L&F) ................................................................................ 489
B.2.6.9 JWindow (Java L&F) .......................................................................................... 490

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Purpose and scope

This manual is addressed to all users of the AviTerm system. It serves to become familiar
with the functions of the system and with existing possibilities of use. It provides information
for the daily operation.
Note: This manual shows all possible function the MCU can handle. According to
the configuration of your system some functions may not be available and some of
the screenshots shown in the next sections and chapters may differ from what you
will see on your display.
1.2 Referenced documents

No referenced documents.
1.3 Abbreviations
The list of abbreviations can be found in ANNEX A.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
2 BASIC SKILLS
2.1 Introduction
2.1.1 Starting the application / Web Start technology

The Java Web Start technology is used for the deployment of the AviTerm. It works with any
browser and with any Web server. The main feature of this technology is the ability to
automatically download and install the application and / or the latest updates on the client
user machines.
A prerequisite to run the application is to have Java installed. Please contact the system
administrator for details on supported Java versions. The system administrator can also give
details on the information needed to connect to the web start server.
2.1.2 How to login

After having started AviTerm, a login window is presented to the operator.
After a successful login a splash screen is displayed during start-up of the application and
then the AviTerm main framework appears.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
After a successful initialization and start-up the available units are presented to the operator.
The icon bar gives a quick access to the most needed functions. The menu bar gives all
available functions (units).
AviTerm is designed in MDI (Multiple Document Interface) concept. It is possible to start
several units within one main framework.
Each unit can only be started once within the framework. "Closing" a framework only ends
the displaying of the screen. Opening this unit again will display it as it was before it was
closed; if some parameters were already entered, they will be taken over by the next display
of the unit.
Each unit has its own menu bar and an icon bar for quick access to its main functions.
Shortcuts are only available in the framework.
2.1.3 Navigation
Title
Each unit has a title line at its top.
Menu
The menu bars of the framework and of the units contain the topics that can be
selected.
Screen navigation
Various elements such as lists, tabbed panes, combo boxes and single fields are
used in units. Please check the section: Keyboard mapping of this chapter for further
details.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Popup
A popup is a display area that appears in a screen, overlaying the existing display. A
popup generally indicates which input is expected, provides navigation information
and, when necessary, indicates warnings / errors. A popup contains one of the
following:
• A list of choices.
• An information message, a warning message or an error message.
2.2 Printing mechanism

The printing mechanism follows this philosophy:
• The data loaded or entered in the screen from which the print command is selected
will be printed out
In each application two different print functions are available. One prints data directly and
one shows a preview of the data that would be printed.
Print
Using the print function will print the data currently displayed on the screen. e.g.:
• In case of a report retrieval the function will print the search criteria
• In case of a report result the function will print the report result itself
Clicking on the [Print]-button prints the data on the default printer.
Print Choice
Clicking on the Print Choice command in the File menu will open the printer dialogue
in order to choose the printer before the data is printed out.
Print Preview
The Preview command opens a new window which shows the current contents of the
form as it would appear if it were printed out. To use this functionality the form does
not need to be completely filled out.
The print out can be started directly from the print preview window. Clicking on the
[Print]-button or selecting Print in the File menu prints the form immediately to the
default printer. Selecting Print Choice in the File menu opens the printer dialogue.
After having selected the printer the current contents of the form will be printed out.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
2.3 Finders
A finder is a sub window that opens to help the operator choose some particular data.
Depending on the kind of data that is searched for, the finder has two or three parts.
2.3.1 Functions
New
Clears the complete Finder.
Search
Executes the search function.
Ok
Loads the selected contents into the unit.
Cancel
Closes the finder.
2.3.2 Special function calling a finder

Fields linked to a list of values that open a finder will have a grey triangle in the upper left
corner when the cursor is placed on it. For more information about how this function can be
used please refer to the section Keyboard mapping of this chapter.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
2.3.3 Fields
Filter part
The fields listed here are used as search filter to limit the search results. A detailed
description of the filter fields can be found in the respective field sections of the units.
List part
After a search is performed the results are displayed in the list. The columns of the
list differ according to the kind of contents searched for.
Message Information part
Selecting an item from the Listing will display the message in AFTN format in this
preview field.
2.4 Chooser
A chooser is a sub window that opens to help the operator choose some particular data.
There are two types of choosers:
• the list of value chooser
• the general chooser
2.4.1 The list of value chooser
This chooser opens if the operator uses the [F4]-key in one field related to a list of values. It
is composed of two parts: the filter area allows the operator to filter the template list
according to the characters typed in this area, the list area displays the various choices
offered to the operator.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
2.4.2 Special function calling a list of value chooser

Fields linked to a list of values that open a chooser will have a blue square in the upper left
corner. For more information about how this function can be used please refer to the section
Keyboard mapping of this chapter.
2.5 Drop down menu

The main AviTerm window of the terminal unit contains following drop down menus.
2.5.1 The File menu
Exit
Closes the application.
2.5.2 The Events menu
Event Monitor
Opens the Event Monitor function.
Event Configuration
Opens the Event Configuration function.
2.5.3 The Command menu
Command
Opens the Command function.
Macro
Opens the Macro function.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
2.5.4 The Status Information menu
Circuit and Queue Monitor

Opens the Circuit and Queue Monitor function.
AFTN Connection State Monitor
Opens the AFTN Connection State Monitor.
2.5.5 The Report menu
Overflow Queue
Opens the Overflow Queue report.
Message Router Queue
Opens the Message Router Queue report.
Address Diversion
Opens the Address Diversion report.
Direction Diversion
Opens the Direction Diversion report.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Queue Summary
Opens the Queue Summary report.
Channel Settings
Opens the Channel Settings report.
Channel State
Opens the Channel State report.
Queue Detail
Opens the Queue Detail report.
CSN Midnight
Opens the CSN Midnight report.
AFTN Test Message
Opens the AFTN Test Message report.
2.5.6 The configuration menu
System configuration
Opens the System Configuration.
2.5.7 The Management menu
Traffic Monitor
Opens the Traffic Monitor function.
Message Retrieval
Opens the Message Retrieval.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Archive
Opens the Archive unit.
Channel Maintenance
Opens the Channel Maintenance function.
AMHS Channel Configuration
Opens the AMHS Channel Configuration mask.
MTA Device Configuration
Opens the MTA Device Configuration mask.
Statistics
Opens the Statistics function.
User Management
Opens the User Management unit.
Legal Recording
Opens the Legal Recording unit.
2.5.8 The Options menu
Enable Tool Tips

Enables or disables the tool tips in the AviTerm application.
2.5.9 The Window menu
Close All
Closes automatically all units open in the AviTerm application.
Minimize All
Minimizes automatically all units open in the AviTerm application.
Restore All
Restores automatically all units open in the AviTerm application.
Pack All
Restores the original size of all units open in the AviTerm application.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
2.5.10 The Help menu
Launch Help
Launches the general help file. For more detailed information please refer to the
chapter Help Menu.
?
Activates the context sensitive help function. For more detailed information please
refer to the chapter Help Menu.
About
Gives information about the copyright and the current version number of the
application.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
3 THE DASHBOARD
The dashboard displays information about the system and is continuously updated. It is
always in the front, can be moved within the main framework window and can never be
closed or minimised.
3.1 Dashboard items

Cluster State
The server which name is written in bold is the master and the other server is in hot
standby mode and ready to become master at any time.
Received
The total number of messages received today by the message handling system from
AMHS and AFTN.
Sent
The total number of messages sent today by the message handling system via
AMHS and AFTN.
To Read
The number of messages addressed to the COM centre that have not yet been
processed. If there are messages to read the background colour of the counter is
yellow. If at least one of these messages has the priority SS the background colour of
the counter is red. It remains red until all SS messages have been read.
The operator should open the Message Office to read and process the messages
received.
Correction
The number of faulty messages that needs to be processed by correcting or deleting
them.
The operator should open the Message Office to read and process the messages
received in the correction node.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
SVC
The number of AFTN service message that could not be processed automatically and
needs to be processed by the operator.
The value of SVC the counter is updated in cycles. The default cycle period is 30
seconds.
NDR
The number of AMHS non-delivery reports received by the system.
Alarms
The number of outstanding alarms to be read and processed.
The operator should open the event monitor to read and process the alarms.
Events
The number of unread events of minor criticality, generated by the system.
The operator should open the event monitor to read and process the event.
Circuit State
The circuit state section provides a multi-status view for connection, queue and
message states per circuit. Fully operational or manually closed circuits will not be
displayed here, because such circuits do not request any operator interventions, i.e.
in best case nothing is displayed here.
If the observed circuit state presents at least one of the following criteria, the circuit is
displayed in the list with corresponding indicators switched on and is updated if any
state change happens. The circuit is then considered as suspicious.
• Queue threshold value 2 is reached.
• "Message Overdue In Queue" event happened.
• Automatic diversion has been started.
• The circuit is stalled and no message is transmitted.
• All channels are blocked.
The individual circuit state indicators used are:
Circuit
The name of the circuit.
Moving the mouse pointer over one of the circuit name displays detailed
connection state information in text form as well as the last state change date
and time of the corresponding channels.
Queue
The graphical visualisation of the queued messages.
Moving the mouse pointer over the queue visualisation displays the date and
time at which the channel became suspicious.
Total
The total number of messages in the circuit queue.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Overdue
The number of overdue messages in the circuit queue.
Moving the mouse pointer over the overdue value displays a tool tip with
information, such as the priority and the date and time of the oldest overdue
message in the queue.
A message is considered overdue when it is older than the timers defined in
the configuration for this circuit.
If there are overdue messages in a queue and this situation is unusual and not
caused by any other preceding operator action, the operator should open the
circuit and queue monitor to work on the resolution of this situation.
If necessary, the operator should divert the circuit.
If the configured threshold 3 (red coloured bar) has been reached, and no
overdue message is in a queue, the circuit status seems OK. The queue
seems to have been overloaded. The operator can monitor the queue status
for a while, to see whether it is a temporary situation or not. In addition the
operator can check the thresholds configured for that queue, the available
bandwidth or take other measures to avoid this situation in the future.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
4 FILE MENU
Exit
Closes the application.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
5 SYSTEM MESSAGES MENU
5.1 The Event Monitor function
The event monitor is used by the operator to view events, alarms and warnings issued by the
operational software. A detailed list of the different system events can be found in section
List of events of this chapter.
The event monitor is divided in two parts:
• The upper part lists the events received.
• The lower part displays the selected event in more details.
5.1.1 Functions
5.1.1.1 File Menu
Print Choice
Prints the current contents of the form. To use this functionality the form does not
need to be completely filled out. For more information about this function, please refer
to the section Printing Mechanism of the chapter Basic Skills.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Print Preview
Opens a new window which shows the current contents of the form as it would
appear if it were printed out. To use this functionality the form does not need to be
completely filled out. For more information about this function, please refer to the
section Printing Mechanism of the chapter Basic Skills.
Mark As Read
Marks the selected events as read.
Clear Alarm
Removes the alarm from the selected event.
Close
Closes the Unit.
5.1.1.2 Navigation Menu
First Alarm
Navigates to the first alarm of the table.
Previous Alarm
Navigates to the previous alarm in the table.
Next Alarm
Navigates to the next alarm in the table.
Last Alarm
Navigates to the last alarm of the table.
5.1.1.3 Options Menu
Show Toolbar
Hides or displays the toolbar.
5.1.2 Fields
5.1.2.1 The events table

All events that have been generated by the system are stored in a database and displayed in
this table. Each line corresponds to one event and shows the time, the name and the
category of the event.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
The newest events are displayed at the top of the list, the oldest at the bottom. The list is
updated each time a new event is created.
Upper table row
This row displays general information about the contents of the table.
Freeze checkbox
If this checkbox is ticked events generated during this time will not be
displayed in the table. A counter next to the Freeze-checkbox indicates the
number of new generated events. Removing the tick of the Freeze-checkbox
displays the new generated events in the table and actualises all other
counters.
Alarms
This counter displays the number of alarms in the table.
Unread
This counter displays the number of unread events in the table.
Count
This counter displays the number of events currently visible in the table and
the total number of events in the table. It is useful when a filter is set.
Table
Time
The date and time when the event was created by the system.
Alarm
If an alarm has been defined for the selected event an icon is displayed in this
column.
Info
supplementary information about the type of event if available.
Event
The name of the event.
Summary
Parameters of the event. Depending on the event the parameters displayed in
this field will be different.
Category
The category to which the event belongs.
• INFO
• WARNING
• NORMAL
• MEDIUM
• SEVERE

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
5.1.2.2 The event display

It shows the selected event. A detailed list of all events and parameters can be found in
section List of events of this chapter.
5.2 The Event Configuration function
The event configuration allows the operator to define all relevant information concerning
events. A detailed list of the different system events can be found in section List of events
5.2.1 Functions
5.2.1.1 File Menu
Print Choice
Print Preview
Reload
Reloads the data. All unsaved changes will be lost.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Save
Saves the changes.
Close
Closes the unit.
Show Toolbar
5.2.2 Fields
Event
The name of the event. This field cannot be changed.
Category
The category to which the event belongs.
• INFO
• WARNING
• NORMAL
• MEDIUM
• SEVERE
Display
Ticking this checkbox will display the event in the event monitor each time it is
generated by the system.
Note: An event, which is not displayed, will nevertheless be written to the event log.
Alarm
Ticking this checkbox will display an alarm each time the system generates this
event.
Acoustic
Ticking this checkbox will trigger an acoustic alarm each time the system generates
this event.
Read
Ticking this checkbox will automatically mark the event as read as it is displayed on
the event monitor
Autoprint
If the name of a printer is entered in this field, the system event will be printed
automatically on this printer each time it is issued.
eMail
If an e-mail address is entered in this field, the system event will be sent automatically
to this address each time it is issued.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Reset Event
Defining a "Reset Event" for an event will reset/acknowledge the event's alarm status
(if any) when the defined "Reset Event" occurs.
Example:
The event AFTN_THRESHOLD_3 is defined as follows:
• Alarm: ticked
• Reset Event: AFTN_RESET_THRESHOLD_3
When the event AFTN_THRESHOLD_3 occurs, an alarm is displayed.
When the event AFTN_RESET_THRESHOLD_3 occurs, the alarm of
the previous AFTN_THRESHOLD_3 event is removed automatically.
5.3 List of events
5.3.1 General events
5.3.1.1 AFTN_CHANNEL_CONN_STATE
5.3.1.1.1 Description
Gives the new connection state of a channel.
5.3.1.1.2 Parameters
Last Changed
The date and time when the status of the event was last modified (read, alarm
removed...).
Generation Time
The date and time when the event was created
Circuit Name
Channel Name
The name of the channel.
Device Type
The type of the device. Possible values:
• AIS
• AMH
• CID

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25
Connection State
The connection state of channel. Possible values:
• CONN_BY_HOST
• CONN_BY_REMOTE
• DISCONNECTED
• UNKNOWN
Info
Additional information.
5.3.1.1.3 Necessary Actions

None.
5.3.1.2 CHANNEL_STATE
Gives the new state of a channel.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Circuit Name

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Channel Name
Device Type
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25
Channel State
The state of the channel:
• BLOCKED
• CLOSED
• CLOSE_INPUT
• DEAD
• HOLD
• OPEN
• TEST
• UNKNOWN
Priority
The priority concerned

If CH_STATE is BLOCKED, check the reason. Check the connection between the switch and
the channel.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
5.3.1.3 CIRCUIT_STATE
Gives the new state of a circuit.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Circuit Name
Device Type
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25
Circuit State
The state of the circuit:
• OPERATIVE
• INOPERATIVE

None.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
5.3.1.4 COMPONENT_CONTROL
• The component couldn't update the keep alive timer within 20 seconds.
• The component could update the keep alive timer again.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Component
The component that failed or that is up again. Possible values:
• AFTN
• AMHS
• AMHSRV
• CIDIN
• FEC
• TERMSERV
Component State
The component status. Possible values:
• DOWN: not operative
• INIT: initialize
• OUT_CNTRL: not operative, the keep alive timer couldn't be updated within
the last 20 seconds
• RUNNING: operative
Host Name
The name of the computer hosting the application.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual

If the Component State parameter is OUT_CNTRL, contact your system administrator.
5.3.1.5 COMPONENT_STATE
Status change of a component.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Component
• AFTN
• TERMSERV
• CIDIN
• AMHS
• FEC
• AMHSRV
Component State
The component status. Possible values:
• DOWN: not operative
• INIT: initialize
• OUT_CNTRL: not operative, the keep alive timer couldn't be updated within
the last 20 seconds
• RUNNING: operative
Host Name
The name of the computer hosting the application.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual

If the Component State parameter is DOWN, inspect the SYSLOG entries in a UNIX
window (hpterm, terraterm or putty).
When this event with the Component State parameter DOWN is sent, the application will
automatically be restarted, which will then send a series of component state messages for
each start-up phase i.e. for INIT, READY and RUNNING.
5.3.1.6 GENERAL_DATA_CHECK
Cyclic internal check of configuration data shows a consistency error.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Information
Information text about the error.

Contact Avitech GmbH immediately.
5.3.1.7 GENERAL_ERROR
An error has been found in one of the applications.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Component
• AFTN
• AMHS
• AMHSRV
• CIDIN
• FEC
• TERMSERV
Error Number
The internal number assigned to this error. The name of the error is given in the
parameter Information.
Process
The name of the process which found the error. This is a hint for the Avitech staff in
case it is contacted.
Function
The function in the process. This is a hint for the Avitech staff in case it is contacted.
Process Id
The Unix process identifier. This is a hint for the Avitech staff in case it is contacted.
Information
The name or the description of the error.

This event may be accompanied by a COMPONENT_STATE event. If this system message
occurs frequently, it may be necessary to inform the maintenance staff or to contact Avitech
GmbH.
5.3.1.8 MSG_OVERDUE_IN_QUEUE
This event is generated for each message that is getting overdue and staying in the queue.
So in case the handling for overdue messages is in a way that the message leaves the
queue, no event shall be generated. The flag 'overdue' is to be set to TRUE in case the
message is turning overdue and FALSE in case a previously overdue message is no longer
overdue due to configuration changes that have changed the overdue timers in a way that
the message is no longer overdue. Note that no event is to be generated when an overdue
message leaves the queue by 'normal' means (i.e. it is delivered to the client)
Last Changed
The date and time when the status of the event was last modified (read, alarm,
removed...).
Generation Time

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Circuit Name
Device Type
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25
Internal MID
The internal message identifier of the message.
External MID
The External message identifier of the message.
Priority
The priority concerned
Overdue
• TRUE: the message is turning overdue.
• FALSE: the message is no longer overdue.

None.
5.3.1.9 MESSAGE_QUEUE_NOT_EMPTY

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Cyclic internal check of configuration data shows a consistency error.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Circuit Name
Channel Name
Device Type
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25
Type Of Queue
The type of the queue. Possible values:
• Circuit message queue
• Channel queue
• Input queue

Empty the circuit queue by ensuring that the channel is connected or by diverting the circuit.
5.3.1.10 MESSAGE_STATE
The state of a message has changed.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Circuit Name
Device Type
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25
IMID
The internal message identifier of the message
Message State
The state of the message. Possible values:
• PAUSED
• RESUMED
• ABANDONED

None.
5.3.1.11 RESOURCE_BOTTLENECK
The number of new circuits exceeds the maximum number of new circuits allowed configured
in the setup.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Information
Information text about the problem.

Initialize the list bundle and restart the system.
5.3.1.12 SITA_GENERAL_INFORMATION
Information about SITA Messages. This system event is generated when:
• A SITA service message is received or generated by the MHS
• A MATIP Open Confirm receive timer is expired
• A MATIP Session Open receive timer is expired
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Circuit Name
Key
The key of the information displayed. Possible values:
• STAT
• CONTCK
• SRLVAL
• SRLERR
• FORMERR
• RPTALL
• RPTBTN
• RPTONE

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Direction
The direction of the message. Possible values:
• INCOMING
• OUTGOING
Information
Supplementary information

None
5.3.1.13 X25_PORT_CHECK
Status change of an X.25 port.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Component
• AFTN
• AMHS
• AMHSRV
• CIDIN
• FEC
• TERMSERV
Link
The logical name of the X.25 interface port.
Status
The status of the X.25 port. Possible values:
• AVAILABLE
• UNAVAILABLE

None.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
5.3.2 AMS Events
5.3.2.1 AMS_ACT_L_ERROR
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Error description
The description of error situation

Contact your system administrator or Avitech GmbH.
5.3.2.2 AMS_LIST_TRANSFER
The action "Transfer bundle" in the Bundle menu of the Configuration service has been
initiated.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
List Version
The list version.
Action Item
The status of the action "Transfer bundle".

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual

End_Transmission
• The new list version can now be activated by executing the "ACT_L NEW"
command.
Error_transmission_of_lists_not_successful
Database server problem.
• Execute the "Reset transfer" action in the Bundle menu of the Configuration
service.
• Try to reach the applications AFTN, CIDIN and AMHS by executing the
"REQUEST" command. If the request command is successfully executed and
the application response is positive - event "COMPONENT_STATE" AFTN /
CIDIN / AMHS running - try to transfer the list again. If the response is still
negative or the request command cannot be executed, contact Avitech
GmbH.
5.3.3 SFM Events
5.3.3.1 SFM_AUTO_ADDRESS_DIVERSION
An automatic address diversion was activated or deactivated.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
State
Indicates if the diversion had been activated or deactivated.
Source Circuit
The origin circuit identifier.
Source Device Type.
The type of the origin device. Possible values:
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
• TAS
• TCP
• X25
Target Circuit
The target circuit.
Target Device Type
The type of the target device. Possible values:
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25
Priorities
The diverted priorities.

None.
5.3.3.2 SFM_AUTO_DIRECTION_DIVERSION
An automatic direction diversion was activated or deactivated.
Last Changed
removed...).

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Generation Time
State
Source Circuit
Source Device Type
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25
Target Circuit
The target circuit.
Target Device Type
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25
Priorities

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual

None.
5.3.3.3 SFM_BACKWARDS_RELAY_DONE
A message has been relayed back to the station from which it was received. This is
permitted in the appropriate logical target entry.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Device Type
The type of the device of the addressee. Possible values:
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25
Circuit Name
The circuit identifier of the addressee.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Transmission ident
The external message identification of the message sent.
Message mid intern
The internal message identification of the message sent. The format of an internal
message identification is in the following form: <N>3.<N>10.<N>4
5.3.3.3.3 Necessary Actions.

None.
5.3.3.4 SFM_BACKWARDS_RELAY_STRIPPED
An addressee has been stripped from the addresses in a message. This address would have
caused backwards routing and the backwards-relaying indicator in the logical target list is set
to S and does not allow this.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Device Type
The type of the device of the addressee. Possible values:
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25
Circuit Name
The circuit identifier of the addressee.
Transmission ident
The external message identification of the message sent.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Message mid intern

The internal message identification of the message sent. The format of an internal
message identification is of the following form: <N>3.<N>10.<N>4

None.
5.3.3.5 SFM_CYCLIC_PDAI
An entry in the predetermined distribution list causes address recursion when a message
with this PDAI is routed.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
PDAI
The predetermined address indicator, which caused recursion.
Transmission ident
The external message identification of the message received by the switch.
Message mid intern
The internal message identification of the message received by the switch. The
format of an internal message identification is of the following form: <N>3.<N>10.<N>4

Check the entry of the PDAI in the AFTN routing list.
5.3.3.6 SFM_MANUAL_ADDRESS_DIVERSION
A manual address diversion was activated or deactivated.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
State

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Source Circuit
Source Device Type
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25
Target Circuit
The target circuit.
Target Device Type
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25
MCD circuit
The circuit for multi circuit distribution, if any.
MCD Device Type
The device for multi circuit distribution, if any.
Priorities

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual

None.
5.3.3.7 SFM_MANUAL_DIRECTION_DIVERSION
An automatic direction diversion was activated or deactivated.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
State
Source Circuit
Source Device Type
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Target Circuit
The target circuit.
Target Device Type
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25
MCD circuit
The circuit for multi circuit distribution, if any.
MCD Device Type
The device for multi circuit distribution, if any.
Priorities

None.
5.3.3.8 SFM_MESSAGE_QUEUE_STALLED
The output queue specified in the message parameters is not empty but no messages have
been sent from that queue within a specific interval of time. This event can only be displayed
when the monitoring of a queue by the Message Router has been defined during the
installation application.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Queue
The identifier of the queue.

Observe the queue specified in the event. If the problem persists call Avitech GmbH.
5.3.3.9 SFM_MESSAGE_STORE_DELETE
This message indicates, that database which contains a message store has been deleted.
This message is sent during the preparations for switching the message stores at midnight.
Message stores older than a certain number of days (default: 30 days) will be deleted at
midnight.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Delete State
The success or the failure of the deletion. Possible values:
• DATABASE_DELETED.
• UNABLE_TO_DELETE.
Database User
The name database user who deletes the database.

This depends on the value of the parameter Delete State:
DATABASE_DELETED
No actions are required.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
UNABLE_TO_DELETE
This can have two causes:
• a software error.
• a user is still logged on to a service, which uses the database.
If the problem persists, call Avitech GmbH.
5.3.3.10 SFM_MESSAGE_STORE_FAILURE
Error during preparations for the Midnight Changeover.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Store Hint
The error. Possible values:
• DISCONNECT_YESTERDAY_ORDER_TIMEOUT (int. value = 9): One or
more processes have not been disconnected from the YESTERDAY
database. The system will be closed down and restarted. For a system in
which only the short-term store is held online: a YESTERDAY archive was not
written.
• CREATE_MESSAGE_STORE_NEXT_DAY_NOT_OK (int. value = 10): The
TODAY database for the coming day could not be created. The system will be
restarted.
Database User
The name of the database.

If this event is recurrent call Avitech GmbH.
5.3.3.11 SFM_MESSAGE_STORE_ORDER
Preparation for the Midnight Changeover.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Order
Indication of the action carried out:
• DISCONNECT_YESTERDAY_ORDERED (intern value = 1).The processes
have been ordered to disconnect from the YESTERDAY database.
• DISCONNECT_YESTERDAY_EXECUTED (intern value = 2). The Processes
have all disconnected from the YESTERDAY database.
• BACKUP_YESTERDAY_STARTED (intern value = 3). The archiving of the
YESTERDAY database has started.
• BACKUP_YESTERDAY_FINISHED (intern value = 4). The archiving of the
YESTERDAY database has finished.
• MESSAGE_STORE_YESTERDAY_DELETED (int. value = 5). The
YESTERDAY database has been deleted.
• MESSAGE_STORE_NEXT_DAY_CREATED (int. value = 6). The TODAY
database for the coming day has been created.
• MESSAGE_STORE_TODAY_NOT_FOUND (int. value = 7). A TODAY
database could not be found during system initialization, a new TODAY
database will be created.
• MESSAGE_STORE_TODAY_CREATED (intern value = 8). The new TODAY
database has been created.
Database User
The name of the database.

None.
5.3.3.12 SFM_RECURRENT_ROUTING
The AFTN addressee indicator in a message is mapped by the AFTN Routing list to a target,
which, through a sequence of diversions, has been diverted back to itself. The message will
be routed to this diversion.
Last Changed
removed...).

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Generation Time
Destination
The address, which could not be resolved.
Target Circuit
The target circuit of the addressee.
Target Device Type
The target device of the addressee.
Transmission ident
External message identification of the message.
Message mid intern
Internal message identification of the message. The format of an internal message
identification is of the following form: <N>3.<N>10.<N>4

Use the SHO_DIVD command to check the existing direction diversions.
5.3.3.13 SFM_THRESHOLD
This system event is used when the values of both the message router (MR) single queue
thresholds and the pool thresholds reach the defined values.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Queue
The name of the queue for which a threshold has been passed.
Threshold State
The possible state of the threshold. Possible values:
• ABOVE
• BELOW

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Threshold
The number of the threshold passed. Possible values:
• Threshold1
• Threshold2
• Threshold3

In case of pool threshold 3 exceedance, the queues should be checked and may be diverted.
5.3.4 AFTN Events
5.3.4.1 AFTN_ACCESS_VIOLATION
An unknown user has tried to set up a connection.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Circuit Name
Channel Name
Device Type
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Violation Reason
Reason for the violation. Possible values:
• UNKNOWN
• CLOSED
• BLOCKED

If the user is:
UNKNOWN
Check whether the user is known but has no entry in the appropriate configuration
list.
CLOSED
The connection can be opened (if required) using the OPEN_CHAN command.
BLOCKED
The channel of the user can be blocked because of a diversion or because of a fault
such as an Answerback failure.
5.3.4.2 AFTN_ANSWERBACK_FAILURE
A channel has sent no answerback at all or an incorrect answerback either during the
connection phase before the message is sent or during the control phase after the message
has been sent.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Circuit Name
Channel Name
Device Type
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25
Transmission Type
Type of message Transmission. Possible values:
• CONNECT: No answerback or incorrect answerback was sent during the
connection phase before the sending of a message
• SEND: No answerback or incorrect answerback was sent during the control
phase after a message has been sent.
• RECEIVE: No answerback or incorrect answerback was sent during the
control phase after a message has been received.
Answerback Norm
The answerback string stored in the AFTN channel configuration list.
Answerback Received
The answerback string received or TIMEOUT, when no answerback has been
received in time.
Internal MID
External MID

If this failure occurs permanently, compare the answerback string stored in the Channel
Mode tab with the answerback string defined in the AFTN end device. Check the end device.
5.3.4.3 AFTN_BREAK_DURING_OUTPUT
A user has pressed the BREAK key to interrupt the output of a message from the computer
and typed in a message himself. The outgoing message will automatically be repeated after
the incoming message has been completed.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Circuit Name
Channel Name
Device Type
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25
Internal MID
External MID

None
5.3.4.4 AFTN_CHANNEL_GARBAGE_INFORMATION
Messages with severe errors and fragments have been received. These messages have
been sent to the correction position and the channel has been closed automatically.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Circuit Name
Channel Name
Device Type
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25
Number of Messages
Number of received messages with severe errors and/or fragments.
Time Diff
Time interval (in minutes) between the fragments received.

Check the received messages in the correction position.
When the messages have been handled re-open the circuit.
5.3.4.5 AFTN_DTG_FAILURE
A message with an incorrect DTG (date time group) has been received.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Circuit Name
Channel Name
Device Type
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25
Received DTG
The Day time group received.
Internal MID

None.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
5.3.4.6 AFTN_FEC_STATE
State of the Front End Computer.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
FEC Unit
Unit of the front end computer. Possible Values:
• 1
• 2
FEC state
State of the front end computer. Possible Values:
• CONNECTED
• DISCONNECTED
• MASTER

None.
5.3.4.7 AFTN_MESSAGE_QUEUE_STALLED
An output queue is not empty but no message has been sent from that queue within a time
interval specified in the configuration list of the channel concerned by this event.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Circuit Name
Device Type
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25

None.
5.3.4.8 AFTN_NO_CONNECTION_ESTABLISHED
An output queue is not empty but no message has been sent from that queue within a time
interval specified in the configuration list of the channel concerned by this event.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Circuit Name
Channel Name
Device Type
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25
Connection Event
The connection event. Possible values:
• CLEAR
• CONNECT_TIMEOUT
• D_BIT_CONFIRMATION_TIMEOUT
• INTERRUPT
• IOCONTROL_FAILURE
• LEVEL_2_DOWN
• PORT_FAILURE
• RESET
• RESTART

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Direction
The direction. Possible values:
• INCOMING
• OUTGOING
Diagnostics
Diagnostic code of the X.25 packet concerned (cause / diagno from X.25).

Check the physical connection between switch and channel. Check the corresponding
channel list. If needed inform the maintenance staff.
5.3.4.9 AFTN_NO_DIAL_CONNECTION
No dial connection can be opened.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Circuit Name
Channel Name
Device Type
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25
Reason
The reason for the dial problem. Possible values:
• NO_TERMINALSERVER_CONNECTION
• MODEM_FAILURE=NO_CARRIER
• MODEM_FAILURE=ERROR
• MODEM_FAILURE=NO DIALTONE

NO_TERMINALSERVER_CONNECTION
The connection to a terminal server could not be established. Check the terminal
server connection.
MODEM_FAILURE=NO_CARRIER
No connection established or inactivity timer expired. Check the modem connection.
MODEM_FAILURE=ERROR
Error during command input. Check the modem.
MODEM_FAILURE=NO DIALTONE
No dial tone detected. Check the line.
5.3.4.10 AFTN_OLDEST_MESSAGE_IN_QUEUE
The oldest message in an output queue has been held there too long.
Last Changed
removed...).

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Generation Time
Circuit Name
Device Type
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25
Subject Message IMID
Subject Message EMID
Priority
Priority of the message. Possible values: FF, GG, KK, DD, SS.
Original target
The original target AFTN address of the message.
Original device
The original target device type of the message.

Examine the contents of the queue with SHO_QUE. If the message has not been sent
because of messages of a higher priority no action can be taken. Otherwise divert the queue.
5.3.4.11 AFTN_OMA_FAILURE

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Circuit Name
Channel Name
Device Type
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25
Failure Type
The type of the failure. Possible values:
• TIMEOUT
• NAC
Internal MID
External MID

None.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
5.3.4.12 AFTN_QUEUE_OVERFLOW_STARTED
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Circuit Name
Device Type
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25

This message is sent when the size of a queue reaches threshold level 3. When this
happens, the system moves as many messages from the queue (according to their priority
and age) to the overflow store until the reset threshold 3 is reached. According to their
priority and age means that the most recent messages with the lowest priority are moved.
If this message occurs frequently change the queue threshold parameters in the appropriate
configuration list.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
5.3.4.13 AFTN_RECEIVE_TIMEOUT
A message was not completely received within the specified time.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Circuit Name
The name of the circuit from which the message came.
Channel Name
The name of the channel from which the message came.
Device Type
The type of the device from which the message came. Possible values:
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25
Internal MID
External MID

The UDC or the connection between the UDC and the computer is not working. Switch to a
different UDC and inform the maintenance personnel.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
5.3.4.14 AFTN_SS_MESSAGE_IN_QUEUE
The "Oldest message priority SS" timer for an outgoing queue has been reached and the SS
message is still not sent.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Circuit Name
The name of the circuit from which the SS message has not yet been sent.
Channel Name
The name of the channel from which the SS message has not yet been sent.
Device Type
The type of the device from which the SS message has not yet been sent. Possible
values:
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25
Internal MID

Check the queue to find out why the SS message has not been sent. Open the channel,
open the circuit or divert the queue in order to solve this problem.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
5.3.4.15 AFTN_SVC_CAUSED_BY_FAULTY_MSG
An SVC was generated caused by a faulty Message.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Circuit Name
The name of the circuit on which the SVC message has been generated.
Channel Name
The name of the channel on which the SVC message has been generated.
Device Type
The type of the device on which the SVC message has been generated. Possible
values:
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25
SVC_TYPE
The type of SVC generated.
MID SVC
Internal message identification of the SVC generated. The format of an internal
External MID SVC
External message identification of the SVC generated.
MID faulty Message
Internal message identification of the faulty message. The format of an internal

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual

None.
5.3.4.16 AFTN_SVC_GENERATED
The system has generated an SVC message.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Circuit Name
The name of the circuit on which the SVC message has been generated.
Channel Name
The name of the channel on which the SVC message has been generated.
Device Type
The type of the device on which the SVC message has been generated. Possible
values:
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25
SVC Text
The text of the SVC message generated.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual

None.
5.3.4.17 AFTN_SVC_RECEIVED
The system has received an SVC message.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Circuit Name
The name of the circuit from which the SVC message has been received.
Channel Name
The name of the channel from which the SVC message has been received.
The type of the device from which the SVC message has been received. Possible
values:
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25
SVC Text
The text of the SVC message received.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual

None.
5.3.4.18 AFTN_TESTMESSAGE_HANDLING
Gives the status of the test messages monitoring cycle.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Circuit Name
Channel Name
Device Type
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25
Number Of Messages
The number of message
Handling Reason
The reason for this event. Possible values:
TEST MESSAGE RECEIVED, CYCLE STARTED
Start of a cycle because of the reception of a first test message

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
NO FURTHER TEST MESSAGE RECEIVED IN THIS CYCLE

End of a cycle because no new test message has been received for a certain
period of time defined in the system parameters.
FURTHER TEST MESSAGE RECEIVED, NEW CYCLE STARTED
Start of a new cycle because of the reception of new test messages after the
former cycle has ended.
CYCLE TO RECEIVE TEST MESSAGES STOPPED
End of the test messages monitoring.
TEST MESSAGES OF THIS CYCLE ARE DISCARDED FROM NOW
Too many test messages have been received in a too short period of time or
too many test messages have been received within one cycle. The following
test messages will be automatically deleted from the system as soon as they
are received, and this until the end of the cycle. The test messages thus
deleted will not be stored in the database.
TEST MESSAGES DELETED, PRESERVATION TIME EXHAUSTED
The defined retention time has expired. The test messages held in the
database will be automatically deleted.
Information
Supplementary information about test message deletion.

None.
5.3.4.19 AFTN_THRESHOLD_1
AFTN Queue Threshold Message. The number of messages in a queue (circuit) has reached
Threshold Value 1 (defined in the configuration list).
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Circuit Name

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Device Type
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25

None.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Circuit Name
Device Type
• AIS
• AMH
• CID

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25

None.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Circuit Name
Device Type
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
• TAS
• TCP
• X25

In case of a "<XXX>_WS_POOL Threshold 3 ABOVE" event (where XXX = TCP | DIO | FAX
| FEC | TAS | X25), the operator should check the queues and may divert it to the overflow.
This should not occur because of the 'automatic threshold 3 handling.
5.3.4.22 AFTN_RESET_THRESHOLD_1
The number of messages in a queue (circuit) has reached the reset Threshold Value 1 (after
having reached Threshold Value 1 before) that was defined in the configuration list.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Circuit Name
Device Type
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual

None.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Circuit Name
Device Type
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25

None.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Circuit Name
Device Type
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25

None.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
5.3.4.25 AFTN_TID_FAILURE
A message with an unexpected Transmission Identifier has been received.
The transmission identifier consists of the MTP followed by the CSN. If one or both
components are not correct the system generates an AFTN TID FAILURE event. If the
message contains only this error it will still be transmitted, otherwise it will be sent to the
correction position.
• If only the MTP was wrong or mutilated, the system corrects it automatically before
forwarding the message.
• If only the CSN was wrong or mutilated, the system corrects it automatically before
forwarding the message.
• If only the MTP and the CSN were wrong or mutilated, the system corrects both of
them automatically before forwarding the message.
The system increments the CSN and messages following a message that initiates an AFTN
TID FAILURE event will be handled as usual.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Circuit Name
The name of the circuit of the sender.
Channel Name
The name of the channel of the sender.
Device Type
The type of the device of the sender. Possible values:
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25
Received TID
The transmission identifier received.
Expected TID
The transmission identifier expected.
Subject message IMID

Check the configuration. The possible problems can be:
• The MTP ID configured between user and centre is not the same.
• The CSN length configured between user and centre is not the same.
5.3.4.26 AFTN_TRANSFER_ERROR
An error occurred while sending or receiving messages via a channel.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Circuit Name
The name of the circuit of the sender.
Channel Name
The name of the channel of the sender.
Device Type
The type of the device of the sender. Possible values:
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25

Check hardware.
5.3.4.27 AFTN_UNEXPECTED_MSG_RECEIVED
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Circuit Name
Channel Name
Device Type
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Channel state
The state of the channel. Possible values:
• BLOCKED
• CLOSED
• CLOSE_INPUT
• DEAD
• HOLD
• OPEN
• TEST
• UNKNOWN
AFTN Msg. Type
The type of the message. Possible values:
• MESSAGE
• TESTMESSAGE
Internal MID
External MID
5.3.4.28 AFTN_X25_EVENT
The X.25 software has reported an unexpected event (reset, restart or clear) during a
message transfer.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Circuit Name
Channel Name

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Device Type
• AIS
• AMH
• CID
• DIO
• FAX
• FEC
• MCP
• SIT
• TAS
• TCP
• X25
X25 Link
The identifier of the X.25 interface card.
Logical Channel
The logical channel (X.25).
X25 Event
The type of X.25 event. Possible Values:
• RESET
• RESTART
• CLEAR
Direction
The direction of the message. Possible values:
• INCOMING
• OUTGOING
Diagnostics
Diagnostic code of the X.25 packet concerned (cause / diagno from X.25).

None.
5.3.5 AMHS Events
5.3.5.1 AMHSRV_INFORMATION
Information about errors in the AMHS retrieval.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Information
Information text about the error.

Contact Avitech GmbH.
5.3.5.2 AMHS_IPN_RECEIVED
Receipt Notification received.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
AMHS Cause
The AMHS cause. Possible values:
• ACTUAL_RECIPIENT_DIFFERS_FROM_ORIG_INTENDED_RECIPIENT
• MTE_PRIO_DIFFERENT_FROM_URGENT
• NON_RECEIPT_NOTIFICATION
• NO_RECEIPT_NOTIFICATION_REQUESTED
• NO_REPORTED_RECIPIENT
• REPORTED_RECIPIENT_NOT_TRANSLATABLE_TO_AFTN_ADDRESS
• SUBJECT_MESSAGE_HAD_NOT_PRIO_SS
• SUBJECT_MESSAGE_NOT_FOUND
• SUBJECT_MESSAGE_NOT_UNIQUE
• UNEXPECTED_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE
MTS Identifier
MTS identifier (max. 109 character).
Subject Internal MID
Internal message identifier of subject message (24 char). The format of an internal

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Originator OR address
Originator O/R address of RN (max. 977 char) as:
• Country name.
• /ADMD name.
• /PRMD name.
• /Organization name.
• /Organization unit name.
• /Domain-defined attributes (ICAO address).
Subject IPM Identifier
IPM identifier of subject message (max. 1009 char).

None.
5.3.5.3 AMHS_MSG_TRANSL_ORIG_NON_SYMMETRIC
The MTCU has received an AMHS message with an originator address that cannot be
translated into an AFTN address in a symmetric way. The AFTN address is not re-convertible
or the result of the reconversion is different from the originator address as contained in the
received AMHS message.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
MTS Identifier
The MTS identifier (max. 110 character).
Internal MID
The internal message identifier. The format of an internal message identification is of
the following form: <N>3.<N>10.<N>4

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Received OR Address
• Country name.
• /ADMD name.
• /PRMD name.
AFTN Address
The AFTN address (8 characters).
Retranslated OR Address
The AMHS O/R address as the result of the re-translation of the AFTN address.

Check whether the address look-up tables (MD, CAAS, User Address) are in line with the
ICAO registry (ATS Messaging Management Centre AMC).
Check the MTS-Identifier to identify the MD in which the AMHS message has been created.
If such asymmetry indication occurs more often, inform the AMC.
5.3.5.4 AMHS_MSG_TRANSL_RCP_NON_SYMMETRIC
The MTCU has received an AMHS message with a recipient address which cannot be
or the result of the reconversion is different from the recipient address as contained in the
received AMHS message.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
MTS Identifier
Internal MID
Recipient OR Address
The OR address of the recipient as:
• Country name.
• /ADMD name.
• /PRMD name.
AFTN Address

5.3.5.5 AMHS_MTA_SESSION_INFO
Information on the opening of an MTS session.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Information
• MTA SESSION COULD NOT BE OPEN
• MTA SESSION COULD NOW BE OPEN

If the message "MTA session could not be open" appears check the MTA functions or
contact your administrator.
5.3.5.6 AMHS_MTCU_INFORMATION
Software error in the MTCU.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Information
Description of the error

Contact Avitech GmbH.
Note: If the MTCU cannot open a session to the MTA the AMHS button will turn to blue.
5.3.5.7 AMHS_NON_DELIVERY_REPORT_CREATED
Non Delivery Report created.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
AMHS Cause

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
MTS Identifier
MTS identifier (max. 67 characters).
Reason
The reason. Possible values:
• ADDRESS_MISMATCH
• RECEIPIENTS_MODIFIED
• SUBJECT_UNIDENTIFIED
• TRANSMISSION_FAILURE
• UNKNOWN_RECIPIENT_MODIFIED
Diagno
The AMHS diagnostic code. Possible values:
• NO_DIAGNOSTIC
• OR_NAME_UNRECOGNIZED
• OR_NAME_AMBIGUOUS
• MTS_CONGESTED
• LOOP_DETECTED
• RECIPIENT_UNAVAILABLE
• MAXIMUM_TIME_EXPIRED
• EITS_UNSUPPORTED
• CONTENT_TOO_LONG
• IMPRACTICAL_TO_CONVERT
• PROHIBITED_TO_CONVERT
• CONVERSION_UNSUBSCRIBED
• PARAMETERS_INVALID
• CONTENT_SYNTAX_IN_ERROR
• LENGTH_CONSTRAINT_VIOLAT
• NUMBER_CONSTRAINT_VIOLATD
• CONTENT_TYPE_UNSUPPORTED
• TOO_MANY_RECIPIENTS
• NO_BILATERAL_AGREEMENT

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
• CRITICAL_FUNC_UNSUPPORTED
• CONVERSION_LOSS_PROHIB
• LINE_TOO_LONG
• PAGE_TOO_LONG
• PICTORIAL_SYMBOL_LOST
• PUNCTUATION_SYMBOL_LOST
• ALPHABETIC_CHARACTER_LOST
• MULTIPLE_INFO_LOSSES
• REASSIGNMENT_PROHIBITED
• REDIRECTION_LOOP_DETECTED
• EXPANSION_PROHIBITED
• SUBMISSION_PROHIBITED
• EXPANSION_FAILED
• RENDITION_UNSUPPORTED
• MAIL_ADDRESS_INCORRECT
• MAIL_OFFICE_INCOR_OR_INVD
• MAIL_ADDRESS_INCOMPLETE
• MAIL_RECIPIENT_UNKNOWN
• MAIL_RECIPIENT_DECEASED
• MAIL_ORGANIZATION_EXPIRED
• MAIL_REFUSED
• MAIL_UNCLAIMED
• MAIL_RECIPIENT_MOVED
• MAIL_RECIPIENT_TRAVELLING
• MAIL_RECIPIENT_DEPARTED
• MAIL_NEW_ADDRESS_UNKNOWN
• MAIL_FORWARDING_UNWANTED
• MAIL_FORWARDING_PROHIB
• SECURE_MESSAGING_ERROR
• DOWNGRADING_IMPOSSIBLE
Subject MTS Identifier
MTS-Id of subject message (max. 109 char).
Actual Recipient
Reported (actual) recipient's O/R address (max. 977 char) as:
• Country name.
• /ADMD name.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
• /PRMD name.
Originally Intended Recipient
The originally intended recipient's O/R address (max. 977 char) as:
• Country name.
• /ADMD name.
• /PRMD name.
Supplementary Info

None.
5.3.5.8 AMHS_NON_DELIVERY_REPORT_RECEIVED
Non Delivery Report received.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
AMHS Cause

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
MTS Identifier
MTS identifier (max. 67 characters).
Reason
The reason. Possible values:
• ADDRESS_MISMATCH
• RECEIPIENTS_MODIFIED
• SUBJECT_UNIDENTIFIED
• TRANSMISSION_FAILURE
• UNKNOWN_RECIPIENT_MODIFIED
Diagno
The AMHS diagnostic code. Possible values:
• NO_DIAGNOSTIC
• OR_NAME_UNRECOGNIZED
• OR_NAME_AMBIGUOUS
• MTS_CONGESTED
• LOOP_DETECTED
• RECIPIENT_UNAVAILABLE
• MAXIMUM_TIME_EXPIRED
• EITS_UNSUPPORTED
• CONTENT_TOO_LONG
• IMPRACTICAL_TO_CONVERT
• PROHIBITED_TO_CONVERT
• CONVERSION_UNSUBSCRIBED
• PARAMETERS_INVALID
• CONTENT_SYNTAX_IN_ERROR
• LENGTH_CONSTRAINT_VIOLAT
• NUMBER_CONSTRAINT_VIOLATD
• CONTENT_TYPE_UNSUPPORTED
• TOO_MANY_RECIPIENTS
• NO_BILATERAL_AGREEMENT
• CRITICAL_FUNC_UNSUPPORTED
• CONVERSION_LOSS_PROHIB
• LINE_TOO_LONG
• PAGE_TOO_LONG

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
• PICTORIAL_SYMBOL_LOST
• PUNCTUATION_SYMBOL_LOST
• ALPHABETIC_CHARACTER_LOST
• MULTIPLE_INFO_LOSSES
• REASSIGNMENT_PROHIBITED
• REDIRECTION_LOOP_DETECTED
• EXPANSION_PROHIBITED
• SUBMISSION_PROHIBITED
• EXPANSION_FAILED
• RENDITION_UNSUPPORTED
• MAIL_ADDRESS_INCORRECT
• MAIL_OFFICE_INCOR_OR_INVD
• MAIL_ADDRESS_INCOMPLETE
• MAIL_RECIPIENT_UNKNOWN
• MAIL_RECIPIENT_DECEASED
• MAIL_ORGANIZATION_EXPIRED
• MAIL_REFUSED
• MAIL_UNCLAIMED
• MAIL_RECIPIENT_MOVED
• MAIL_RECIPIENT_TRAVELLING
• MAIL_RECIPIENT_DEPARTED
• MAIL_NEW_ADDRESS_UNKNOWN
• MAIL_FORWARDING_UNWANTED
• MAIL_FORWARDING_PROHIB
• SECURE_MESSAGING_ERROR
• DOWNGRADING_IMPOSSIBLE
MTS-Id of subject message (max. 109 char).
Actual Recipient
Reported (actual) recipient's O/R address (max. 977 char) as:
• Country name.
• /ADMD name.
• /PRMD name.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Originally Intended Recipient

The originally intended recipient's O/R address (max. 977 char) as:
• Country name.
• /ADMD name.
• /PRMD name.
Supplementary Info

None.
5.3.5.9 AMHS_PRB_TRANSL_ORIG_NON_SYMMETRIC
The MTCU has received an AMHS probe with an originator address which cannot be
or the result of the reconversion is different from the originator address as contained in the
received AMHS probe.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
MTS Identifier
Originator OR Address
• Country name.
• /ADMD name.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
• /PRMD name.
AFTN Address

5.3.5.10 AMHS_PRB_TRANSL_RCP_NON_SYMMETRIC
The MTCU has received an AMHS probe with a recipient address which cannot be translated
into an AFTN address in a symmetric way. The AFTN address is not re-convertible or the
result of the reconversion is different from the recipient address as contained in the received
AMHS probe.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
MTS Identifier
Recipient OR address
• Country name.
• /ADMD name.
• /PRMD name.
AFTN Address

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual

5.3.5.11 AMHS_RECIPIENT_REACHABLE
The AMHS Recipient can be reached.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
AFTN Address
The AFTN address (8 character).
OR Address
The O/R address (max. 977 characters) as:
• Country name.
• /ADMD name.
• /PRMD name.

None.
5.3.5.12 AMHS_RECIPIENT_UNREACHABLE
The AMHS Recipient cannot be reached.
Last Changed
removed...).

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Generation Time
AFTN Address
The AFTN address (8 character).
OR Address
The O/R address (max. 977 characters) as:
• Country name.
• /ADMD name.
• /PRMD name.

None.
5.3.5.13 AMHS_RPT_TRANSL_REP_RCP_NON_SYMMETRIC
The MTCU has received an AMHS report with a reported recipient address which cannot be
or the result of the reconversion is different from the reported recipient address as contained
in the received AMHS report.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
MTS Identifier
The MTS identifier of the subject message (max. 110 character).
Reported Recipient
• Country name.
• /ADMD name.
• /PRMD name.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual

AFTN Address

5.3.5.14 AMHS_SS_ACKNOWLEDGEMENT_RECEIVED
An SS Acknowledgement received from AMHS.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
AMHS_Cause
The AMHS Cause. Possible values
Internal MID

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Filing Time
Filing time.
Originator
Originator.
Subject Internal MID
Internal message identifier from subject. The format of an internal message
The MTS identifier.
The IPM-identifier (max. 1009 char).

None.
5.3.5.15 AMHS_SS_MESSAGE_RECEIVED
An AMHS SS Message has been received without a request for receipt notification or with
the MTS priority different from Urgent.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
AMHS Cause

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
MTE Prio
Message transfer envelope priority (x.400 priority).
• Urgent
• Normal
• Non-Urgent
MTS Identifier
The MTS identifier (max. 109 chars).
IPM Identifier
The IPM-identifier (max. 1009 char).
Recipient OR address
• Country name.
• /ADMD name.
• /PRMD name.

Identify the originator from the IPM identifier and inform him.
5.3.5.16 DISTRESS_MESSAGE_RECEIVED
A distress message has been received.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
The date and time when the event was created.
Circuit Name
Channel Name

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Device Type
The type of device. Possible values:
• TCP
• TAS
• DIO
• SIT
• X25
• FEC
• AIS
• MCP
• CID
• AMH
• MTA
• UA
• MS
Internal MID
The internal message identifier.
Text
The first 100 chars of message text.

Display the received message.
5.3.5.17 MTA_P1_CONNECTION_EVENT
This event indicates a change or an error in the connection state of a P1 MTA.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Event Type
The P1 connection event type. The different types are:
P1InitConnOK
Initiated connection succeeded
P1InitConnFail
Initiated connection failed
P1RespConnOK
Responder connection succeeded
P1RespConnFail
Responder connection failed
P1InitDiscOK
Initiator disconnected normally
P1InitAbort
Initiator aborted connection
P1InitReject
Initiator rejected responder's bind response
P1Unknown
Unknown connection termination
P1RespDiscOK
Responder normal disconnection
P1RespAbort
Responder aborted connection
Peer MTA
The MTA name of the peer.
Peer Presentation Address
The presentation address of the peer.
Peer Calling Address
The address of the peer used for the connection.
Local MTA
The name of our MTA.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Local Presentation Address.

The presentation address of our MTA.
Association PID
The PID of the associated process.
Channel
The channel name.
Bind Type
The type of bind. Possible values:
• strong
• simple
Bidirectional
A flag determining whether or not the connection is bidirectional or not. Possible
values:
• MONO
• Bidirectional
Fail Reason
The reason for the failure, if any.

None.
5.3.5.18 MTA_P3_CONNECTION_EVENT
This event indicates a change or an error in the connection state of a P3 MTA.
Last Changed
removed...).

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Generation Time
Event Type
The P3 connection event type. The different types are:
P3InitConnOK
Initiated connection succeeded
P3InitConnFail
Initiated connection failed
P3RespConnOK
Responder connection succeeded
P3RespConnFail
Responder connection failed
P3InitDiscOK
Initiator disconnected normally
P3InitAbort
Initiator aborted connection
P3RespDiscOK
Responder normal disconnection
P3RespAbort
Responder aborted connection
Address
The O/R address of the connected P3 entity.
Device Type
The device type of the connected P3 entity. Possible values:
• UA
• MS
Association PID
The PID of the associated process.
Channel
The name of the channel serving the connected P3 entity.
Bidirectional
A flag determining whether or not the connection is bidirectional or not. Possible
values:
• MONO
• Bidirectional

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Fail Reason
The reason for the failure, if any.
Disconnect Status
Disconnect status

None.
5.3.6 CIDIN Events
5.3.6.1 CIDIN_CPSN_ERROR
CIDIN has received a message with an illegal Packet Sequence Number.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Reason
The identifier of the CIDIN subsystem which sent the message: CPS CIDIN protocol
stack. Possible values:
• DUPLICATE_CPSN
• FCP_IND_NOT_IN_LAST_SEG
CIDIN AX
CIDIN exit address.
MIN
Message identification number.

None.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
5.3.6.2 CIDIN_ENQ_FROM_UNKNOWN_AE_RCVD
CIDIN Enquiry from unknown Entry Address received.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
CIDIN AY
CIDIN entry address of the originator.

Contact the remote centre, which sent the erroneous message, if this network management
message occurs very often.
If the CIDIN switch receives a message from an unknown entry centre addressed to its own
exit address the message will be transmitted to the application layer for further processing
and sending to the appropriate destinations, but no acknowledgement will be sent to the
previous station or relay centre. The spontaneous message CIDIN_ILLEGAL_EXIT appears
on the system control board.
In this case no acknowledgement is sent to the sending station, the sending station repeats
the message once after acknowledgement time limit. Therefore the same message will be
transmitted twice to the destination addressee. After that the sending station stops repeating
the message and begins sending enquiries. For each received ENQ the spontaneous
message CIDIN_ILLEGAL_EXIT appears.
5.3.6.3 CIDIN_ENQ_RESP_FROM_UNKNOWN_AX_RCVD
CIDIN Enquiry Response from unknown Exit Address received

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
CIDIN AX
CIDIN exit address of the addressee.

5.3.6.4 CIDIN_EXIT_AVAILABLE
An Exit address is now reachable.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
CIDIN AX
CIDIN exit address, which can now be reached.
ENQ Count
The number of CIDIN network-management enquiry messages sent
ENQ_COUNT*TEM = time of not availability of the corresponding exit centre in
seconds. (TEM = see the CIDIN global parameter list).

None.
Remarks: See description of the event CIDIN_EXIT_UNAVAILABLE.
5.3.6.5 CIDIN_EXIT_UNAVAILABLE
An Exit address is unreachable.
Last Changed
removed...).

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Generation Time
CIDIN AX
CIDIN exit address, which is unavailable.
Remarks: AFTN messages, which cannot be transmitted because the
remote exit is not available, will be stored in the overflow storage. If the
corresponding exit centre becomes available, the stored message will be
transmitted automatically to this exit address and the event CIDIN EXIT
AVAILABLE will be generated.

If the remote exit centre is not available for a longer time check the physical connection or
call the remote exit centre.
5.3.6.6 CIDIN_GENERAL_INFORMATION
Supplementary information concerning a call refusal.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Virtual Circuit
The CIDIN virtual circuit.
Reason
Incoming call refused because of:
• UNKNOWN CALLING REMOTE CENTRE
• ALREADY CONNECTED
• CALL COLLISION

None.
5.3.6.7 CIDIN_ILLEGAL_EXIT
CIDIN has received a message with an illegal Exit address.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
CIDIN AX
CIDIN exit address of the addressee.
CIDIN AY
Virtual Circuit
CIDIN virtual circuit.

Check the CIDIN routing table and / or the CIDIN virtual circuit list.
In case of ”illegal exit address” incoming messages, which cause this event to be displayed,
will be sent to the correction position. They cannot be retransmitted by the correction position
and must be deleted after they have been checked.
Such messages will not be written into the journal.
5.3.6.8 CIDIN_MCF_ERROR
CIDIN reports an MCF-Error
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Internal MID
The internal message identification. The format of an internal message identification
is of the following form: <N>3.<N>10.<N>4

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
CIDIN AX
CIDIN exit address of the addressee of the erroneous message.
CIDIN AY
CIDIN entry address of the originator of the erroneous message.
MIN
Message identification number of the erroneous message.
CPSN
CIDIN packet sequence number of the erroneous message.
MCF Error
MCF-Error. Possible values:
• MCF_CHANGED
• SEND_ERROR
• RCV_ERROR
MCF Code
MCF-Code (0 - 31) of the erroneous message.

Contact the remote centre, which sent the erroneous message. Check the CIDIN MCF
values in the CIDIN virtual circuit list.
5.3.6.9 CIDIN_PACKET_HDR_ERROR
CIDIN Packet Header Error.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Virtual Circuit
CIDIN AY
MIN

None.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
5.3.6.10 CIDIN_THRESHOLD_1
CIDIN Queue Threshold Message: The number of messages in a queue (for Exit Address)
has reached Threshold Value 1.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
CIDIN AX
CIDIN exit address of addressees.

None.
The number of messages in a queue (Exit Address) has reached Threshold Value 2.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
CIDIN AX

None.
The number of messages in a queue (Exit Address) has reached Threshold Value 3.
Last Changed
removed...).

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Generation Time
CIDIN AX

None.
5.3.6.13 CIDIN_RESET_THRESHOLD_1
The number of messages in a queue (Exit Address) has reached reset Threshold Value 1
(after having reached Threshold Value 1 before).
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
CIDIN AX

None.
The number of messages in a queue (Exit Address) has reached reset Threshold Value 2
(after having reached Threshold Value 2 before).
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
CIDIN AX

None.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
The number of messages in a queue (circuit) has reached reset Threshold Value 3 (after
having reached Threshold Value 3 before)
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
CIDIN AX

None.
5.3.6.16 CIDIN_TNMA_TIMEOUT
A timeout has occurred during the reception of a CIDIN message.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
CIDIN AX
CIDIN AY
MIN

If this problem occurs often contact the entry centre.
5.3.6.17 CIDIN_TRANSPORT_HEADER_SYNTAX_ERROR
CIDIN Transport Header Syntax Error.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
CIDIN AY

5.3.6.18 CIDIN_USE_EQUAL_VIRTUAL_CIRCUIT
CIDIN packets are transmitted on the virtual circuit they were received
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Virtual Circuit
CIDIN AX
CIDIN AY
MIN
Message identification number

Check the configuration lists.
5.3.6.19 CIDIN_VC_STATE
CIDIN Virtual Circuit State.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time
Virtual Circuit
The CIDIN virtual circuit.
VC State
Status of the virtual circuit. Possible values:
• CONN_BY_HOST
• CONN_BY_REMOTE
• CONNECTING
• DISCONNECTED
• UNKNOWN
• WAITING_FOR_LINK
Reason
CIDIN virtual circuit reason. Possible values:
• IDLE TIMER TIMEOUT.
• CALL RETRY TIMER TIMEOUT.
• CONNECT TIMER TIMEOUT.
• TRANSFER ERROR BY OPERATOR COMMAND.

None.
5.3.6.20 CIDIN_X25_EVENT
CIDIN X25 Event.
Last Changed
removed...).
Generation Time

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Virtual Circuit
Link
The logical name of an X.25 interface port. The values are defined in the X25
properties of the X.25 devices.
X25 Event
The X25-event. Possible values:
• CLEAR
• CONNECT_TIMEOUT
• D_BIT_CONFIRMATION_TIMEOUT
• INTERRUPT
• IOCONTROL_FAILURE
• LEVEL_2_DOWN
• PORT_FAILURE
• RESET
• RESTART
Direction
The direction. Possible Values:
• INCOMING
• OUTGOING.
Diagnostics
Diagnostic code.

See above.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
6 COMMAND MENU
6.1 The Command function
This unit allows the operator to issue commands to the system. A detailed list of all system
commands and parameters can be found in section List of commands of this chapter.
The Command unit is divided in two parts:
• The upper part lists the commands entered manually or edited by the operator.
• The lower part displays the last commands issued to the system.
6.1.1 Function
6.1.1.1 File
Clear Command
Clears the upper part of the Command unit.
Print Choice

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Print Preview
Edit Command
The command selected in the lower part is displayed in the upper part to allow the
operator to edit it.
Execute Command
Executes the command selected in the lower part and displays it in the upper part.
Close
Closes the unit
Show Toolbar
6.1.2 Fields
Name
Name of the command
Parameter
Parameters used for the command
State
State of the command. Three states are possible:
• Command successfully processed
• Command pending
• Command not processed / Error
User
Login name of the user who issued the command
Creation time
Date and time at which the command was issued.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
6.2 The Macro function
Some frequent operator tasks may require a series of commands.

With the macro unit, an operator can define a series of commands, the sequence in which
they have to be carried out, assign a name to this series and store it as a macro command.
When the macro name is given in the command line, all the commands belonging to this
macro are entered and carried out automatically in the required sequence.
6.2.1 Function
6.2.1.1 File
New
Clears the unit to create a new macro.
Load
Loads an existing macro.
Print Choice
Print Preview
Close
closes the unit

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
6.2.1.2 Action Menu
Save
Saves the macro under its current name.
Save As
Saves the macro under a new name.
Delete
Deletes the macro.
Execute Macro
Executes the macro.
Show Toolbar
6.2.1.4 Icons
Insert
Inserts a row in the list.
Remove
Deletes the selected row from the list.
Remove all
Deletes all items from the list.
Move To Top
Moves the selected row to the top.
Move Up
Moves the selected row one row up.
Move Down
Moves the selected row one row down.
Move To Bottom
Moves the selected row to the bottom.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
6.2.2 Fields
Commands
List of the commands contained in the macro.
6.3 List of commands

In this section the individual commands are described in detail. The commands are sorted
according to what they are related to and then listed by command name in alphabetical
order. Each command is listed on a separate page, with the name of the command at the top
of the page.
6.3.1 Introduction
Commands are generally constructed to indicate:
• the entity to be operated on.
Parameters can be:
• Entries which, have to be written exactly as shown in the command description.
These are shown in capital letters e.g. DIR.
• Entries, which value must be defined by the user. These are shown in lower case
italic e.g. dev.
For example, the command DAC_ DIVD dev circ implies
| | | |
operation = deactivate -------+ | | |
| | |
entity = diversion -----------------+ | |
for a direction | |
| |
| |
dev and circ specify the direction ---------+
Note: In few cases the operation names have been chosen for compatibility with
existing systems and do not conform to this construction.
6.3.2 Nomenclature
The following nomenclature is used to describe the values that can be entered as
parameters for a command. First the kind of character that has to be used is stated between
the following signs: < and >. Then in subscript and between brackets more information about
the possible values is given. The default value of a field, if any, will be stated after the
parameter description.
6.3.2.1 Arguments
Argument Description
U Upper case character.
N Digit.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
6.3.2.2 Argument combinations

Combination Description
(arg) Argument is mandatory
[arg] Argument is optional
arg1 | arg2 Either argument 1 OR Argument 2.
<arg>x Argument repeated x times. It is not possible to have less or more argument than this
given number.
<arg>x...y x to y arguments allowed; x being the minimum number of arguments and y being the
maximum number of characters allowed for the parameter.
<arg>3-15 Possible numbers are comprised between these numbers and include them.
ALL Wildcard for all possible values on that parameter position
Examples
Example Description
5 The parameter can be any combination of 5 upper case characters.
CIDIN | AFTN The parameter can either be CIDIN, AFTN or AMHS but it has to be one of these.
| AMHS
<N>3-15 The parameter can any number between 3 and 15 including these numbers.
6.3.2.3 Most used parameters

The following parameters are used in a large number of commands. Parameters, which only
apply to a specific command, are described within the description of the command, which
uses them. Any parameters input with retrieval management, overflow management and
trace and online journal commands are not evaluated by AMS but are passed to the
appropriate service.
appl
The application concerned by the command CIDIN | AFTN | AMHS
ax
CIDIN Exit centre: 5...8
chan
AFTN channel (subdivision of a circuit): 1...16
circ
AFTN circuit. Describes the device specific connection for which the command should
be carried out. This parameter depends on dev as follows: 1...16
• if dev = AMH ci = not used
• if dev = TAS ci = circuit

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
• if dev = DIO ci = circuit

• if dev = CID ci = no entry
• if dev = MCP ci = Terminal Address
• if dev = OVF ci = not used
• if dev = X25 ci = circuit
• if dev = FAX ci = circuit
• if dev = TCP ci = circuit
prio
Priority Indicator: SS | DD | FF | GG | KK
It is also possible to select more than one priority indicators, by holding the [Ctrl]-key
pressed and clicking on the wanted priorities in the selection list.
rtind
Routing indicator: 1...8
dev
Device Type. Specifies the device type for which the command should be carried
out.: AMH | TAS | DIO | CID | MCP | FAX | OVF | X25 | TCP
Possible values are as follows:
• AMH : AFTN messaging via AMHS
• TAS : AFTN messaging via asynchronous terminal server links
• DIO : AFTN messaging via modem
• CID : messaging via CIDIN (former CAB)
• MCP : messaging to/from a local terminal (former EGA)
• FAX : AFTN messaging via FAX
• OVF : messaging to/from the message overflow store
• X25 : AFTN messaging via X.25 national
• TCP : AFTN messaging via TCP
vc
CIDIN virtual circuit group + virtual circuit number: 4 <N>1-9
6.3.3 List all available commands [LIST]

Description
List all available commands.
Category
Other
Syntax
LIST

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Parameters
None
Specific Parameters
None
The following table gives a short summary of the available commands and their parameters.
Command Description Parameters
ABANDON_MSG Sends the message to the TRS dev circ

mid_id.mid_time.mid_seq
ACT_CHCK Activate channel check dev circ chan operation
ACT_CKTEXT Activate check allowed ICAO signs dev circ chan
ACT_CSNCHK Activate CSN check dev circ chan
ACT_DIVA Activate AFTN address diversion rtind [MCD:dev circ] [PRIO:proi]

[TO:dev circ]
ACT_DIVD Activate AFTN direction diversion dev circ [MCD:dev circ]

[PRIO:prio] [TO:dev circ]
ACT_L Activate lists (NEW | OLD)
ACT_SVCG Activate automatic SVC handling dev circ chan
ACT_TMSG Send cyclic AFTN test message dev circ chan rpt
CHG_ENQ Change enquiry interval ax value
CL_AX Close exit ax
CL_CHAN Close channel dev (circ | ALL) (chan | ALL)
CL_CIRC Close circuit dev (circ | ALL)
CL_IN_CH Close input channel dev circ chan
CL_VC Close virtual circuit vc
CONTINUE Continue outgoing messages dev circ PRIO: (prio | ALL)
DAC_CHCK Deactivate channel check dev circ chan operation
DAC_CKTEXT Deactivate check allowed ICAO signs dev circ chan
DAC_CSNCHK Deactivate CSN check dev circ chan
DAC_DIVA Deactivate AFTN address diversion rtind [MCD:dev circ] [PRIO:prio]

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
DAC_DIVD Deactivate AFTN direction diversion dev circ [MCD:dev circ]

[PRIO:prio]
DAC_SVCG Deactivate automatic SVC handling dev circ chan
DAC_TMSG Stop cyclic AFTN test message dev circ chan
GEN_CHCK Generate channel check message dev circ chan
GEN_LRLS Generate SVC LRLS dev circ chan
HOLD Hold outgoing messages dev circ PRIO:(prio | ALL)
MACRO Sequence of commands macro_name
NOTE_TST Send AFTN test note dev circ chan quality
OP_AX Open exit centre ax
OP_CHAN Open channel dev (circ | ALL) (chan | ALL)
OP_CIRC Open circuit dev (circ | ALL)
OP_IN_CH Open input channel dev circ chan
OP_VC Open virtual circuit vc
PAUSE_MSG Keeps the message in the queue, although the dev circ
connection is open and all other messages will mid_id.mid_time.mid_seq
be delivered.
REQUEST Request application state appl
RESTART Restart application appl
RESUME_MSG Delivers a message previously paused. dev circ

mid_id.mid_time.mid_seq
SET_CSN Set channel sequence number dev circ chan sn_in sn_out
TST_CHAN Test channel dev circ chan
WAIT Timely separates commands from each other seconds

in a macro.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
6.3.4 Commands related to AFTN

ACT_CHCK Activate channel check dev circ chan operation
ACT_CKTEXT Activate check allowed ICAO signs dev circ chan
ACT_CSNCHK Activate CSN check dev circ chan
ACT_DIVA Activate AFTN address diversion rtind [MCD:dev circ] [PRIO:proi] [TO:dev circ]
ACT_DIVD Activate AFTN direction diversion dev circ [MCD:dev circ] [PRIO:prio] [TO:dev
circ]
ACT_SVCG Activate automatic SVC handling dev circ chan
ACT_TMSG Send cyclic AFTN test message dev circ chan rpt
CL_CHAN Close channel dev (circ | ALL) (chan | ALL)
CL_CIRC Close circuit dev (circ | ALL)
CL_IN_CH Close input channel dev circ chan
CONTINUE Continue outgoing messages dev circ PRIO: (prio | ALL)
DAC_CHCK Deactivate channel check dev circ chan operation
DAC_CKTEXT Deactivate check allowed ICAO dev circ chan

signs
DAC_CSNCHK Deactivate CSN check dev circ chan
DAC_DIVA Deactivate AFTN address diversion rtind [MCD:dev circ] [PRIO:prio]
DAC_DIVD Deactivate AFTN direction diversion dev circ [MCD:dev circ] [PRIO:prio]
DAC_SVCG Deactivate automatic SVC handling dev circ chan
DAC_TMSG Stop cyclic AFTN test message dev circ chan
GEN_CHCK Generate channel check message dev circ chan
GEN_LRLS Generate SVC LRLS dev circ chan
HOLD Hold outgoing messages dev circ PRIO:(prio | ALL)
NOTE_TST Send AFTN test note dev circ chan quality
OP_CHAN Open channel dev (circ | ALL) (chan | ALL)
OP_CIRC Open circuit dev (circ | ALL)

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
OP_IN_CH Open input channel dev circ chan
SET_CSN Set channel sequence number dev circ chan sn_in sn_out
TST_CHAN Test channel dev circ chan
6.3.4.1 Activate channel check messages [ACT_CHCK]

Description
This command is used to activate the sending and / or controlling of channel check
messages for a channel.
Category
AFTN
Syntax
ACT_CHCK dev circ chan operation
Parameters
Parameters common to more than one command are described in section
Nomenclature of this chapter.
Specific Parameters
operation
The "direction" for the channel check.
• BOTH: send channel check messages to channel AND control
received channel check messages from channel
• REC: only control received channel check messages from channel and
not send channel check messages to channel
• SEND: only send channel check messages to channel and not control
received channel check messages from channel
Errors
CHANNEL OFFLINE
COMMAND DELETED AT RESTART
COMMAND DELETED FROM USER
COMMAND INTERRUPTED
COMMAND NOT IMPLEMENTED
CONFIGURATION ERROR
NOT APPLICABLE WITH CURRENT AFTN PROCEDURE VALUE
TRANSFER ACTIVE

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Remarks
The Parameters REC and SEND are 'add-on' Parameters. This means: One
command with REC and one command with SEND for one channel are the same as
one command with BOTH for this channel.
Example(s)
Activate the sending of channel check messages for device TCP, circuit AB, channel
A:
ACT_CHCK TCP AB A SEND
6.3.4.2 Activate check text [ACT_CKTEXT]

Description
This command is used to activate the check of not allowed signs in messages for a
channel.
Category
AFTN
Syntax
ACT_CKTEXT dev circ chan
Parameters
Specific Parameters
None
Errors
CHANNEL UNKNOWN
PARAMETER ERROR
Remarks
This check may be deactivated by the corresponding command DAC_CKTEXT.
Example(s)
Check the not allowed characters in messages on device TCP, circuit AVPPAFDL,
channel B:
ACT_CKTEXT TCP AVPPAFDL B
6.3.4.3 Activate CSN checking [ACT_CSNCHK]

Description
This command is used to activate channel sequence number checking for a channel.
Category
AFTN

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Syntax
ACT_CSNCHK dev circ chan
Note: dev = FAX is not allowed.
Parameters
Parameters
None
Errors
CHANNEL OFFLINE
COMMAND INTERRUPTED
COMMAND NOT EXECUTED
CONFIGURATION ERROR
TRANSFER ACTIVE
Remarks
The chosen channel must be configured in that manner within the corresponding
configuration list parameters (e.g. AFTN procedure, etc.).
Example(s)
Activate CSN checking for device TCP, circuit ED, channel B:
ACT_CSNCHK TCP ED B
6.3.4.4 Activate diversion for an address [ACT_DIVA]

Description
Activation of a standard or of an individual diversion of a routing indicator. Herewith
all messages containing addresses mapped to the diverted routing indicator will be
diverted to the standard or to the individual diversion. The diversion can be excluded
if it has been set as forbidden in the Logical Target configuration list.
Category
AFTN
Syntax
ACT_DIVA rtind [MCD:dev circ] [PRIO:proi] [TO:dev circ]
The check box Wildcard allows to operator to type only 5 characters and herewith
select all routing indicators that begin with these characters

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Parameters
Specific Parameters
MCD:dev ci
In the case of multi-circuit distribution, dev and ci of the address to be diverted
must also be specified.
TO:dev ci
Divert to the dev and ci specified. If no destination is given, the standard
diversion circuit set in the AFTN routing list will be used.
Errors
ADDRESS IN COMMAND IS COLLECTING-ADDRESS
ADDRESS NOT ADMITTED
ADDRESS OF MCD NOT EXISTENT
COMMAND INTERRUPTED
DIVERSION OF ADR TO TARGET MCD NOT ADMITTED
DIVERSION OF ADR TO TARGET NOT ADMITTED
DIVERSION OF DIRECTION FROM TARGET NOT ADMITTED
DIVERSION OF DIRECTION TO MCD-TARGET NOT ADMITTED
DIVERSION OF DIRECTION TO TARGET NOT ADMITTED
DIVERSION OF MCD TO TARGET IS ALREADY DIVERTED
DIVERSION TARGET NOT EXISTENT
DIVERSION TO TARGET IS ALREADY DIVERTED
DIVERSION WITH NO ROUTING INDICATOR
ERROR AT LIST-UPDATE OF DATABASE
ERROR IN COMBINATION OF PARAMETERS
LIST-SOURCE OF DIVERSION NOT EXISTENT
LIST-SOURCE OF MCD-DIVERSION NOT EXISTENT
PARAMETER ERROR
TARGET NOT CHANGED
Remarks
The standard diversion circuit is defined within the configuration list "AFTN routing".

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Example(s)
Activate the address diversion for all messages of priority DD and GG transmitted on
the routing indicator AVPPDA, device DIO, circuit DIALIN3 to the device DIO circuit
DIALIN1:
ACT_DIVA AVPPDA MCD:DIO DIALIN3 PRIO:DD,GG TO:DIO DIALIN1
6.3.4.5 Activate diversion for a direction [ACT_DIVD]

Description
Direction is the preamble of a target to which a message shall be sent. The direction
can be a circuit identifier of a device identifier.
This command is used to activate a diversion for a direction. The diversion circuit can
be explicitly specified in this command or if omitted, the standard diversion circuit set
in the AFTN routing list will be used.
Category
AFTN
Syntax
ACT_DIVD dev circ [MCD:dev circ] [PRIO:prio] [TO:dev circ]
Parameters
Specific Parameters
MCD:dev ci
In the case of multi-circuit distribution, dev and ci of the circuit to be diverted
must also be specified.
TO:dev ci
Divert to the dev and ci specified. If no destination is given, the standard
diversion circuit set in the AFTN routing list will be used.
Errors
COMMAND INTERRUPTED
DIVERSION OF ADR: TO TARGET MCD: NOT ADMITTED
DIVERSION OF ADR: TO TARGET NOT ADMITTED
DIVERSION OF MCD: TO TARGET IS ALREADY DIVERTED

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual

PARAMETER ERROR
TARGET NOT CHANGED
Remarks
The standard diversion direction is defined within the configuration list "AFTN Logical
Targets".
Example(s)
Activate the direction diversion for all messages transmitted on the device TCP,
circuit AVPPAFST the standard diversion circuit set in the AFTN routing list:
ACT_DIVD TCP AVPPAFST
6.3.4.6 Activate automatic SVC handling [ACT_SVCG]

Description
Activate automatic SVC handling for a channel.
Category
AFTN
Syntax
ACT_SVCG dev circ chan
Parameters
Specific Parameters
None
Errors
COMMAND INTERRUPTED
CHANNEL OFFLINE
CONFIGURATION ERROR
TRANSFER ACTIVE

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Remarks
Automatic SVC handling can be switched off again by using the corresponding
command DAC_SVCG.
Refer also to the configuration settings for the chosen channel within the
corresponding list.
Example(s)
Activate automatic SVC handling for device TCP, circuit AB, channel A:
ACT_SVCG TCP AB A
6.3.4.7 Send cyclic AFTN test message [ACT_TMSG]

Description
Send the specified number of AFTN test messages to the specified channel.
Category
AFTN
Syntax
ACT_TMSG dev circ chan rpt
Parameters
Specific Parameters
rpt
The number of times the message is to be repeated
• 0 = repeat indefinitely i.e. until the command DAC_TMSG command is
given
• n = send the message n times (max. n = 999)
Errors
CHANNEL NOT IN TEST
CHANNEL STATE WRONG
COMMAND INTERRUPTED
CONFIGURATION ERROR
PARAMETER ERROR
TRANSFER ACTIVE
UNEXPECTED

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Remarks
None
Example(s)
Send a test message 12 times on device TCP, channel AVBBAFAA, circuit A:
ACT_TMSG TCP AVBBAFAA A 12
6.3.4.8 Close channel [CL_CHAN]

Description
Close the specified channel. Message transmission and reception on that channel will
be immediately stopped after finishing the message currently in transmission or in
reception. Also received requests to establish the connection from the other side will
be discarded.
For FAX connections the new list will be activated even if a message is being sent. In
that case the following system message will be displayed: AFTN FAX
INFORMATION: Message with fax send ID...... could not be cancelled. After the
opening of the closed channel the fax message will be sent a second time.
Category
AFTN
Syntax
CL_CHAN dev (circ | ALL) (chan | ALL)
Parameters
Specific Parameters
None
Errors
PARAMETER 1 NOT ALLOWED
COMMAND INTERRUPTED
NO ASA-PROCESS OF THIS CHANNEL EXISTENT
NO ASE-PROCESS OF THIS CHANNEL EXISTENT
PARAMETER ERROR

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Remarks:
The changing of the channel state will also be reported to the operator by the system
message "AFTN CHANNEL STATE".
As a result after closing the last or only operative channel of a circuit, the circuit itself
will become inoperative. The changing of a circuit state will also be reported to the
operator by the system message "AFTN CIRCUIT STATE".
A channel can be opened again by the corresponding command OP_CHAN.
Example(s)
Close device TCP, circuit ED, channel B:
CL_CHAN TCP ED B
6.3.4.9 Close circuit [CL_CIRC]

Description
Close the specified circuit. Message transmission and reception via all channels
corresponding to that circuit will be immediately stopped after finishing the message
currently in transmission or in reception. Also received requests to establish the
connection from the other side will be discarded.
Category
AFTN
Syntax
CL_CIRC dev (circ | ALL)
Parameters
Specific Parameters
None
Errors
CIRCUIT UNKNOWN
COMMAND INTERRUPTED
PARAMETER ERROR
Remarks
The changing of the circuit state will also be reported to the operator by the system
message "AFTN CIRCUIT STATE".
A circuit can be opened again by the corresponding command OP_CIRC.
For messages to be sent only a limited amount can be held in the circuit queue.
Please refer to the Thresholds settings within the circuit list, the channel belongs to.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Example(s)
Close device TCP, circuit AB:
CL_CIRC TCP AB
6.3.4.10 Close input channel [CL_IN_CH]

Description
Close the specified channel in the receive direction. Message transmission on that
channel will still be possible but message reception will be immediately stopped after
finishing the message currently in reception.
Category
AFTN
Syntax
CL_IN_CH dev circ chan
Parameters
Specific Parameters
None
Errors
CHANNEL UNKNOWN
COMMAND INTERRUPTED
PARAMETER ERROR
Remarks:
The changing of the channel state will also be reported to the operator by the system
message "AFTN CHANNEL STATE".
A channel can be opened again by the corresponding command OP_IN_CH.
Example(s)
Close the reception on device TCP, circuit AVPPAFDL, channel A:
CL_IN_CH TCP AVPPAFDL A
6.3.4.11 Continue outgoing messages [CONTINUE]

Description
Continue the traffic of outgoing messages for a specific circuit with defined priority.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Category
AFTN
Syntax
CONTINUE dev circ PRIO: (prio | ALL)
Parameters
Specific Parameters
None
Errors
COMMAND INTERRUPTED
Remarks
None.
Example(s)
Continue outgoing messages with priority FF for device TCP, circuit AVAAAFRS:
CONTINUE TCP AVAAAFRS PRIO: FF
6.3.4.12 Deactivate channel check messages [DAC_CHCK]

Description
Deactivate the sending and / or controlling of channel check messages for a given
channel.
Category
AFTN
Syntax
DAC_CHCK dev circ chan operation
Parameters
Specific Parameters
operation
The "direction" for the channel check.
• BOTH: Deactivates the sending AND the controlling of the reception of
channel check messages for the selected channel.
• SEND: Deactivates only the sending of channel check messages for
the selected channel.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
• REC: Deactivates only the controlling of the reception of channel check

messages for the selected channel.
Errors
CHANNEL OFFLINE
COMMAND INTERRUPTED
CONFIGURATION ERROR
TRANSFER ACTIVE
Remarks
The Parameters REC and SEND are 'add-on' Parameters. This means: One
command with REC and one command with SEND for one channel are the same as
one command with BOTH for this channel.
Sending channel check messages to a channel or Controlling received channel check
messages can be activated again by the corresponding command ACT_CHCK.
Please refer to corresponding settings within the circuit/channel list.
Example(s)
Deactivates the sending and the controlling of the reception of channel check
messages on device TCP, circuit ET, channel A:
DAC_CHCK TCP ET A BOTH
6.3.4.13 Deactivate check text [DAC_CKTEXT]

Description
This command is used to deactivate the check of not allowed signs in messages of a
given channel.
Category
AFTN
Syntax
DAC_CKTEXT dev circ chan
Parameters
Specific Parameters
None
Errors
CHANNEL UNKNOWN
PARAMETER ERROR

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Remarks
This check may be activated by the corresponding command ACT_CKTEXT.
Example(s)
Deactivate the check for not allowed characters in messages on device TCP, circuit
AVPPAFDL, channel B:
DAC_CKTEXT TCP AVPPAFDL B
6.3.4.14 Deactivate CSN checking [DAC_CSNCHK]

Description
Deactivate channel sequence number checking for the specified channel.
Category
AFTN
Syntax
DAC_CSNCHK dev circ chan
Parameters
Specific Parameters
None
Errors
CHANNEL OFFLINE
COMMAND INTERRUPTED
CONFIGURATION ERROR
TRANSFER ACTIVE
Remarks
Channel sequence number checking can be activated again by the corresponding
command ACT_CSNCHK.
The chosen channel must be configured in the appropriate manner by the
corresponding channel configuration list parameters (e.g. AFTN procedure, etc.).
Example(s)
channel sequence number checking for device TCP, circuit ED, channel B:
DAC_CSNCHK TCP ED B

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
6.3.4.15 Deactivate diversion for an address [DAC_DIVA]

Description
This command is used to deactivate an address diversion. Messages addressed to
the diverted routing indicator will no longer be diverted.
Category
AFTN
Syntax
DAC_DIVA rtind [MCD:dev circ] [PRIO:prio]
Parameters
Specific Parameters
MCD:dev ci
In the case of multi-circuit distribution, dev and ci of the diverted address must
also be specified.
Errors
ADDRESS OF MCD: NOT EXISTENT
COMMAND INTERRUPTED

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual

PARAMETER ERROR
TARGET NOT CHANGED
Remarks
Diversion for the routing indicator can be activated again by the corresponding
command ACT_DIVA.
Example(s)
Deactivate the diversion of messages of priority FF for the routing indicator
AVBBACFA
DAC_DIVA AVBBACFA PRIO: FF
6.3.4.16 Deactivate diversion for a direction [DAC_DIVD]

Description
This command is used to deactivate an address diversion. Messages addressed to
the diverted circuit will no longer be diverted.
Category
AFTN
Syntax
DAC_DIVD dev circ [MCD:dev circ] [PRIO:prio]
Parameters
Specific Parameters
MCD:dev ci
In the case of multi-circuit distribution, dev and ci of the diverted circuit must
also be specified.
Errors
ADDRESS OF MCD: NOT EXISTENT
COMMAND INTERRUPTED

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual

PARAMETER ERROR
TARGET NOT CHANGED
Remarks
Diversion for the direction can be activated again by the corresponding command
ACT_DIVD.
Example(s)
Deactivate the direction diversion for all messages transmitted on the device TCP,
circuit AVPPAFST the standard diversion circuit set in the AFTN routing list:
DAC_DIVD TCP AVPPAFST
6.3.4.17 Deactivate automatic SVC handling [DAC_SVCG]

Description
Deactivate automatic SVC handling for a channel.
Category
AFTN
Syntax
DAC_SVCG dev circ chan
Parameters
Specific Parameters
None
Errors
CHANNEL OFFLINE
COMMAND INTERRUPTED

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
CONFIGURATION ERROR
TRANSFER ACTIVE
Remarks
Automatic SVC handling can be switched on again by using the corresponding
command ACT_SVCG.
corresponding circuit/channel list.
Example(s)
Deactivate automatic SVC handling for device TCP, circuit ED, channel A:
DAC_SVCG TCP ED A
6.3.4.18 Stop sending AFTN test message [DAC_TMSG]

Description
Stop sending AFTN test messages to the specified channel.
Category
AFTN
Syntax
DAC_TMSG dev circ chan
Parameters
Specific Parameters
None
Errors
CHANNEL NOT IN TEST
CHANNEL STATE WRONG
COMMAND INTERRUPTED
CONFIGURATION ERROR
PARAMETER ERROR
Remarks
None
Example(s)
Stop sending AFTN test messages to device TCP, circuit AVBBAFAA, channel A:
DAC_TMSG TCP AVBBAFAA A

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
6.3.4.19 Generate a channel check message [GEN_CHCK]

Description
A channel check message will be generated and sent to the channel specified. If a
message is currently being transferred or the channel has not been opened, the
channel check command will be rejected.
Category
AFTN
Syntax
GEN_CHCK dev circ chan
Parameters
Specific Parameters
None
Errors
CHANNEL OFFLINE
CHANNEL STATE WRONG
COMMAND INTERRUPTED
CONFIGURATION ERROR
PARAMETER ERROR
TRANSFER ACTIVE
Remarks
Example(s)
Generate a channel check message for device TCP, circuit AVBBAFAA, channel A:
GEN_CHCK TCP AVBBAFAA A
6.3.4.20 Generate an SVC LRLS [GEN_LRLS]

Description
An SVC LRLS message will be generated and sent to the channel specified. The
message contains the values of the counters last message received and last
message sent of this channel just before the SVC itself is sent.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Category
AFTN
Syntax
GEN_LRLS dev circ chan
Parameters
Specific Parameters
None
Errors
CHANNEL OFFLINE
COMMAND INTERRUPTED
CONFIGURATION ERROR
TRANSFER ACTIVE
Remarks
The successful generation of the SVC is reported to the operator by system message
"AFTN SVC LR LS GENERATED".
Example(s)
Generate and send an SVC LRLS message on device TCP, circuit AB, channel A:
GEN_LRLS TCP AB A
6.3.4.21 Hold outgoing messages [HOLD]

Description
Hold the traffic of outgoing messages for a specific circuit with defined priority(ies).
Category
AFTN
Syntax
HOLD dev circ PRIO:(prio | ALL)

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Parameters
Specific Parameters
None
Errors
COMMAND INTERRUPTED
Remarks
If the operator has already set some priority(ies) on hold for a given circuit, entering a
new HOLD command for this circuit with some other priority(ies) will add this(ese) to
the priority(ies) already set on hold for this circuit.
The operator can check which priorities have been set on hold by opening the Status
service and looking at the column Hold for Priorities in the Channel State
Information.
To deactivate the "hold" situation, the operator has to use the CONTINUE command.
Example(s)
Hold outgoing messages with priority FF for device TCP, circuit AVAAAFRS:
HOLD TCP AVAAAFRS PRIO: FF
6.3.4.22 Send AFTN test note [NOTE_TST]

Description
Send an AFTN test note to the specified channel.
Category
AFTN
Syntax
NOTE_TST dev circ chan quality
Note: dev = FAX is not allowed
Parameters
Specific Parameters
quality
The AFTN message types which correspond to the value given for this
parameter are:
• 0 = Note not received
• 1 = Note bad

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
• 2 = Note poor
• 3 = Note fair
• 4 = Note good
• 5 = Note excellent
Errors
CHANNEL STATE WRONG
COMMAND INTERRUPTED
CONFIGURATION ERROR
TRANSFER ACTIVE
UNEXPECTED
Remarks
None
Example(s)
Send an AFTN test note 5 on device TCP, circuit AVBBAFAA, channel A:
NOTE_TST TCP AVBBAFAA A 5
6.3.4.23 Open circuit [OP_CHAN]

Description
Opens the specified channel.
Category
AFTN
Syntax
OP_CHAN dev (circ | ALL) (chan | ALL)
Parameters
Specific Parameters
None
Errors
CHANNEL UNKNOWN
COMMAND INTERRUPTED

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual

PARAMETER ERROR
Remarks
The changing of the channel state will also be reported to the operator by a
corresponding system message.
As a result of successful opening the first channel of an inoperative circuit, the
corresponding circuit itself will become operative again. The changing of the circuit
state will also be reported to the operator by a corresponding system message.
A channel may be closed again by the corresponding command CL_CHAN.
Example(s)
Open device TCP, circuit ED, channel B:
OP_CHAN TCP ED B
6.3.4.24 Open circuit [OP_CIRC]

Description
The specified circuit will be opened and by that also all channels belonging to that
circuit. If at least one of the corresponding channels becomes active also the circuit
will be put into state OPERATIONAL and message transfer will be possible. The
changing of the circuit state will be reported to the operator by the system message
"AFTN CIRCUIT STATE".
Category
AFTN
Syntax
OP_CIRC dev (circ | ALL)
Parameters
Specific Parameters
None
Errors
CIRCUIT UNKNOWN
COMMAND INTERRUPTED
PARAMETER ERROR

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Remarks
For all concerned channels the changing of their state will also be reported to the
operator by the system message "AFTN CHANNEL STATE".
A circuit can be closed again by the corresponding command CL_CIRC.
Example(s)
Open all circuits for the device TCP:
OP_CIRC TCP ALL
6.3.4.25 Open input channel [OP_IN_CH]

Description
Messages may be sent and received via the specified channel. This channel must
have been in the close input state before.
Category
AFTN
Syntax
OP_IN_CH dev circ chan
Parameters
Specific Parameters
None
Errors
CHANNEL UNKNOWN
COMMAND INTERRUPTED
PARAMETER ERROR
Remarks
The changing of the channel state will also be reported to the operator by a
corresponding system message.
A channel may be closed again in the receive direction by the corresponding
command CL_IN_CH.
Example(s)
Open device TCP, circuit ED, channel B in the receive direction:
OP_IN_CH TCP ED B

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
6.3.4.26 Set channel sequence numbers [SET_CSN]

Description
Set the channel sequence numbers for the specified channel.
Category
AFTN
Syntax
SET_CSN dev circ chan sn_in sn_out
Note: When entering "dev = FAX" the value of sn_in must be "0"
Parameters
Specific Parameters
sn_in
New input channel sequence number
sn_out
New output channel sequence number
Errors
CHANNEL OFFLINE
CHANNEL SEQUENCE NUMBER TOO BIG
COMMAND DELETED BY USER
COMMAND INTERRUPTED
CONFIGURATION ERROR
PARAMETER ERROR
TRANSFER ACTIVE
Remarks
None
Example(s)
Set the channel sequence numbers 815 in and 471 out for device TCP, circuit ED,
channel B:
SET_CSN TCP ED B 815 471

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
6.3.4.27 Set channel state to test [TST_CHAN]

Description
Set the state of the specified channel to TEST.
Category
AFTN
Syntax
TST_CHAN dev circ chan
Parameters
Specific Parameters
None
Errors
CHANNEL STATE WRONG
CHANNEL UNKNOWN
COMMAND INTERRUPTED
PARAMETER ERROR
TRANSFER ACTIVE
Remarks
Before a channel can be set to the TEST state, the command CL_CHAN must be
given to close the channel:
Example(s)
Set device TCP, circuit AVBBAFAA, channel B to TEST:
CL_CHAN TCP AVBBAFAA B
TST_CHAN TCP AVBBAFAA B

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
6.3.5 Commands related to CIDIN

CHG_ENQ Change enquiry interval ax value
CL_AX Close exit ax
CL_VC Close virtual circuit vc
OP_AX Open exit centre ax
OP_VC Open virtual circuit vc
6.3.5.1 Change enquiry interval [CHG_ENQ]

Description
Changes the time interval between the sending of two enquiries to a CIDIN exit
centre. The default time interval is set in the "TEM" column of the CIDIN AX
configuration list.
Category
CIDIN
Syntax
CHG_ENQ ax value
Parameters
Specific Parameters
value
The interval in seconds between two enquiries. If the value is 0 no enquiry will
be sent. The interval change will be made at the expiration of the next timer.
The enquiry cycle will be executed until the command CHG_ENQ ax 0 is
executed.
Value: <N>[0 | 10-1440]
Errors
COMMAND INTERRUPTED
UNKNOWN COMMAND
GENERAL DBMS ERROR (CMD:CHG_ENQ)
Remarks
None

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Example(s)
Change the enquiry of ETCCA to 12:
CHG_ENQ ETCCA 12
6.3.5.2 Close CIDIN exit centre [CL_AX]

Description
Close the specified CIDIN Exit Centre. Message transmission and reception via all
virtual circuits corresponding to that Exit Centre be immediately stopped after
finishing the message currently in transmission or in reception. Also received
requests to establish the connection from the other side will be discarded.
Category
CIDIN
Syntax
CL_AX ax
Parameters
Specific Parameters
None
Errors
COMMAND INTERRUPTED
UNKNOWN COMMAND
GENERAL DBMS ERROR (CMD: CL_AX)
Remarks
The following events will occur: CIDIN EXIT UNAVAILABLE ax
Example(s)
Close exit centre ETCCA:
CL_AX ETCCA
6.3.5.3 Close CIDIN virtual circuit [CL_VC]

Description
Close a CIDIN Virtual Circuit. Message transmission and reception on that virtual
circuit will be immediately stopped after finishing the message currently in
transmission or in reception. Also received requests to establish the connection from
the other side will be discarded
Category
CIDIN

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Syntax
CL_VC vc
Parameters
Specific Parameters
None
Errors
COMMAND INTERRUPTED
UNKNOWN COMMAND
GENERAL DBMS ERROR (CMD: CL_VC)
Remarks
The following events will occur: CIDIN_VC_STATE vc DISCONNECT
Example(s)
Close virtual circuit ETCCA:
CL_VC ETCC1
6.3.5.4 Open CIDIN exit centre [OP_AX]

Description
Open the specified CIDIN Exit Centre and also all virtual circuit belonging to that exit
centre. If at least one of the corresponding virtual circuit becomes active also the exit
centre will be put into the state OPERATIONAL and message transfer will be
possible. The change of state will be reported to the operator by the system message
"CIDIN EXIT AVAILABLE".
Category
CIDIN
Syntax
OP_AX ax
Parameters
Specific Parameters
None
Errors

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
COMMAND INTERRUPTED
UNKNOWN COMMAND
GENERAL DBMS ERROR (CMD: OP_AX)
Remarks
The following events will occur: CIDIN EXIT AVAILABLE ax
Example(s)
Open exit centre ETCCA:
OP_AX ETCCA
6.3.5.5 Open CIDIN virtual circuit [OP_VC]

Description
Open a CIDIN Virtual Circuit.
Category
CIDIN
Syntax
OP_VC vc
Parameters
Specific Parameters
None
Errors
COMMAND INTERRUPTED
UNKNOWN COMMAND
GENERAL DBMS ERROR (CMD:OP_VC)
Remarks
The following events will occur: CIDIN_VC_STATE vc OPEN
Example(s)
Open virtual circuit ETCCA:
OP_VC ETCC1

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
6.3.6 Other commands

ACT_L Activate lists (NEW | OLD)
MACRO Sequence of commands macro_name
REQUEST Request application state appl
RESTART Restart application appl
WAIT Waits the specified time before starting the next command. seconds
6.3.6.1 Activate service lists [ACT_L]

Description
With the command [ACT_L NEW/OLD] the system is instructed to use the new/old
list version starting from now.
With the [ACT_L] command, the system loads the new/old list version parallel to the
currently used list version and activates the new/old list for a given channel when the
message being sent is finished. For FAX the new list will be activated even if a
message is being sent. In that case the following system message will be displayed:
AFTN FAX INFORMATION: Message with fax send ID...... could not be
cancelled. After the activation of the new/old list the fax message will be sent a
second time.
Category
Other
Syntax
ACT_L (NEW | OLD)
Parameters
Specific Parameters
NEW
The last successfully transmitted service list version, if present and not
activated in the meantime
OLD
The previous service list version, which was in operation until the currently
running version was activated.
Errors
ACCESS ERROR
ACCESS OF COMPONENT 2 NOT SUCCESSFUL
ACTL-COMMAND BUSY
ACTL-COMMAND IN NMZ BUSY

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
CMD UNEXPECTED
COMMAND INTERRUPTED
DBMS-ERROR AT SELECT VERSIONS
DELETE OF OLD DATA IN SEQUENCE-TABLE NOT SUCCESSFUL
ERROR AT STATE CROSSING
GENERAL DBMS-ERROR (CMD: ACT_L)
GENERAL DBMS-ERROR (CMD: ACT)
GENERAL DBMS-ERROR (CMD: GO)
GENERAL DBMS-ERROR (CMD: REGO)
GENERAL DBMS-ERROR (CMD: UEB)
GENERAL DBMS-ERROR IN APPL: AMHS (CMD: ACT_L)
GENERAL DBMS-ERROR IN APPL: AMHS (CMD: ACT)
GENERAL DBMS-ERROR IN APPL: AMHS (CMD: GO)
GENERAL DBMS-ERROR IN APPL: AMHS (CMD: REGO)
GENERAL DBMS-ERROR IN APPL: AMHS (CMD: UEB)
GENERAL DBMS-ERROR IN APPL: CIDIN (CMD: ACT_L)
GENERAL DBMS-ERROR IN APPL: CIDIN (CMD: ACT)
GENERAL DBMS-ERROR IN APPL: CIDIN (CMD: GO)
GENERAL DBMS-ERROR IN APPL: CIDIN (CMD: REGO)
GENERAL DBMS-ERROR IN APPL: CIDIN (CMD: UEB)
GENERAL DBMS-ERROR IN APPL: AFTN (CMD: ACT_L)
GENERAL DBMS-ERROR IN APPL: AFTN (CMD: ACT)
GENERAL DBMS-ERROR IN APPL: AFTN (CMD: GO)
GENERAL DBMS-ERROR IN APPL: AFTN (CMD: REGO)
GENERAL DBMS-ERROR IN APPL: AFTN (CMD: UEB)
GENERAL DBMS-ERROR IN AMS (CMD: ACT_L)
GENERAL DBMS-ERROR IN AMS (CMD: ACT)
GENERAL DBMS-ERROR IN AMS (CMD: GO)
GENERAL DBMS-ERROR IN AMS (CMD: REGO)
GENERAL DBMS-ERROR IN AMS (CMD: UEB)
INSERT COMMAND-TABLE NOT SUCCESSFUL
INSERT SEQUENCE-TABLE NOT SUCCESSFUL
INTERNAL ACCESS

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
INTERNAL ERROR
LIST TOO BIG
MEMORY INCONSISTENCE
NO LIST TRANSFERRED FOR RECEIVER
NO LIST-VERSION TO ACTIVATE OLD
NO STOP
OLD ACTL-COMMANDS IN COMMAND-TABLE, FIRST DELETE IT
PARAMETER ERROR
PORT TABLE FULL
PVC TABLE FULL
READ STATUS IN AMHS-DATABASE NOT SUCCESSFUL
READ STATUS IN CIDIN-DATABASE NOT SUCCESSFUL
READ STATUS IN AFTN-DATABASE NOT SUCCESSFUL
RUNTIME ERROR
SERVICE BOTTLE-NECK
STATE VIOLATION
TRANSMISSION NOT CORRECT FOR COMPUTER 1
TRANSMISSION NOT CORRECT FOR COMPUTER 2
UPDATE DEFINITION-TABLE NOT SUCCESSFUL
UPDATE TRANSMISSION-LIST NOT SUCCESSFUL
VERSION OF LIST NOT OK
Remarks
None
Example(s)
Switch over to the new service lists:
ACT_L NEW
Change back to the previous service lists (for example because the system does not
route satisfactorily with the latest version):
ACT_L OLD
6.3.6.2 Macro or sequence of commands [MACRO]

Description
Issue an operator defined sequence of commands.
Category
Other
Syntax
MACRO macro_name

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Parameters
Specific Parameters
macro_name
The name of a previously defined sequence of commands and parameters.
Errors
COMMAND INTERRUPTED
Remarks
The creation of a macro is described in chapter "System Commands".
The command will be checked before it is carried out because of possible changes
made to the service lists after the macro was defined.
Command buttons:
Print
Prints the current contents of the form. To use this functionality the form does
not need to be completely filled out. For more information about this function,
please refer to the section Printing Mechanism of the chapter Basic Skills.
Cancel
Closes the macro execution protocol.
Example(s)
1. Create a new macro with the name 'ALICE'.
2. Use the macro-editor to produce following lines:
o REQUEST AFTN
o OP_CHAN TCP AVPPAFDL A
o ACT_DIVD TCP AVPPAFHL TO:TCP AVPPAFDL
3. Save the macro
Execute the macro ALICE with the command line:
MACRO ALICE
6.3.6.3 Request application call-back [REQUEST]

Description
This command is used to check that a message oriented application is still running. A
message is sent to the specified application and if no call-back is received within a
specified time the operator knows that the application must be restarted.
Category
Other

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Syntax
REQUEST appl
Parameters
Specific Parameters
None
Errors
COMMAND INTERRUPTED
GENERAL DBMS-ERROR (CMD:REQUEST)
Remarks
None
Example(s)
Check if the application AFTN is still running:
REQUEST AFTN
6.3.6.4 Restart application [RESTART]

Description
This command is used to restart an application after an Initialise list.
Category
Other
Syntax
RESTART appl
Note: Choosing the AFTN application restarts all applications running on
the system, AFTN, AMHS and CIDIN
Parameters
Specific Parameters
None
Errors
PARAMETER ERROR
Remarks
This command shall only be sued in case of an Initialise list. For all other cases the
cluster shall be executed with the cluster commands (ask your system administrator).

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
The restart of an application with this command is not a switch over. The application
will be restarted on the running server.
The best parameter to use is AFTN as it restarts all applications at one time.
Example(s)
Restart the AFTN application:
RESTART AFTN
6.3.6.5 Timely separate commands in a macro [WAIT]

Description
Timely separates commands from each other in a macro.
Note: This command shall only be used in a macro
Category
Other
Syntax
WAIT seconds
Parameters
Specific Parameters
seconds
The number of seconds the system shall wait before starting the next
command
Errors
No known errors.
Remarks
None
Example(s)
wait 3 seconds before starting the next command:
WAIT 3

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
7 STATUS INFORMATION MENU
7.1 The Circuit and Queue Monitor function
The Circuit and Queue Monitor represents a condensed view on the internal status of the
AviSuite AFTN/AMHS switch. It has the following main tasks:
• Visualization of the internal queues of the AFTN and AMHS switching core.
• Visualization of the messages contained in the queues mentioned above.
• Display of additional information concerning the circuits the queues are attached to.
• Display of statistical information concerning the queues.
• Offering a set of commands allowing the operator to take influence on the circuits and
queues displayed.
• Full access to the messages contained in the queues.
• Display of statistical information concerning message flows and contents per circuit.
The Circuit and Queue Monitor is composed of two parts:
• The tree in the left part
• Tabbed panes in the upper right part which name and contents depend on the level
chosen in the tree.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
7.1.1 The Circuit and Queue Monitor tree
In the left hand part of the circuit and queue monitor a tree with 5 levels is displayed:
• The root level of this tree represents the monitored COM Centre.
• The second level contains the device types for AFTN and AMHS circuits.
• The third level contains the AFTN and AMHS circuits.
• The fourth level shows the messages queued for the circuits.
• The fifth level shows the recipient addresses of the messages.
Clicking on the latch symbol of a node will expand or collapse it.
7.1.2 Common circuit and queue monitor functions
7.1.2.1 File
Close
Closes this unit.
7.1.2.2 Options
Show Toolbar

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
7.1.3 The root level

The root node of the tree in the left hand window represents the monitored COM Centre,
indicated by its location indicator, e.g. GOOO for Dakar. The total number of messages in all
outbound queues of this COM Centre is included in square brackets ([...]).
When the COM Centre node is selected, the upper right pane consists of 3 tabs:
• The Circuit Overview tab.
• The Suspicious Circuits tab.
• The Queue Visualisation tab.
The further details tabbed panes are:
• The Diversion tab.
• The Copy Address tab.
• The Current Day Statistics tab.
• The Additional Information tab.
7.1.4 The second level

The second level contains the device types for AFTN and AMHS circuits. Nodes at that level
represent device types for the circuits belonging to the given COM centre. The circuits are
grouped based on the device type and the user has possibility to check all circuits with the
given device type.
When a device type is selected the upper right pane is updated the same way as the
selected COM Centre and consists of 3 tabs:
• The Circuit Overview tab.
• The Suspicious Circuits tab.
• The Queue Visualisation tab.
Only the circuits with the given device type are displayed in these tabs.
7.1.5 The third level

The third level contains the configured AFTN and AMHS circuits.
The circuit name is followed by the number of messages queued for the circuit. Furthermore,
green arrows symbolise connected channels:
• An arrow pointing to the right indicates a connection initiated by the local server.
• An arrow pointing to the left indicates a connection initialised by the peer.
As multiple arrows may coexist, the number of established connections is also displayed.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
When an AFTN or an AMHS circuit node is selected, the upper right pane consists of 2 tabs:
• The Overview tab.
• The Actions and Properties tab.
7.1.6 The fourth level

The fourth level shows the messages queued for the circuits.
For each message the ATS (in case of AFTN) or MTS (in case of AMHS) priority and the first
12 characters of the message text, but no more than 1 line are displayed.
A double click on a message on this level opens it in the Message Viewer.
When this node level is selected the right pane contains the following two tabs:
• The Overview tab.
• The Actions and properties tab.
7.1.7 The fifth level

The fifth level shows the addresses of the recipients for the selected message.
The recipient address is displayed in AFTN format, regardless whether the message has
AFTN or AMHS format.
7.1.8 The upper right tabs
7.1.8.1 The Circuit Overview tab
The first tab provides the circuit overview, a table consisting of one row for each configured
circuit and 11 columns:
• Circuit: The circuit name. It consists of up to 16 characters. By default the rows are
sorted by alphabetical order of the circuit names.
• Type: The circuit type. It can take one of the following values:
o AIS
o ERR
o MS
o TAS
o MTA
o AMH

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
o FAX
o OVF
o TCP
o UA
o CID
o FEC
o RV
o TRS
o DIO
o MCP
o SIT
o X.25
• Status: The status field. It shows whether the circuit is:
o OPERATIVE: Messages can be received and sent
o INOPERATIVE: Messages can neither be received or sent
o OPERATIVE IN: Messages can be received but not sent
o OPERATIVE OUT: Messages can be sent but not received
• Connection: This field indicates whether or not a circuit is connected. The values
correspond to the green arrows that are displayed with a circuit element in the third
level of the tree.
• Diversion: This field indicates whether or not a circuit is diverted. The target of the
diversion and the priorities to which the diversion applies are shown in the details part
when the row of a diverted circuit is selected.
• Total: This field indicates the total number of messages counted for the circuit.
• Overdue: For each circuit an overdue time is configurable. A message is considered
overdue when it is older than this time. The number of overdue messages in the
circuit is displayed in this column. The occurrence of an alert overdue message is
indicated by a red background.
• Stalled: A queue is considered stalled when during a configurable amount of time it is
not empty and no message has been sent during that time. In case of a stalled queue
staff should investigate the reason, e.g. a connectivity problem.
• Channel: This field is defined for AFTN channels only. It displays the name of the
AFTN channel. For AMHS channels this field is empty.
• LR and LS: Both fields are defined for AFTN channels only. LR displays the channel
identifier and the channel sequence number of the last received message whereas
LS displays the channel identifier and the channel sequence number of the last sent
message. For AMHS channels both fields are empty.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual

7.1.8.2 The Suspicious Circuits tab
A circuit is suspicious if one of the following conditions is fulfilled:

• Queue threshold value 2 is reached. The system issues the system event
AFTN_THRESHOLD_2.
• Message Overdue In Queue event happened. The system issues the system event
MSG_OVERDUE_IN_QUEUE.
• Automatic diversion is enforced. The system issues the system event
SFM_AUTO_ADDRESS_DIVERSION, or SFM_AUTO_DIRECTION_DIVERSION.
• No message is transmitted because of the stalled state of the circuit. The system
issues the system event AFTN_MESSAGE_QUEUE_STALLED.
• All channels are blocked for the given circuit.
The suspicious circuit becomes unsuspicious if all system events that caused its
suspiciousness are deactivated. The following list contains information how to deactivate the
certain system events:
System event Deactivation by
AFTN_THRESHOLD_2 AFTN_RESET_THRESHOLD_2
MSG_OVERDUE_IN_QUEUE The message is getting overdue and staying in the queue.
State ACT in State DEACT in

SFM_AUTO_ADDRESS_DIVERSION, SFM_AUTO_ADDRESS_DIVERSION,
SFM_AUTO_DIRECTION_DIVERSION SFM_AUTO_DIRECTION_DIVERSION.
Channel state: BLOCKED Any other channel state except BLOCKED. It means that at
least one channel of the circuit is no longer BLOCKED.
AFTN_MESSAGE_QUEUE_STALLED Event is deactivated if any message leaves a circuit.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
From the layout perspective the Suspicious Circuits tab is a copy of the Circuit Overview tab.
• Type: The circuit type. It can take one of the following values:
o AIS
o ERR
o MS
o TAS
o MTA
o AMH
o FAX
o OVF
o TCP
o UA
o CID
o FEC
o RV
o TRS
o DIO
o MCP
o SIT
o X.25
• Status: The status field. It shows whether the circuit is:
o OPERATIVE: Messages can be received and sent
o INOPERATIVE: Messages can neither be received or sent
o OPERATIVE IN: Messages can be received but not sent
o OPERATIVE OUT: Messages can be sent but not received
• Connection: This field indicates whether or not a circuit is connected. The values
correspond to the green arrows that are displayed with a circuit element in the third
level of the tree.
• Diversion: This field indicates whether or not a circuit is diverted. The target of the
diversion and the priorities to which the diversion applies are shown in the details part
when the row of a diverted circuit is selected.
• Total: This field indicates the total number of messages counted for the circuit.
• Overdue: For each circuit an overdue time is configurable. A message is considered
overdue when it is older than this time. The number of overdue messages in the
circuit is displayed in this column. The occurrence of an alert overdue message is
indicated by a red background.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
• Stalled: A queue is considered stalled when during a configurable amount of time it is

not empty and no message has been sent during that time. In case of a stalled queue
staff should investigate the reason, e.g. a connectivity problem.
• Channel: This field is defined for AFTN channels only. It displays the name of the
AFTN channel. For AMHS channels this field is empty.
• LR and LS: Both fields are defined for AFTN channels only. LR displays the channel
identifier and the channel sequence number of the last received message whereas
LS displays the channel identifier and the channel sequence number of the last sent
message. For AMHS channels both fields are empty.
7.1.8.3 The Queue Visualisation tab
The Queue Visualisation tab provides a graphic visualisation of the queues.

• Type: The device type of the circuit.
• Total: the number of queued messages.
• Queue: the graphical visualisation of the queued messages. The heading of this
column provides a number scale. Furthermore, 3 threshold values configurable for
each circuit are marked in the bar. The colour of the bar depends on the threshold
status as follows:
o Green: no threshold reached
o Yellow: threshold 1 reached

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
o Orange: threshold 2 reached

o Red: threshold 3 reached
In this tabbed pane no entry can be selected for the display of further details.
7.1.8.4 The Overview tab
7.1.8.4.1 Upper part
The upper part of the overview tab shows a table the rows of which represent the messages
queued for the circuit. Each row corresponds to one message. By default the messages are
sorted according to their ATS (SS, ..., KK) or MTS (urgent, normal, non-urgent) priorities and
according to their age within the same priority.
The structure and the content of a message entry in the overview tab depend on the type of
circuit (AFTN, MTA, UA).
EMID
External Message identifier
ATS Priority
The ATS priority assigned to the message.
Filing Time
The time at which the message was received by the AFTN handler, expressed as
Day Hour Minute.
Type
Message type such as PLAIN, FPL, DEP, NT, SW...
Reception Time
The date and time the message was received.
Originator
The AFTN address of the originator of the message.
Paused
If the messages has been paused the checkbox in this column is ticked.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
7.1.8.4.2 Lower part
The lower part of the overview tab displays the message last selected in the upper part of the
overview tab or in the fourth level of the tree on the left part.
7.1.8.5 The Actions and Properties tab

This tab offers an interface for executing actions on a circuit. The list of actions comprises:
• Set the circuit's operational state to INOPERATIVE, OPERATIVE, OPERATIVE_IN or
OPERATIVE_OUT.
• Activate a diversion per priority, to a target circuit, potentially with MCD.
7.1.8.5.1 Upper part
The upper part of the actions and properties tab shows read-only information about the
circuit and its active diversions.
Circuit
Name
The circuit name.
device Type
The device type of the circuit.
Operational State
The operational state of the circuit.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Active diversions
Target Device Type
The device type of the circuit to where the diversion is made.
Target Circuit
The circuit to where the diversion is made.
MCD Device Type
The device type of the multi circuit distribution, if any.
MCD Circuit
The multi circuit distribution, if any.
Priorities
The priorities diverted.
Active since
The date and time since when the diversion is active.
Cause
The cause of the activation of the diversion.
7.1.8.5.2 Lower part
The lower part allows the operator to change the operational state of the circuit and to set
diversions for this circuit.
The columns of the set diversions table are the same as the columns in the active diversions
table on the upper part of the tab.
7.1.8.5.2.1 Changing the operational state of a circuit.

To modify the operational state of the selected circuit the operator shall select the new state
from the drop down field and then click on the [Apply]-button.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Commands executed by the system for the operational state change of an AFTN circuit:
Final State Initial State
OPERATIVE INOPERATIVE OPERATIVE_IN OPERATIVE_OUT
OPERATIVE X OP_CIRC CONTINUE OP_IN_CH
CL_CIRC
INOPERATIVE CL_CIRC X CL_CIRC
CONTINUE
OP_IN_CH
HOLD
OPERATIVE_IN HOLD X HOLD
OP_CIRC
OP_CIRC
OP_CIRC CONTINUE
OPERATIVE_OUT CL_IN_CH X
CL_IN_CH CL_IN_CH
7.1.8.5.2.2 Setting diversions for a circuit

To add a diversion the operator can add rows, fill them out with the desired parameters and
click on the [Save]-button.
To remove a diversion the operator can delete the concerned row(s) and click on the [Save]-
button.
Modifying a row in fact means two actions: removing a diversion and adding a new one.
The [Reload]-button refreshes the table and erases any unsaved modification.
7.1.9 The lower right tabs
7.1.9.1.1 The Diversion tab

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
The diversion tab displays the following diversion parameters for the selected circuit:
Target Device Type
The type of device to which the diversion points.
Target Circuit
The circuit to which the diversion points.
MCD Device Type
The type of device in case of multi-circuit distribution.
MCD Circuit
The circuit in case of multi-circuit distribution.
Priorities
The AFTN priority concerned by the diversion.
Active Since
The date and times when this diversion has been activated.
Cause
The cause of the diversion: manual or automatic.
7.1.9.2 The Copy Address tab
The copy address tab displays the copy in and copy out circuits configured for the selected
circuit. The following information is available:
Name
The name of the copy circuit.
Message type
The list of message types for which the copy applies. If no message type is displayed,
the copy applies for all message types.
Priority
The list of priorities for which the copy applies. If no priority is displayed, the copy
applies for all priorities.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Type
The type of copy:
• IN
• OUT
7.1.9.3 The Current Day Statistics tab
This tab displays statistics data of the current day, for the selected circuit among which:
• The number of received and sent messages in total.
• The number of received and sent messages per priority.
• The number of rejected messages.
• The number of AFTN service messages received.
The columns of the statistics table display the following information:
Priority
The priority concerned by the statistics on this line.
Sent num.
The number of sent messages.
Sent Size
The cumulated size of the sent messages in bytes.
Received num.
The number of received messages.
Received size
The cumulated size of the received messages in bytes.
The lines of the statistics table display the following information:
KK
Information regarding messages with the KK priority.
GG
Information regarding messages with the GG priority.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
FF
Information regarding messages with the FF priority.
DD
Information regarding messages with the DD priority.
SS
Information regarding messages with the SS priority.
--
Information regarding messages with no priority such as channel checks or test
messages.
Total
Information regarding the total amount of messages.
7.1.9.4 The Additional Information tab

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
The Additional information tab displays further information related to the selected circuit such
as:
• The configuration parameters of the selected circuit
• The configuration parameters of the channels of this circuit
7.1.10 Message Viewer

A double click on a message opens it in the message viewer. This unit is read only and
displays the AFTN or the AMHS form depending on the message opened.
7.1.10.1 AFTN Message Viewer
The AFTN Message Viewer contains the following fields.

• MSG Type: The type of message received
• EMID: The external message identifier
• Reception Time: The date and time the message was received
• ATS Prio: The AFTN priority indicator
• Recipients: The destination address(es)
• Filing Time: The filing time of the message
• Originator: The originator address
• OHI: The optional heading information according to ICAO, Annex 10, amendment 71
• Message Text: The text of the message

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
7.2 Connection State
7.2.1 Common state monitor functions
7.2.1.1 File
Print Choice
Print Preview
Close
Closes this unit.
7.2.1.2 Options
Show Toolbar

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
7.2.2 The AFTN Connection State Monitor
This unit is used to monitor all AFTN channels defined in the current configuration lists.
This section gives only specific information on the subject. Details about the functions can be
found in the section Common state monitor functions of this chapter.
7.2.2.1 Column
Circuit
Circuit State
The state of the circuit. The possible states are the following:
• OPERATIVE
• INOPERATIVE
• OPERATIVE_IN
• OPERATIVE_OUT
Hold
Shows the Priorities for which a Hold command has been initiated.
Channel
Channel State
The state of the channel. The possible states are the following:
• OPEN
• CLOSED
• TEST
• BLOCKED
• HOLD

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
• DEAD
• CLOSE_INPUT
Connection State
The state of the connection. The possible states are the following:
• DISCONNECTED
• CONN_BY_REMOTE
• CONN_BY_HOST
Device
The name of the device
Device Type
The type of device used for the channel. The possible devices are the following:
• MCP
• TCP
• TAS
• FAX
• DIO
• FEC
• X25
• SIT
• AMH
• AIS
• TRS
• OVF
• MTA
• UA
• MS
Connection Type
The type of connection of channel. The possible session types are the following:
• FIX
• PVC
• TEMPORARY
• PERMANENT
• REMOTE
• REMOTE_EMPTY_MESSAGE
• REMOTE_FRONTEND
• MATIP_BIL

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
• MATIP_SLV
• MATIP_MST
• TWO_WAY_MONOLOGUE
Last Changed
The date and time when the state started.
7.2.3 The AMHS Connection State Monitor
This unit is used to monitor all AMHS channels defined in the current configuration lists.
This section gives only specific information on the subject. Details about the functions can be
found in the section Common state monitor functions of this chapter.
7.2.3.1 Column
Circuit
The name of the AMHS circuit.
State
The state of the circuit. The possible states are the following:
• OPERATIVE
• INOPERATIVE
• OPERATIVE_IN
• OPERATIVE_OUT
Connection State
The state of the connection. The possible states are the following:
• DISCONNECTED
• CONN_BY_REMOTE
• CONN_BY_HOST

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
• CONNECTING
Device Type
The type of device used for the channel. The possible devices are the following:
• MCP
• TCP
• TAS
• FAX
• DIO
• FEC
• X25
• SIT
• AMH
• AIS
• TRS
• OVF
• MTA
• UA
• MS
Session Type
The type of session used by the channel. The possible session types are the
following:
• P1
• P3
• P7
Last Changed

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
7.2.4 The CIDIN Exit Centre Connection State Monitor
This unit is used to monitor all CIDIN exit centres defined in the actual configuration lists.
This section gives only specific information on the subject. Details the functions can be found
in the sections Common state monitor functions of this chapter.
7.2.4.1 Column
Exit centre
The name of the exit centre
Connect State
The state of the connection
Time

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
7.2.5 The CIDIN Virtual Circuit Connection State Monitor
This unit is used to monitor all CIDIN virtual circuits defined in the actual configuration lists.
This section gives only specific information on the subject. Details the functions can be found
in the sections Common state monitor functions of this chapter.
7.2.5.1 Column
VC Group
The name of the virtual circuit group
VC Number
The number of the virtual circuit
Connection State
The state of the connection
Init State
The initial state of the virtual circuit.
Time

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
8 REPORT MENU
8.1 Common Report functions
8.1.1 File
Print Choice
Print Preview
Execute
Requests a new version of the current report.
Cyclic Refresh
Refreshes the report automatically every minute.
Access Reports
Opens a finder to select a previous report.
Close
Closes this unit.
Close
Closes this unit.
8.1.2 Options
Show Toolbar

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
8.2 The Overflow Queue report
The Overflow report shows for each circuit, exit address or Organisation unit detailed
information about the messages waiting in the overflow storage for further processing.
These messages are transferred from a queue to the overflow store. A possible reason for
such a transfer is exceeding threshold value 3 within a queue. Messages will also be
delivered to the overflow position, when an address or direction diversion to OVF is active or
a CIDIN Exit centre is unavailable.
Note: The first line in this report is for ALL device types. This entry shows the total
number of messages which have been written to the message overflow store.
Device type
The type of device from which the messages come.
Circuit
The circuit name.
Exit address
This column is used for messages coming from CIDIN queues. It shows the CIDIN
Exit-address to which messages could not be delivered.
Organisation unit
This column is used for messages coming from AMHS queues. It shows the
Organization Unit to which messages could not be delivered.
Automatic count
The number of messages for a specific circuit which have been written to the
message overflow store automatically (Exit centre is unavailable, threshold 3 is
reached).
Manual count
message overflow store manually (diversion command).
Oldest count
message overflow store because the "Overdue" timer expired and the "Overdue
Target" is set to OVF.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
8.3 The Message Router Queue report
The Message Router Queue report shows the connection state of each client and their
queue from the point of view of the message router.
the message router conducts 2 queues for each client:
• one queue which contains data which were not yet read by the client
(unacknowledged).
• one queue which contains data which the client has read on the socket buffer and
keeps by itself in the Main Memory (acknowledged).
Client
Name of the client.
Client State
State of the client:
ALREADY_EXIST
The client was already registered to the message router but this was ended.
NOT_YET_EXIST
If data should be sent to a client which is known in the system but not yet
connected to the message router a queue is created and the message is set in
it.
READY
'Normal state'. The client is registered to the message router and is also 'able
to work'.
REROUT
Because of a reroute command, the process receives momentarily the state
REROUT.
Unacknowledged
Number of elements in the queue which were not yet read by the client.
Acknowledged
Number of elements in the queue which the client has read from the socket buffer.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
8.4 The Address Diversion report
The Address Diversion report shows for each diverted routing indicator detailed information
about the activated diversion.
Rtind
The Routing Indicator for which a diversion will be carried out.
Source device type
Device type from which messages will be diverted.
Source Circuit
Circuit from which messages will be diverted.
Target device type
Device type to which messages will be diverted.
Target Circuit
Circuit to which messages will be diverted.
Priorities
Priorities for which the diversion applies.
Active since
8.5 The Direction Diversion report
The Direction Diversion report shows for each diverted direction detailed information about
the activated diversions.
Device Type
Device type
Circuit
Name of the circuit

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Source device type

Messages coming from the combination of this device type and the circuit listed in the
next field are diverted.
Source circuit
Messages coming from the combination of this circuit and the device type listed in the
previous field are diverted.
Target device type
Messages are diverted to the combination of this device type and the circuit listed in
the next field.
Target circuit
Messages are diverted to the combination of this circuit and the device type listed in
the previous field.
Priorities
Priorities for which the diversion applies.
Active since
8.6 The Queue Summary report
The Queue Summary report shows for each circuit of all AFTN gateways detailed
information about each queue and in addition the message identification and date/time of the
oldest message in the queue.
Note: If the checkbox ALL has been ticked the first line of this report, (or the first
lines of each device type if ALL has also been chosen for device type), shows the
total number of messages which are currently in the queue of each device type.
Device type
The device type.
Circuit
The circuit name.
Total
The total number of messages held in the queue.
Window
The number of messages which are currently being transmitted (CIDIN only).

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
SS
The number of messages in the queue with the priority level SS.
Old SS
The number of messages in the queue with the priority level SS which timer has
reached the Overdue Timer set for this priority and this circuit.
Only circuits with the "Overdue Handling" parameter "SYSTEM_EVENT" can have
more than 0 messages here.
DD
The number of messages in the queue with the priority level DD.
Old DD
The number of messages in the queue with the priority level DD which timer has
FF
The number of messages in the queue with the priority level FF.
Old FF
The number of messages in the queue with the priority level FF which timer has
GG
The number of messages in the queue with the priority level GG.
Old GG
The number of messages in the queue with the priority level GG which timer has
KK
The number of messages in the queue with the priority level KK
Old KK
The number of messages in the queue with the priority level KK which timer has
Circuit State
The status of the circuit.
• OPERATIVE
• INOPERATIVE

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
• INIT
• LIST_STOP
Queue State
The threshold status of the queue element resources.
• NORMAL
• WS1
• WS2
• WS3
Oldest IMID
IMID of the oldest message in the queue.
Oldest DTG
Time stamp of the oldest message in the queue.
8.7 The Channel Settings report
The Channel Settings report shows for each channel of one or all device types detailed
information about different settings of these channels.
Device type
The device type.
Circuit
The circuit name.
Channel
The channel name.
CID out
The circuit and channel identifier for outgoing messages
CSN ctrl
Specifies whether the channel sequence number of an incoming message is to be
checked or not. Possible values are:
• YES
• NO

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
LR CSN
The channel sequence number of the last message received on this channel. If no
message has been received the column is empty.
LS CSN
The channel sequence number of the last message sent on this channel. If no
message has been received the column is empty.
Chan Check
Shows if a channel check is executed on this channel. Possible values are:
• NONE
• BOTH
• SEND
• REC
Check text
Indicates if the automatic check of non ICAO format in incoming messages is set or
not. Possible values are:
• YES
• NO
Gen LR LS EXP
Indicates if the system automatically generates LR LS EXP messages. Possible
values are:
• YES
• HINT
Gen SVC MIS CH
Indicates if the system automatically generates SVC MIS CH messages. Possible
values are:
• YES
• HINT
Gen SVC QTA MIS
Indicates if the system automatically generates SVC QTA MIS messages. Possible
values are:
• YES
• HINT
Gen LR LS OP
Indicates if the system automatically generates LR LS OP messages. Possible values
are:
• YES
• NO

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Gen LR LS CYC
Defines if as SVC message is generated at configurable times. Possible values are:
• YES/24
• YES/12
• YES/8
• YES/6
• YES/4
• YES/3
• YES/2
• YES/1
• NO
8.8 The Channel State report
The Channel State report shows for each channel of one or all device type(s) detailed
information about different states, used MTP-Identifier and CSN.
Device type
The device type.
Circuit
The circuit name.
Channel
The channel name.
Channel State
The Channel status i.e. whether messages may be transmitted and received on this
channel. The initial setting at system start-up is defined in the configuration lists and
can be changed by a supervisor using the appropriate command.
• OPEN
• CLOSED
• BLOCKED
• TEST

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Connect State
This parameter shows the current status of a connection. Possible values are:
• CONN_BY_HOST
• CONN_BY_REMOTE
• DISCONNECTED
Operational State
The current operational status of the channel i.e. its availability. Possible values are:
• INIT
• STOP
• READY
• GOING_STOP
CID
The first three letters of the Transmission Identification of an outgoing message.
LR CSN
The Channel Sequence Number of the last message received on this channel.
LS CSN
The Channel Sequence Number of the last message sent on this channel.
8.9 The Queue Detail report
The Queue Detail report shows messages waiting in a specified message queue.
IMID
The internal message identifier.
EMID
The external message identifier.
Paused
Hint if the message has been paused.
Priority
The priority of the message.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Address
The first addressee indicator is shown, all other addressee indicators will be shown
after displaying the message.
Filing Time
The filing time of the message.
Originator
The originator indicator of the message.
Message Body
The first 210 characters of the message body are shown. The whole message body
will be shown after displaying the message.
Reception Time
Time at which the System received the message.
Overdue [s]
Number of seconds elapsed since the message arrived in the queue.
8.10 The CSN Midnight report
The CSN Midnight report is generated once a day, shortly after midnight. It shows for each
circuit of all AFTN gateways the last CSN received and the last CSN sent before midnight.
Device Type
The type of the device (FAX, TCP, X25....).
Circuit
The circuit Name.
Channel
The channel Name
CID In
The CID of the channel in the incoming direction.
LR CSN
Last channel sequence number received on the selected day. If nothing was received
on this channel the field is empty.
Received
Time of the reception of the last CSN.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
CID Out
The CID of the channel in the outgoing direction.
LS CSN
Last channel sequence number sent on the selected day. If nothing was received on
this channel the field is empty.
Sent
Time of the sending of the last CSN.
8.11 The AFTN Test Message report
The Test Message report shows test messages received.

Circuit
The circuit Name.
Channel
The channel Name
Date
The date and time the test message was received.
Test Message
The text of the test message.
8.12 The Virtual Circuit State report
The Virtual Circuit State report shows for each virtual circuit detailed information about
state and connect state of the virtual circuits.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
VC
The address of a CIDIN exit centre.
State
The state of the CIDIN virtual circuit. Possible values:
• OPEN
• CLOSE
• HOLD
Connect State
The connect state of the CIDIN virtual circuit. Possible values:
• CONN_BY_HOST
• CONN_BY_REM
• DISCONNECTED
• CONNECTING
8.13 The Virtual Circuit Group Queue report
The Virtual Circuit Group Queue report shows detailed information about circuit group
queues.
Virtual Circuit Group
The identifier of the virtual circuit group.
Packets
The number of X.25 packets waiting for transmission.
Queue State
The current queue state of the virtual circuit. Possible values:
NORMAL
Normal queue state.
THR1
Queue has reached level threshold 1.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
RTHR1
Queue has reached level reset threshold 1.
THR2
RTHR2
THR3
RTHR3
8.14 The Exit Centre State report
The Exit Centre State report shows detailed information about exit centre state.
Exit Centre
The name of the exit centre.
Enquiries
Number of the open enquiries.
State
State of the exit centres. Possible values:
• AVAILABLE
• UNAVAILABLE

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
8.15 The Exit Centre Queue report
The Exit Centre Queue report shows for each Exit Centre detailed information about its
queue.
Exit Centre
The address of the exit centre.
Message Count
The total number of messages in the queue of the exit centre. The not quitted
messages which are already in a window are not counted here.
Window
The number of free windows for the exit centre. This is the number defined in the
CIDIN Entry/Exit Centre configuration list.
Prio 1
The number of messages with the priority 1 in the queue.
Prio 2
Prio 3
Prio 4
Prio 5
Prio 6
Prio 7
Prio 8

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Queue State
The message queue state.
Values:
NORMAL
Normal queue state.
THR1
RTHR1
THR2
RTHR2
THR3
RTHR3
Queue has reach level reset threshold 3.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
9 CONFIGURATION MENU
This menu contains the system configuration lists. These lists allow the operators to set the
routing parameters, to configure circuits, channels...
The system configuration lists that are active in the operational system have to be consistent
among each other. Any discrepancy can cause messages to be routed incorrectly and can,
in the worst case, make a system instable or cause it to crash. For this reason the lists are
organized in bundles. A bundle is a logical entity, which contains a consistent set of lists. A
bundle contains a single copy of each list.
Different versions of the configuration and routing lists are maintained as separate bundles,
even if only a single entry in one list differs between two bundles and all the other entries and
lists are identical. A version number identifies the different versions.
Before a bundle can be used in the operational system, it has to be transferred from the
administrative database to the operative database. The operative database is composed of
at least one bundle and at most three:
• The active version: this is the bundle version currently used in the operational
system. There can only be one bundle version activated at a given time.
• The old version: this is the bundle version used in the operational system before the
active version was used. There can only be one old bundle version at a given time.
• The new version: This is the bundle version transferred to the operational system
but not yet activated. There can only be one new bundle version at a given time.
The active version is the version currently used in the operational system. After initialising,
the system knows only this version. To activate a new bundle version two possibilities are
offered to the operator:
• Click on the [Transfer New]and then on the [Activate]-button.
• Click on the [Transfer And Activate]-button
Once a bundle has been transferred to the operative database it is frozen and cannot be
modified any longer. Any new bundle based on an operational version (i.e. the active version
or the old version) can only be generated by using the command Copy to make a copy of the
required bundle with a new version number and then modify it. The lists, which constitute a
bundle are shown below:
Circuit Route
This list defines the following aspects of the routing parameters:
• The AFTN outgoing directions. A message can only be routed to a logical
target address contained in this list.
• Destination addressees, which are not allowed in combination with specific
incoming circuits and how messages are handled with specific destination
addressees for each incoming circuit.
• Originator indicators, which are not allowed combination with specific
incoming circuits and how messages are handled.
• The different AFTN channels linked to the circuit.
• Various other routing parameters such as thresholds and overdue timers.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
AFTN Address Route

This list defines the rules of how the routing indicators are mapped to circuits.
AFTN Devices
This list defines the different communication devices of the AFTN channels.
AMHS Management Domain Register
This list defines the following aspects of the AMHS routing parameters:
• The mapping of AFTN nationality letters or designators to AMHS global
domain identifiers (GDI), the address mapping scheme implemented in the
AMHS MD designated by the GDI.
• The definition, for each AMHS MD which adopts the CAAS addressing
scheme according to The AMHS MD Look-Up table, of the values of the MF
address attribute organisation depending on the values of the address
attribute organisation-unit-1 which takes the AFTN location indicators of all
locations within the considered MD.
• The definition of further parameters depending on the GDI (Country, ADMD,
PRMD) of a MD and optionally on values of organisations within an AMHS
MD.
AMHS User Address Look-up
This list allows a free assignment of any X.400 O/R address to a fully qualified (i.e.
exactly 8 letter) AFTN address, regardless which addressing scheme is adopted by
the AMHS Management Domain which the address belongs to.
CIDIN Entry/Exit Centre
This list defines the Entry and Exit Centres.
CIDIN ADAX
This list defines the assignment of an AFTN destination to a CIDIN Exit centre.
CIDIN Routing
This list defines the CIDIN routing rules. It is the assignment of the AX routing
indicators to the virtual circuit groups. The local addresses in the single application
have also been defined here. By local addresses the according MCF shall be put,
however no connection paths shall be entered.
CIDIN Virtual Circuits
This list defines the physical characteristics of the CIDIN PVCs and SVCs. The
entries Circuit, Channel and Phys Proper have to be entered both for PVC and for
SVC. For PVC use the entries LCN, Number of Read Buffers and Number of Write
Buffers. For an SVC, use the entry DNA.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
The following picture shows how the configuration and routing lists depend from one another.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
9.1 The System Configuration function
The system configuration unit is used to create modify or delete list bundles. These bundles
contain the configuration and routing lists necessary for the work of the application.
The consistency of the lists within a bundle has to be checked before a list bundle can be
transferred to the operational part of the server and activated as operational bundle. Once a
bundle had been transferred to the server it can no longer be modified.
The system configuration unit is divided in two tables:
• The upper table which shows the lists currently on the operational part of the server.
There can be up to three list bundles: the Active bundle, the New bundle and the Old
bundle.
• The lower table which displays the other list bundles.
9.1.1 Functions
9.1.1.1 File Menu
New
Created a new list bundle
Copy
Copies the selected list bundle

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Edit
Edits the selected list bundle
Import
Opens a file selection window to import a bundle.
Export
Exports the selected bundle.
Delete
Deletes the selected bundle.
Close
Closes the system message configuration.
Show Toolbar
Common Services
Opens the Common Services Configuration unit.
Compare bundles
Compares two selected bundles and displays their difference. .
9.1.2 Table columns
9.1.2.1 Upper table
This part is the operational area. It contains the lists bundles transferred to the operational
server. For the list bundles of this table the functions Edit and Save are disabled.
State
The state of the bundle. There can be four different states:
• ACT: The list bundle is the operational bundle at the moment.
• OLD: The last list bundle that was active before the active version.
• NEW: The list bundle uploaded to the server to become active with the
Activate function.
Version
This column shows the version number of the list bundle. It is given automatically by
the system.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Copy Of
This column shows the version from which the selected version has been copied. It is
given automatically by the system. Following values are possible:
• 1 (bundle based on an existing bundle version).
• NIL (bundle based on empty lists)
Comment
This column shows the comments about the special changes of the bundle version. It
is to be filled by the operator.
Changed On
This column shows the date and time of the latest changes of the bundle version. It is
given automatically by the system.
Changed By
The name of the operator who last changed the list bundle.
Activated On
The date and time when the bundle has been last activated.
Activated By
The name of the operator who activated the list bundle.
9.1.2.2 Lower table
This part is the non-operational area. It contains the lists bundles that are not on the
operational server. These list bundles can be created, modified or deleted.
Version
This column shows the version number of the list bundle. It is given automatically by
the system.
Copy Of
This column shows the version from which the selected version has been copied. It is
given automatically by the system. Following values are possible:

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Comment
This column shows the comments about the special changes of the bundle version. It
is to be filled by the operator.
Changed On
This column shows the date and time of the latest changes of the bundle version. It is
given automatically by the system.
Changed By
The name of the operator who last changed the list bundle.
9.2 Common Services Configuration
The common services configuration unit is used to configure printers and e-mail originators.
9.2.1 Functions
9.2.1.1 File Menu
Print
Print Preview

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Print Choice
Opens the printer dialogue. To use this functionality the form does not need to be
Close
Show Toolbar
9.2.1.3 Icons on the left side of the table.
Insert row
Depending on the tab selected, opens an empty Printer Configuration mask or an
empty Email Account Configuration mask.
Edit selected row.
Depending on the tab selected, opens a Printer Configuration mask or an Email
Account Configuration mask prefilled with the data of the selected row.
Remove selected row
Remove all rows
Reload
Reloads the data.
9.2.2 Printer configuration Tab
Name
The name of the printer.
Copies
The number of copies to be printed out.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Left Margin
The number of blank characters at the left side.
Line Length
The number of characters that fit in one line.
Paper Length
The number of lines that fit on one page.
Separator Line
The line to be printed between successive printouts.
Vertical Space
The number of blank lines between successive printouts.
Wrap Unprintable
A flag determining whether or not unprintable characters are to be shown in the form
for example "<SOH>".
Unprintable characters are:
• <NUL> • <SOH> • <STX> • <ETX>

• <EOT> • <ENQ> • <ACK> • <BEL>
• <BS> • <TAB> • <LF> • <VT>
• <FF> • <CR> • <SO> • <SI>
• <DLE> • <DC1> • <DC2> • <DC3>
• <DC4> • <NAK> • <SYN> • <ETB>
• <CAN> • • • <ESC>
• <FS> • <GS> • <RS> • <US>
9.2.3 E-mail accounts configuration Tab
Name
The name of the e-mail account.
Server
The name or IP address of the e-mail server for this account.
User
The name of the user as configured on the e-mail server.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Password
The password of the user as configured on the e-mail server.
Port
The port number under which the e-mail server expects requests for connections
from users.
Originator
The name of the originator address to be used for mail output.
9.2.4 The Printer Configuration mask
This mask enables the operator to configure a printer.
9.2.4.1 Functions
9.2.4.1.1 File Menu
Print
Print Preview
Print Choice

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Reload
Loads the last saved date.
Close
Close
9.2.4.1.2 Options Menu
Show Toolbar
9.2.4.2 Fields
Name
The name of the printer.
Copies
The number of copies to be printed out.
Left Margin
The number of blank characters at the left side.
Line Length
The number of characters that fit in one line.
Paper Length
The number of lines that fit on one page.
Vertical Space
The number of blank lines between successive printouts.
Wrap Unprintable
A flag determining whether or not unprintable characters are to be shown in the form
for example "<SOH>".
Unprintable characters are:
• <NUL> • <SOH> • <STX> • <ETX>

• <EOT> • <ENQ> • <ACK> • <BEL>
• <BS> • <TAB> • <LF> • <VT>
• <FF> • <CR> • <SO> • <SI>
• <DLE> • <DC1> • <DC2> • <DC3>
• <DC4> • <NAK> • <SYN> • <ETB>
• <CAN> • • • <ESC>
• <FS> • <GS> • <RS> • <US>

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Separator Line
The line to be printed between successive printouts.
9.2.5 The Email Account Configuration mask
The common services configuration unit is used to configure printers and e-mail originators.
9.2.5.1.1 File Menu
Print
Print Preview
Print Choice
Reload
Loads the last saved date in the message configuration.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Close
Close
Show Toolbar
9.2.5.1.3 Icons on the left side of the table.
Insert row
Inserts a new row
Remove selected row
Remove all rows
9.2.5.2 Fields
Name
The name of the e-mail account.
Server
The name or IP address of the e-mail server for this account.
Port
The port number under which the e-mail server expects requests for connections
from users.
User
The name of the user as configured on the e-mail server.
Password
The password of the user as configured on the e-mail server.
Originator
The name of the originator address to be used for mail output.
Recipients
The name of the recipient addresses to be used for mail output.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
9.3 Compare bundles
This function allows the operator to track the changes between list bundles.
First the operator has to choose the two list bundles to be compared. Clicking on the
[Compare]-button starts the comparison. A new window opens in which the results are
displayed. This action can take some time according to the number entries to be compared.
In the bundle comparison window each configuration list is displayed within a separate tab.
The name of the list in which some changes has been made is written in bold.
The changes within a list are highlighted in different colours according to the bundle.
Colour Description
Magenta underlined Text modified in bundle 1
Orange underlined Text modified in bundle 2

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
9.4 Bundle Details
A double click on a line of the lower table in the System Configuration unit opens the Bundle
unit. In this unit the operator can modify the configuration lists.
9.4.1 Functions
9.4.1.1 File menu
New
Create a new bundle
Print

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Print Preview
Print Choice
Reload
Reload this bundle without saving the changes
Save
Save this bundle
Close
9.4.1.2 Action menu
Check
Checks the bundle for consistency. Once the check is finished, the system displays
an information window with the results of the check.
Transfer
Transfers the bundle from the non-operational area to the operational area as NEW
bundle.
Initialize
Transfers the bundle to the operational area and restarts the MHS.
Activate
Activates the bundle on the server
Reset Transfer
Transfers the bundle with the state NEW from the operational area to the non-
operational area.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
9.4.1.3 AMC menu
Import Address Look-up Tables

Opens the Import Address Look-up Tables unit
Export Look-up Tables
Opens the Export Address Look-up Tables unit
Import Routing Tables
Opens the Import Routing Tables unit
Show Toolbar
9.4.1.5 Table icons
Insert row
Opens the corresponding form with the fields set to their default values.
Edit selected row
Opens the corresponding form to edit the entry.
Remove selected row
Deletes the selected row.
Remove all rows
Deletes all rows.
Reload the data
Reloads the contents of the table.
9.4.2 Fields
Version
Shows the version number of the list bundle. It is given automatically by the system.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Copy of
Shows the version from which the selected version has been copied. It is given
automatically by the system. Following values are possible:
State
• ACTIVE: The list bundle is the operational bundle at the moment.
Activate function.
• WORKING: The list bundle has not been transferred to the operational
database and can be modified.
User
The login of the user who last changed this bundle
Last Changed
Shows the date and time of the latest changes of the bundle version. It is given
automatically by the system.
Comments
Shows the comments about the special changes of the bundle version. It is to be
filled by the operator.
9.4.3 Tabs
AFTN Circuit Route
Displays the list of all circuit routes configured in this bundle. For more information
about the circuit routes please refer to the section the AFTN Circuit Route list of this
chapter.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
AFTN Address Route
Displays the list of all AFTN address routes configured in this bundle. For more
information about the AFTN address routes please refer to the section AFTN Address
Route of this chapter.
Copy Addresses
Defines messages to be copied to other circuits. For more information about the copy
address please refer to the section Copy Addresses of this chapter.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
AFTN Device
Displays the list of all AFTN devices configured in this bundle. For more information
about the AFTN devices please refer to the section AFTN Device of this chapter.
SITA-AFTN Mapping
Maps SITA addresses to AFTN addresses and vice versa. For more information
about the SITA-AFTN mapping please refer to the section SITA-AFTN Mapping of
this chapter.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
AMHS Automated diversion
Displays the list of all AMHS Automated diversions configured in this bundle. For
more information about the AMHS Automated diversions please refer to the section
AMHS Automated diversion of this chapter.
AMHS Management Domain
Displays the list of all AMHS management domain registers configured in this bundle.
For more information about the AMHS management domain registers please refer to
the section AMHS Management Domain of this chapter.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
AMHS Miscellaneous
Displays the list of all AMHS Miscellaneous properties configured in this bundle. For
more information about the AMHS Miscellaneous please refer to the section AMHS
Miscellaneous of this chapter.
AMHS User Addresses
Displays the list of all AMHS user addresses configured in this bundle. For more
information about the AMHS user addresses please refer to the section AMHS User
Addresses of this chapter.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
AMHS User Agent
Displays the list of all AMHS user agents configured in this bundle. For more
information about the AMHS user agents please refer to the section AMHS User
Agent of this chapter.
MTA Circuit
Displays the list of all MTA circuits configured in this bundle. For more information
about the MTA circuit please refer to the section MTA Circuit of this chapter.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
CIDIN Entry/Exit Centre
Displays the list of all CIDIN Entry/Exit centres configured in this bundle. For more
information about the CIDIN Entry/Exit centres please refer to the section CIDIN
Entry/Exit Centre of this chapter.
CIDIN ADAX
Displays the list of all CIDIN ADAX configured in this bundle. For more information
about the CIDIN ADAX please refer to the section CIDIN ADAX of this chapter.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
CIDIN Routing
Displays the list of all CIDIN routes configured in this bundle. For more information
about the CIDIN routes please refer to the section CIDIN Routing of this chapter.
CIDIN Virtual Circuit
Displays the list of all CIDIN virtual circuits configured in this bundle. For more
information about the CIDIN virtual circuits please refer to the section CIDIN Virtual
Circuit of this chapter.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
9.4.4 Import Address Look-up Tables
This unit allows the operator to import AMC Lists for the AMHS Management domain
Register and / or the AMHS User Address configuration lists.
9.4.4.1 Functions
9.4.4.1.1 File Menu
New
Clears all the fields
Compare Lists
Compares the imported AMC lists with the current AMHS configuration lists of the
selected bundle. Depending on the lists imported the results will be displayed in the
Compare MDR tab or in the Compare User Addresses tab.
Import Lists
Imports, modifies or deletes the selected entries in the corresponding AMHS
configuration lists.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Close
Closes the unit.
Show Toolbar
9.4.4.2 Fields
9.4.4.2.1 Upper Part
AmhsMdRegister File
Clicking on the [Open]-button opens a dialog in which the operator can choose the
management domain file to be imported.
Note: The CAAS table file has to be chosen as well in order to make a
successful list comparison.
AmhsCaasTables File
CAAS table file to be imported.
Note: The management domain file has to be chosen as well in order to
make a successful list comparison.
User Addresses File
user addresses file to be imported.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
9.4.4.2.2 The Compare MDR tab
This tab is used to compare the entries of the current Management Domain Register with the
entries of the new loaded Management Domain Register.
Name
The name of the country, state or territory.
Nationality Letters
The ICAO nationality letters.
Country
The name of the country. In AMHS the ICAO standard is XX.
ADMD
The administration management domain. In AMHS the ICAO standard is ICAO.
PRMD
The private management domain.
Naming Context
Supplementary information necessary for the classification in the AMHS directory.
Operation
The result of the comparison. It is possible do filter the entries according to the result
of the comparison.
• ADD
• KEEP
• REPLACE
• DELETE

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Selection
If this checkbox is ticked the entry will be imported when clicking on the [Import
Lists]-button. Furthermore it is possible do filter the entries according to the checkbox
ticked or not ticked.
• Selected
• Not selected
9.4.4.2.3 The Compare CAAS tab
This tab is used to compare the entries of the current CAAS table with the entries of the new
loaded CAAS table.
Country
ADMD
PRMD
Private management domain.
Organisation
The name of the organisation of this country, state or territory.
Organisation Unit
The organization-defined unit.
Operation
The result of the comparison. It is possible do filter the entries according to the result
of the comparison.
• ADD
• KEEP
• REPLACE
• DELETE

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Selection
• Selected
• Not selected
9.4.4.2.4 Compare User Addresses
AFTN Address
The AFTN address.
Country
ADMD
PRMD
Private management domain.
Organisation
Organisational Unit 1
The first organisation-defined unit.
Operation
Result of the comparison
• ADD
• KEEP
• REPLACE
• DELETE

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Selection
• Selected
• Not selected
9.4.5 Export Address Look-up Tables
This unit allows the operator to export the entries of the AMHS Management domain
Register and / or the AMHS User Address configuration lists into AMC Lists
9.4.5.1 Functions
9.4.5.1.1 File Menu
Reset Sources
Export Address look-up Tables
Exports the entries of the AMHS Management domain Register and / or the AMHS
User Addresses configuration lists to the selected AMC lists.
Close
Closes the Export Address Look-up function.
Show Toolbar

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
9.4.5.2 Fields
AmhsMdRegister File
management domain file to be overwritten by the export. It is also possible to write
the file path and name manually in the field. Entering the name of a file that does not
exist will create this file when the [Export]-button is pressed.
Note: The AmhsCaasTables File has to be chosen as well in order to
make a successful export.
AmhsCaasTables File
CAAS table file to be overwritten by the export. It is also possible to write the file path
and name manually in the field. Entering the name of a file that does not exist will
create this file when the [Export]-button is pressed.
Note: The AmhsMdRegister File has to be chosen as well in order to
make a successful export.
UserAddresses File
user addresses file to be overwritten by the export. It is also possible to write the file
path and name manually in the field. Entering the name of a file that does not exist
will create this file when the [Export]-button is pressed.
9.4.6 Import Routing Tables
This unit allows the operator to import AMHS, AFTN and/or CIDIN routing lists to the system.
9.4.6.1 Functions
9.4.6.1.1 File Menu
New
clears all the fields
Import routing tables
Imports, the selected entries in the corresponding routing configuration lists.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Close
Closes the unit.
Show Toolbar
9.4.6.2 Fields
AFTN Routing File
AFTN routing file to be imported.
AMHS Routing File
AMHS routing file to be imported.
CIDIN Routing File
CIDIN routing file to be imported.
9.5 Configuration and routing lists
9.5.1 Common configuration and routing functions
9.5.1.1 File
New
Creates a new entry of the selected list type in the bundle.
Print
Print Preview

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Print Choice
Reload
Reloads the current entry, ignoring the unsaved changes.
Close
Closes the entry.
9.5.1.2 Action
Save
Saves the current entry in the list type of the bundle.
Save As
Saves the current entry as a new entry in the list type of the bundle.
Note: If the new entry to be saved has been created from an already
existing entry, the text entered in the first field of the second line of the
unit has to be unique in order to save this new entry.
Delete
Deletes the current entry from the list.
Open Bundle
Opens the list bundle to which this entry belongs.
Previous Item
Display the previous entry of the configuration list.
Note: any unsaved change will be discarded when moving to another
entry of the configuration list.
Next Item
Display the next entry of the configuration list.
Note: any unsaved change will be discarded when moving to another
entry of the configuration list.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
9.5.1.2.1 Options
Show Toolbar
9.5.2 Common configuration and routing fields
9.5.2.1 Fields
Version
The bundle version this entry belongs to.
State
• ACTIVE: The list bundle is the operational bundle at the moment.
Activate function.
• IN WORK: The list bundle has not been transferred to the operational
database and can be modified.
Comments
The comments entered for the bundle.
Last Changed
The date and time this entry was last changed
User
The login of the user who last changed this entry.
9.5.3 Conventions used

The conventions used in this manual describe the entries of the fields of the configuration
lists.
• First the argument type that has to be used is stated between the following signs: <
and >.
• Then in subscript and between round or square brackets more information about the
possible values is given.
• The default value of a field, if any, will be stated after the parameter description.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
9.5.3.1 Argument Types

Argument Description
A Any character according to ASN.1 notation.
C Any character according to ASN.1 notation. The field is case sensitive
N Digit.
U Upper case character.
9.5.3.2 Possible combinations

Combination Description
(x) Entry is mandatory
[x] Entry is optional
arg1, arg2 Argument type 1 AND argument type 2 are possible.
val1 | val2 Either value 1 OR value 2 is possible.
<arg>x Argument repeated x times. It is not possible to have less or more argument than this
given number.
<arg>x...y x to y arguments allowed; x being the minimum number of arguments and y being the
maximum number of characters allowed for the parameter.
<N>3-15 Possible numbers are comprised between these numbers and include them.
<arg>NIL The field is empty.
Examples
Example Description
(1...8) The value can be any combination of 1 to 8 upper case characters. This entry is
mandatory
<N>[3-15] The value can any number between 3 and 15 including these numbers. This entry is
optional
<U, N>(1...8) Any combination of 1 to 8 upper case characters and digits. This entry is mandatory

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
9.5.4 The AFTN Circuit Route list
All AFTN circuits are listed in the AFTN Circuit Route tab of the Bundle Details unit.
The Circuit unit is to used create and modify a circuit, its routing and channels.
9.5.4.1 Functions
The functions of the AFTN Circuit Route list are described in the section Common
configuration and routing functions of this chapter.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
The File/New function opens a popup that gives the choice of creating an AFTN or a
workstation circuit.
9.5.4.2 Fields
Most fields of the upper part of this unit are described in section Common configuration and
routing fields of this chapter.
Name
The name given to the circuit. Value: <U, N>1...16 no default value.
The fields of the various tabs are described in the following sections:
• The Routing tab
• The AFTN Circuit Details tab
• The Properties tab
• The Channels tab
• The Barring tab
• The Originator tab
• The Incoming Responsibility tab
9.5.4.3 The Routing tab
This tab defines the AFTN logical targets directions for the circuit.
Circuit
This field defines the standard circuit used for outgoing messages. Entering the name
of a circuit in this field automatically fills out the priorities fields with the same name.
Value: if the standard outgoing circuit is the circuit that is being created this field shall
be left empty. Otherwise a finder is available by pressing the [F4]-key. No default
value
Diversion Circuit
This field defines the standard diversion circuit for outgoing messages.
Default value OVF.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Priorities
These fields define the standard circuit for outgoing messages used according to the
priority of the message.
Copy to Circuit
This table allows the operator to define additional circuit(s) in case of multi circuit
distribution.
9.5.4.4 The AFTN Circuit Details tab
This tab defines supplementary routing parameters.

Back Standard
Defines whether or not a message may be transmitted back to the relay station from
which it was received. It is used when the message is not diverted.
Value: only the values of the drop down list are allowed. Default value: YES.
YES
Messages can be sent back to the previous relay station.
NO
Messages cannot be sent back to the previous relay station.
HINT
Messages can be sent back to the previous relay station. A system message
will be sent to the operator whenever this happens.
STRIP
Messages cannot be sent back to the previous relay station. The appropriate
address will be stripped from the message, an entry will be made in the journal
and a system message will be sent to the operator.
Back Diversion
Defines whether or not a message may be transmitted back to the relay station from
which it was received. It is used when the message is diverted.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Value: only the values of the drop down list are allowed. Default value: YES.
YES
Messages can be sent back to the previous relay station.
NO
Messages cannot be sent back to the previous relay station.
HINT
Messages can be sent back to the previous relay station. A system message
will be sent to the operator whenever this happens.
STRIP
Messages cannot be sent back to the previous relay station. The appropriate
address will be stripped from the message, an entry will be made in the journal
and a system message will be sent to the operator.
Max Addresses
Specifies the maximum number of addresses which can be contained in an AFTN
message received by this circuit.
Value: The possible values are numbers between 1 and 21. Default value: 21.
Substitution PDAI
This entry specifies whether or not a predetermined addressee indicator in an
outgoing message should be replaced by the appropriate elementary addressee
indicator (or indicators) routed to the target.
If the checkbox is ticked the predetermined addressee indicator should be replaced
by the appropriate elementary addressee indicator(s).
Default value: checkbox ticked.
Diversion Handling
Target Address Diversion
Specifies whether this circuit can be used as the target of an address
diversion. If the checkbox is ticked this circuit can be used as the target of an
address diversion.
Target Direction Diversion
Specifies whether this circuit can be used as the target of a direction diversion.
If the checkbox is ticked this circuit can be used as the target of a direction
diversion.
Source Direction Diversion
Specifies whether this circuit can be diverted. If the checkbox is ticked this this
circuit can be diverted.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Allow Automatic Diversion

Specifies whether this circuit can be diverted automatically. If the checkbox is
ticked this this circuit can be diverted automatically.
Default value: checkbox not ticked.
9.5.4.5 The Properties tab
This tab defines the channels belonging to the circuit as well as some various properties of
the circuit. It is only available if the circuit type is AFTN.
Handling Of Faulty Msg.
For the handling of faulty messages the system has the ability to use either the
internationally defined SVCs (ICAO standard) or especially user defined domestic
SVCs / plain text.
Value: only the values of the drop down list are allowed. Default value:
"INTERNATIONAL".
DOMESTIC
User defined.
INTERNATIONAL
ICAO standard.
SPECIAL_FORMAT
Not used.
COROBOR
Not used.
Adjacent Address
For channels with Convey mode "MTP" and "GEN" the previous station has to be
entered. It specifies the AFTN addressee indicator, which will be used when the
system generates an SVC message. For a given AFTN address a suitable routing
indicator in the "AFTN Address Route" is necessary.
Value: (8).

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Overdue Handling
When a message in a queue becomes older than the time defined in the "Overdue
Timers" field the switch will generate a system message "OLDEST MESSAGE", if
"SYSTEM_EVEN"T is selected. If "SPECIAL_POSITION" or "DEFINED_TARGET" is
selected, the message will be routed to the special position or to the defined target.
"SYSTEM_EVENT".
SYSTEM_EVENT
Only the system message "OLDEST MESSAGE" will be generated for this
circuit queue.
SPECIAL_POSITION
The system message "OLDEST MESSAGE" will generated for this circuit
queue and the message will be routed to the special position.
DEFINED_TARGET
The system message "OLDEST MESSAGE" will generated for this circuit
queue and the message will be routed to the destination set in the field
Overdue Target.
Overdue Target
The target circuit where messages older than the time specified in the field Overdue
Timers will be directed when "Overdue Handling" is set to "DEFINED_TARGET".
Value: possible values can be viewed by pressing the [F4]-key. Only circuits already
existing in the list bundle can be chosen. No default value.
Overdue Timers
When a message with the priority SS, DD, FF, GG or KK in a queue becomes older
than the specified time (in seconds) the switch will generate the system message
"OLDEST MESSAGE".
Value: <N>[0 | 60-3600] default value: 900.
60... 3600
Increments of 60.
0
No "OLDEST MESSAGE" message will be generated for this queue.
Queue Stalled
Specifies the time (in seconds) to be waited until the switch will generate a system
message "QUEUE STALLED", when no message has been transferred from a not
empty queue.
60 ... 3600
Increment of 60.
0
No QUEUE STALLED message will be generated for that queue.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Mode Of Selection
This parameter is used for channels working with X.25 devices. If more than one
Link/log. channel peer is active, the load distribution via these peers can be
administrated.
"INTERNATIONAL".
FIRST_FREE
The system tries to use the first Link/log. channel peer to establish a
connection. If there is an error situation, the system chooses the next peer.
CYCLIC
The system takes the Link/log. channel peers in a cyclic way each time a
connection is established.
Reset-/Thresholds
These fields define the threshold and reset threshold values for the circuit.
• When the number of message in the circuit queue reaches one of the defined
values the corresponding system message is generated by the system.
• If the number of messages in the circuit queue exceeds the value set for
threshold 3 the system moves automatically as many messages from that
queue to the overflow position until the value set for reset threshold 3 is
reached.
• When the value set for reset threshold 2 is reached a certain number of
messages previously moved to the overflow position is put back in the queue.
The system first moves the messages with the highest priority and which have
been received first. The number of messages thus moved is calculated as
follows: threshold 3 - reset threshold 2.
• When the value of reset threshold 1 is reached all messages previously
moved to the overflow position are put back in the queue.
1.
Left field value: <N>[1-9994] default value: 5
Right field value: <N>[2-9995] default value: 10
2.
3.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
9.5.4.6 The Channels tab
Defines the name and the characteristics of the channels belonging to the circuit. A channel
is identified by up to 16 upper case characters or digits.
• The General tab
• The CSN/CH tab
• The Format tab
• The SVC Handling tab
• The Timer tab
9.5.4.6.1 The General tab
Channel
Value: (1...16) No default value.
Device
The name of the device this channel is connected to.
Note: The device has to be created before the AFTN channel.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
CID In
Defines the channel identifier for outgoing messages. This parameter is mandatory
for the convey modes "MTP" and "GEN". It consists in three uppercase characters.
The first two characters shall not be the same (e.g. AA is not allowed). It is not
allowed to have twice the same CID within a certain device type (X.25, TCP, FAX, ...).
Value: (3) No default value.
CID Out
Defines the channel identifier for incoming messages. This parameter is mandatory
for the convey modes "MTP" and "GEN". It consists in three uppercase characters.
The first two characters shall not be the same (e.g. AA is not allowed). It is not
allowed to have twice the same CID within a certain device type (X.25, TCP, FAX...).
Value: (3) default value: the letters of the parameter "CID Out" in the following
order: 2, 1, 3.
Connection Type
Defines the type of connection to a device.
Device Value
Type
TCP TEMPORARY | PERMANENT | REMOTE | REMOTE_EMPTY_MESSAGE |

TWO_WAY_MONOLOGUE
TAS PERMANENT
FAX FIX
DIO TEMPORARY
FEC REMOTE_FRONTEND
X.25 PVC | TEMPORARY | PERMANENT | REMOTE
SIT TEMPORARY | PERMANENT | MATIP_BIL | MATIP_SLV | MATIP_MST
FIX
The device is connected via a fixed line.
PVC
Permanent connections will be initiated by the switch, when a device has
started. The switch knows all necessary information to set up that connection.
TEMPORARY
Temporary connections may be initiated by the switch as well as by the
device. The connection will only be closed by the switch after a certain period
of inactive time (Parameter Inactivity in the Timer tab).
PERMANENT
Permanent connections will be initiated by the switch, when a device has
started. The switch knows all necessary information to set up that connection.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
REMOTE
(only used by TCP devices) This is a permanent connection, which may be
initiated and terminated only by the device.
REMOTE_EMPTY_MESSAGE
(only used by TCP devices) Quite identical to REM with the difference that the
switch sends an Empty Message informing the device about the AFTN
Identifier, which may conclude on the circuit and on the channel.
REMOTE_FRONTEND
Only in combination with FEC devices.
MATIP_BIL
The MATIP session is established from both sites.
MATIP_SLV
The MATIP session is established from the other sites.
MATIP_MST
The MATIP session is established from the own centre.
TWO_WAY_MONOLOGUE
Two connections are established at the same time: one to send messages
and one to receive messages.
Convey Mode
Defines whether the communication between the AFTN switch and the device uses
the protocol according to Annex 10/II completely ("MTP"), partly ("GEN") or not at all
("NONE"). See also the table of section Connections between an AFTN/CIDIN Switch
and devices of this chapter for further explanations of the dependencies of other
parameters from Convey Mode and Working Method.
Value: (MTP | GEN | ACC) default value: MTP.
MTP
The acronym stands for Manual of Teletype Practice. Some of the features
may be switched off by AMS commands or by changes in the configuration
lists. It is not possible to change the value for Msg Ident, which is "MTPID +
CSN".
GEN
The value "MTPID + CSN" for Msg Ident can be changed to other values. The
AFTN switch generates sequence numbers for incoming messages.
Sequence numbers contained in messages will be discarded. Sending of
channel check messages is possible. A channel with the Working method
"CONF" needs "GEN" as Convey Mode.
ACC
The system accepts the transmission ID of the received message without
checking the CSN.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Initial Channel State

Defines the initial operational state of the channel. This state is activated, if a new
bundle is activated via the AMS command "ACT_L NEW". The state may have
additional values (e.g. "BLOCKED") during operation of the system.
Value: (OPEN | CLOSED | TEST | BLOCKED | HOLD | DEAD | CLOSE_INPUT) default value: OPEN.
OPEN
Messages can be sent to and received from this channel.
CLOSED
No messages can be sent to or received from this channel.
TEST
Only TEST messages can be sent to or received from this channel.
BLOCKED
No messages can be sent to or received from this channel.
HOLD
Messages can only be transmitted from this channel.
CLOSE_INPUT
Messages can only be sent to this channel.
Working Method
Specifies how incoming messages have to be handled. See also the table of section
Connections between an AFTN/CIDIN Switch and devices of this chapter for further
explanations of the dependencies of other parameters from Convey Mode and
Working Method. For instance the Working methods "CONF" and "CONF
FORMATSUP" are not possible together with the Convey Mode "MTP".
Value: (CORRECTION_POSITION | GENERATE_SERVICE_MESSAGE | FULL_SVC CORPOS_PARTIAL_RELAY)
default value: CORRECTION_POSITION.

CORRECTION_POSITION
Faulty messages are directed to the correction position.
GENERATE_SERVICE_MESSAGE
Generates an adequate SVC when a faulty message is received and sends it
to the originator or to the previous station.
Note: If there is an error reason for which no SVC is defined or if
there are different types of errors within one message the
message is forwarded to the correction position and no SVC is
generated.
FULL_SVC
Generates an adequate SVC when a faulty message is received and sends it
to the originator or to the previous station. Faulty messages are never directed
to the correction position.
CORPOS_PARTIAL_RELAY
Messages that can only be transmitted to some addresses will be handled as
follows:

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
• The message will be transmitted to the addresses for which it is

possible to execute the transmission
• The message with the addresses for which it is not possible to execute
the transmission, will be transferred to the correction position.
Operation Mode
For each channel the mode of operation has to be administrated
Value: (FULL_DUPLEX | HALF_DUPLEX) default value: FULL_DUPLEX.
FULL_DUPLEX
It is possible to have incoming and outgoing communications simultaneously.
HALF_DUPLEX
A connection may be used only in one direction at a given time. "HDPX" is
necessary if the checkbox Confirm Connection of the Mode tab is ticked.
9.5.4.6.2 The CSN/CH tab
CSN
Control
Specifies whether the channel sequence number of an incoming message has to be
checked or not.
Length
Specifies the length (number of digits) of the channel sequence number
(CSN).
Value: <N> (3-4) default value: 4.
CH Transmission
Checkbox
Defines whether the system shall send periodic channel check messages on
the channel or not.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Interval
The time in minutes between two outgoing channel check messages.
Example: If 15 is entered, messages will be sent at xx:00, xx:15, xx:30 and
xx:45 i.e. at 24:00, 00:15, 00:30 ... 23:45 If 60 is entered, messages will be
sent full hour.
CH Reception
Checkbox
Specifies whether the system shall expect periodic channel check messages
coming on this channel or not.
Interval
The time in minutes between two incoming channel check messages.
Early
Sets the tolerance (in minutes) for early incoming channel check messages.
Late
Sets the tolerance (in minutes) for late incoming channel check messages.
Note: The sum of the values "CH Early" and "CH Late" must be
lower than the value of "CH Supervision Interval".
9.5.4.6.3 The Format tab
Message Identification Format

A message identification is inserted in the header of a message. Different formats of
Msg Ident are possible. For the Convey Modes MTP or GEN a Msg Ident is
necessary.
Value: (TID | CID | IMID | NONE) default value: TID.
TID
The Msg Ident is a combination of the CID and the channel sequence number
(CSN) (i.e. ABA012 if CSN length has the value 3 and ABA0012 if CSN length
has the value 4). It is the only possible value if Convey Mode is set to MTP or
the default value if Convey Mode is set to GEN.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
CID
The Msg Ident consists only of the CID (e.g. ABA).
IMID
The Msg Ident is identical to the internal message identification (IMID) (i.e.
1234.987654321.567).
NONE
No Msg Ident is inserted on the header of a message. This is the default value
if Convey Mode is set to NONE.
Alignment
Value: (CR_LF | CR_CR_LF) default value: CR_LF.
Specifies the contents of the alignment function (<CR> <LF> or <CR> <CR> <LF>).
This is used when composing the header information for outgoing messages. For
incoming messages both alignment types are accepted.
Message Format
Defined the message format with which messages will be transmitted on this channel.
Value: (SOH | ZCZC) default value: SOH.
DTG length
Specifies whether a date time group will be inserted into an outgoing message or not.
This parameter is only necessary, if Convey Mode is set to MTP or GEN. Otherwise it
is pre-set to NO.
Max Output Text Length
Specifies the maximum number of characters allowed to be handled within a
message. If a message consists of more characters than defined here, it will be
handled as defined by the setting of parameter oversize msg handling.
Value: <N>(100-65536) default value: 1800.
Transfer Rate DTE
Defines the connection speed of the channel. The value is used to calculate the time
necessary to transfer a message to a channel. The next message will not be
transferred until this time has passed.
Value: <N>[0-128000]
Page Feed Sequence
The page feed sequence belongs to the ITA-2 ending and consists of seven <LF>
characters. It is followed by the End of Message signal.
Message Separation Signal
Specifies whether messages are to be separated by 12 letter shift, when they are
output.
Note: "letter shift" and "figure shift" are used to distinguish letters from
numbers (figures) within the"I2" code. After a "letter shift" is sent all signs
have to be interpreted as letters until a "figure shift" is sent. From this
moment on all transmitted signs have to be interpreted as numbers until
the next "letter shift".

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Confirmation
Answerback
This entry contains the answerback string expected to be received on this
channel when inquired by the system. The string consists of 8 up to 16
characters, which may be uppercase letters or numerical digits.
The Answerback can only be used in combination with Working method =
CONF.
Value:<U, N>[8...16]
Confirmation checkbox
Defines whether or not the system inquires the answerback string on this
channel.
Replace Prohibited Characters
Activates or deactivates the automatic check for non-ICAO characters in incoming
messages.
Value: (ICAO | SITA | NO) default value: ICAO or SITA, depending on the type of the
device entered in the General tab.
ICAO
If the system detects a non-ICAO character in a message coming from this
particular channel, the non-ICAO character will be automatically replaced with
a question mark.
Note: this value cannot be selected if the type of the device
entered in the General tab is SIT.
SITA
If system detects a non-SITA character in a message coming from this
particular channel, the non-SITA character will be automatically replaced with
a question mark.
Note: this value can only be selected if the type of the device
entered in the General tab is SIT.
NO
No character check will be performed.
Fold Long Lines
Defines whether long lines are to be folded or not.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
9.5.4.6.4 The SVC Handling tab
Generation
LR LS (open)
Defines whether a SVC message has to be generated informing the channel
of the last sent and received channel sequence numbers, when the state of a
channel changes to open (LR LS = Last Received, Last Sent).
LR EXP
Defines the action to be executed when a sequence control check indicates,
that the received sequence number is lower than expected (LR EXP = Last
Received, Expected).
QTA MIS
A sequence control check indicates that a message sent to this station has not
been received. The channel sends this message to the switch to require
retransmission of lost messages.
Cyclic LR LS
Defines whether a SVC message has to be generated at configurable times
informing the channel of the last sent and received channel sequence
numbers (LR LS = Last Received, Last Sent).
Value: <N> (0-24) No default value.
MIS CH
Defines the action to be executed when a channel check message is not
received within the expected interval.
Value: (GEN_SVC | GEN_SVC_NON_BLOCK | SYSTEM_EVENT) default value: GEN_SVC.
GEN_SVC
An SVC MIS CH message will be generated, the operator will be informed by
a system event. The channel will be set automatically in the state blocked.
GEN_SVC_NON_BLOCK
An SVC MIS CH message will be generated, the operator will be informed by
a system event. The channel will not be set automatically in the state blocked.
SYSTEM_EVENT
The operator will be informed by a system event, no SVC MIS CH message
will be generated. The channel will not be set automatically in the state
blocked.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Automatic Repetition
QTA MIS
Upon reception of an SVC QTA MIS message, retrieves automatically the
missing message(s) and sends it (them) to the originator of the SVC message.
QTA RPT TID
Upon reception of an SVC QTA RPT TID message, retrieves automatically the
message with the specified transmission identifier and sends it to the
originator of the SVC message.
QTA RPT OGN
Upon reception of an SVC QTA RPT OGN message, retrieves automatically
the message with the specified filing time and originator and sends it to the
originator of the SVC message.
9.5.4.6.5 The Timer tab
'Inactivity
Specifies the time (in seconds) the switch waits before destroying inactive temporary
connections. This is only used on connections with Connection Type set to
TEMPORARY
Value: <N> (0-3600) default value: 0 or 180 depending on the Connection Type set.
1 ... 3600
If Connection Type is set to TEMPORARY the default value is 180.
0
If Connection Type is set to other values. No change is possible in this case.
Receive Timeout
Specifies the time (in seconds) the system will wait; when during the reception of a
message, nothing is received any longer.
Example: The system is receiving a message and the ling breaks before
the reception of the message ending. The system will wait the time
entered in the "Receive Timeout" field before adding "ARTIFICIAL
ENGING ADDED" to the message and handling is as the configuration
specifies.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Continue After Break

Time (in seconds) after which the switch will resume message output, if no input
occurs after a BREAK. This parameter is mandatory when Operation Mode is set
to "HALF_DUPLEX".
Value: <N> [0 | 60-3600] default value: 0 or 60 depending on the Operation Mode set.
60 ... 3600
If Operation Mode is set to "HALF_DUPLEX" the default value is 60 and the
increment is 60.
0
If Operation Mode is set to "FULL_DUPLEX". No change is possible in this
case.
Connect Timeout
Specifies the time (in seconds) after the switch stops trying to connect to a channel.
1 ... 3600
Default value: 120.
0
The switch does not stop trying to set up a connection until a DISCONNECT
command will be entered.
Blocked Open Time
Time (in seconds) between two attempts of automatically re-opening a BLOCKED
channel.
Value: <N>(0-3600) in increments of 60. Default value: 60.
0
The channel may only be opened per operator command.
60 ... 3600
Time in seconds between two attempts of automatically re-opening a
BLOCKED channel
Max Auto Open Attempts
Number of attempts, which the system attempts to re-open automatically a
"BLOCKED" channel.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
The counter will be reset if a channel is opened per operator command or if the
channel stays "OPEN" more than 30 seconds.
Value: <N>(0-9999) default value: 0.
Note: The time between two attempts is specified with the parameters
Blocked open and Connect Timeout from the "Timer" menu.
Example:
 Blocked open parameter is set to 60
 Connect Timeout parameter is set to 120
 Ch. auto open parameter is set to 5
 The system will try to re-open the channel automatically 5 times
in a row with 180 seconds interval between each attempt
(Connect Timeout time+ Blocked open time).
9.5.4.7 The Barring tab
This tab defines how messages received by this circuit are handled regarding their
destination addresses.
Allow/Deny
This parameter defines if switching messages received by this circuit is generally
allowed or not.
Address
Routing indicator.
Exception
Defines if messages switched to destinations mapped to this routing indicator are
allowed or denied contrary to the general rule set with the Allow/Deny radio buttons or
to a rule set within another row of this list.
Example: in the screenshot above, all messages received by this circuit
will be switched by the system except for messages which destination
addresses are mapped to the routing indicators AVPS and AVPV.
However, messages which destination addresses are mapped to the
routing indicator AVPSE are allowed.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
9.5.4.8 The Originator tab
This tab defines how messages received by this circuit are handled regarding their originator
addresses.
Allow/Deny
This parameter defines if receiving messages on this circuit is generally allowed or
not.
Originator
Routing indicator.
Exception
Defines if messages which originator is mapped to this routing indicator are allowed
or denied contrary to the general rule set with the Allow/Deny radio buttons or to a
rule set within another row of this list.
Example: in the screenshot above, all messages received by this circuit
will be denied by the system except for messages which originator is
mapped to the routing indicator AVP. Messages which originator is
mapped to the routing indicator AVPP are denied.
9.5.4.9 The Incoming Responsibility tab

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
This tab defines the responsibility for the relay of addresses in an incoming message. See
ICAO doc 8259 for more detailed information.
Allow/Deny
This parameter defines if relaying messages coming from this this circuit is generally
allowed or not.
Address
Routing indicator.
Exception
Defines if messages switched to destinations mapped to this routing indicator are
allowed or denied contrary to the general rule set with the Allow/Deny radio buttons or
to a rule set within another row of this list.
9.5.5 AFTN Address Route
All AFTN routes are listed in the AFTN Address Route tab. They define how routing
indicators are mapped to logical destinations.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
The Address Route unit is used to configure and modify the mapping of a routing indicator
to a logical destination.
9.5.5.1 Bulk Operations
the Bulk Operations function is specific to the AFTN address route tab.
It opens a sub-window which enables the operator to:

• Search for a specific AFTN address in a group address or a PDAI address.
• Delete an addresses from one or several group addresses or a PDAI addresses.
• Replace an addresses in one or several group addresses or a PDAI addresses.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
9.5.5.2 Functions
Search
Searches for the address given within all group and/or PDAI addresses of the bundle
and displays the results in a table within the window..
Replace
Replaces the address within the selected group and/or PDAI addresses of the
bundle.
Delete
Deletes the address within the selected group and/or PDAI addresses of the bundle.
Cancel
Closes the Bulk Operations window.
9.5.5.3 Fields
Group
If this checkbox is ticked, the system will search or make the changes within all group
addresses
PDAI
If this checkbox is ticked, the system will search or make the changes within all PDAI
addresses
Delete Address
If this checkbox is ticked, the only possible actions are: Search, Delete and Cancel.
Address
The AFTN Address to be searched for.
Replacement
The replacement AFTN address.
Address Route
The group or the PDAI address in which the searched address has been found

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Type
The addressing type: Group or PDAI
Selection
If this checkbox is ticked, the system will execute the action on this address.
9.5.5.4 Fields
Routing Indicator
This field contains the routing indicator, a combination of up to 8 letters. If all 8 letters
are specified, the field defines an AFTN addressee indicator.
Value: 1...8 no default value.
Circuit
This field defines the standard circuit used for outgoing messages. This entry is
mandatory
Value: the values that can be found in the chooser. No default value.
Diversion Circuit
This field defines the standard diversion circuit. This entry is mandatory
Value: the values that can be found in the chooser. No default value.
Priorities
These fields define the standard circuits used according to the priority of the
message.
Copy To Circuit
This table allows the operator to define additional target(s).
Additional Addressing
This radio buttons and table show how the routing indicator is to be interpreted.
None
Normal target, no additional Addressing.
Group
Group Address. The elementary address will be transferred to the target.
The Member Address(es) table will be activated.
PDAI
Predetermined addressee indicator.
The Member Address(es) table will be activated.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Member Address(es)
This field can be selected when the type is Group or PDAI.
It contains the distribution list for a routing indicator with 8 characters and type
Group or PDAI. Each address indicator must itself be an entry in the AFTN
Address Routing list and may also be a group or a predetermined addressee
indicator.
Value: 8 no default value.
Priority
The priority for which the message will be delivered to the member address.
9.5.6 Copy Addresses
All copy addresses are listed in the Copy Addresses tab.
The Copy Addresses unit is used to define messages to be copied to other circuits
according to their incoming or outgoing circuit, their message types and their priorities.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
9.5.6.1 Fields
The fields of the upper part of this nit are described in section Common configuration and
Circuit
The circuit, messages of which are to be copied.
Value: (NIL | 1...16) no default value.
On Input
The direction of the message to be copied. If this checkbox is ticked the incoming
messages will be copied.
Priorities
The priorities of the messages to be copied.
Message Types
The type of the message to be copied.
Value: (PLAIN | CHCK | SVC | SSACK | TST | CPL | FPL | CHG | CNL | DEP | DLA | ARR | RQP | RQS | SPL | ACK | ACKL
| REJ | MAN | SAM | SRM | SLC | SIP | FLS | DES | RRP | RRN | ERR | SMM | SPA | SRJ | FCM | RJT | RFI | SWM | REA | NTM |
SNO | BTM | ATM | AFP | EST | CDN | ACP | ALR | RCF | MTR | SPI | AMT | SMT | SNP | RQM)
no default value.
Addresses
The address(es), where the message is to be copied.
9.5.7 AFTN Device
All AFTN Devices are listed in the AFTN Devices tab.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
The Device unit is used to configure and modify the communication means of each AFTN
channel.
Note: Only one AFTN channel can be mapped to a device.
9.5.7.1 Functions
The functions of the AFTN Device are described in the section Common configuration and
routing functions of this chapter.
The File/New function opens a popup that gives the choice of the type of device to be
created.
Note: According to the configuration of the MCU the choice may be wider as the
entries displayed in the screenshot above.
9.5.7.2 Fields
Name
The name of the device.
Value: <A>1...50 no default value.
Circuit / Channel
Read-only field shows the name of Circuit/Channel where a device is in use.
The specific fields the various device types are described in the following sections:
• Transport Addresses
• Terminal Server Properties
• Fax Properties
• Dial In/Out Properties

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
• FEC Properties
• X25 Properties
• SITA Properties
9.5.7.3 Transport Addresses
These properties are used to configure TCP/IP devices.

IP Address 1
Specifies an IP address (e.g. 192.168.64.7) or a hostname. This entry is
mandatory.
Value: <N>1...3 . <N>1...3 . <N>1...3 . <N>1...3 no default value.
TCP Port 1
In case of more than one addressable AFTN application on a computer, these
applications need to be differentiated. The computer is addressed via the IP address
parameter whereas the application is addressed via service. This field is
mandatory.
Value: <N>1...5 no default value.
IP Address 2
Specifies an IP address (e.g. 192.168.64.7) or a hostname. This entry is optional.
TCP Port 2
parameter whereas the application is addressed via service. This field is optional.
9.5.7.4 Terminal Server Properties
These properties are used to configure TAS devices.

IP Address 1
mandatory.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Service Port 1
mandatory.
IP Address 2
Service Port 2
9.5.7.5 Fax Properties
These properties are used to configure FAX devices.

Fax Number
Number of the FAX connection.
Value: <N>0...16
Fax Server 1
Name of the first computer on which the fax software is installed.
Value: <U, N>0...12
Fax Server 2
Name of the second computer on which the fax software is installed.
Value: <U, N>0...12
9.5.7.6 Dial In/Out Properties
These properties are used to configure DIO devices.

Modem Command
This parameter is the modem configuration string (AT command). The value is
individual for each type of modem and has to be required from the technical staff.
Value: <U, N>0...20

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Phone Number
Defines the telephone number of the device.
Value: <N>0...15
Dialling Method
This parameter defines the method the system has to use to dial out. This value has
to be required from the technical staff.
Value: the values set in the drop down list. Default value: TONE.
TONE
The tone method will be used.
PULSE
The pulse method will be used.
9.5.7.7 FEC Properties
These properties are used to configure FEC devices.

Port Number
Defines the number of the port with which the device is connected to the host.
Value: <N>[0-191] no default value.
Parity
Parity bits. Bit that is added to ensure that the number of bits with the value one in a
set of bits is even or odd. Parity bits are used as the simplest form of error detecting
code.
Two variants of parity bits exist: even parity bit and odd parity bit. When using even
parity, the parity bit is set to 1 if the number of ones in a given set of bits (not
including the parity bit) is odd, making the entire set of bits (including the parity bit)
even. When using odd parity, the parity bit is set to 1 if the number of ones in a given
set of bits (not including the parity bit) is even, keeping the entire set of bits (including
the parity bit) odd.
Value: the values set in the drop down list. Default value: EVEN.
Break Before ASM
This parameter gives a choice whether a “transmit inhibit” shall be sent before an
ASM message or not. Depends on station type.
ASM: an ASM is sent by the AFTN switch to an inputting station, indicating that the
message just received is not acceptable, due to various format errors or garbled
information.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Transmit inhibit (AFTN break signal): the AFTN network has the provision to inhibit or
interrupt a transmission from an inputting user station. The AFTN switch will invoke
this mechanism whenever it detects a message format violation or message garbling.
The “inhibit” is presented as a disabling of certain control signals on the modem to
DTE (RS-232-C) interface. Refer to Section 4 for full details. The computer may or
may not send an accompanying ASM. If there is no ASM received, the user system
shall retransmit the entire message on the next poll from the AFTN computer.
Poll Code
Network polling - The AFTN switch polls each station on a circuit, until a station
responds by transmitting a message.
Example: In the polling sequence, the switch sends a Transmit Select Code (TSC)
sequence comprised of 3 characters as follows: ETX DLE C where C is a single
alpha character station identifier = poll code.
Select Code
Stop Bits
In Asynchronous serial communication the stop bit is a "stop period". It can be 1, 1.5
or 2 bits long. It cannot be shorter than the specified time (1, 1.5 or 2 bits). This stop
bit keeps the transmitter and receiver synchronized.
Value: the values set in the drop down list. Default value: ONE.
Hardware Type
This parameter defines the way the terminal server hardware handshake lines act. It
should be set to MODEM in the current configuration. Eventually interesting for
directly connected stations.
Value: the values set in the drop down list. Default value: TERMINAL.
RX State
Enables / disables reception of AFTN messages from the inputting station.
Value: the values set in the drop down list. Default value: ENRX_ENABLED.
9.5.7.8 X25 Properties
These properties are used to configure X.25 devices.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Channel Number
This parameter is needed for X.25 devices using SVC connections (switched virtual
circuits which are dialup connections). It is not used together with X.25 devices using
PVCs (permanent virtual circuit). The value must be unique within the X.25 gateway
(represented by the X.25 device lists).
If Type of conn has a value other than "PVC" this field is mandatory.
D-Bit
This parameter is to determine whether each packet of X.25 level shall be
acknowledged by a receipt.
Link
This parameter is only valid for X.25 devices using PVC connections. There may be a
maximum of eight peers of link / log. channel. One peer is then mandatory whereas
the other seven peers are optional. Whether it is necessary to fill out both parameters
of such a peer depends on the parameter type of connection set in the list opened by
the [General]-button.
Defines the logical name of an X.25 interface port.
Value: <C>1...12 no default value.
Log Channel
The logical channel identifier related to the logical name of an X.25 interface port.
This parameter shall be decided together with the communication partner.
9.5.7.9 SITA Properties
These properties are used to configure a SIT device.

IP Address 1
mandatory.
Value: <N>1...3. <N>1...3 . <N>1...3. <N>1...3 no default value.
Service Port 1
mandatory.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
IP Address 2
Value: <N>1...3. <N>1...3 . <N>1...3. <N>1...3 no default value.
Service Port 2
BATAP IMA T1
IMA T1 input message acknowledgment timer. This parameter is only used if the
working method is set to BATAP.
BATAP WINDOW
Maximum number of unacknowledged messages allowed. This parameter is only
used if the working method is set to BATAP.
Coding
Specifies the format in which the message has to be coded
Value: <A>(ASCII 7 Bit | 5 bit ITA-2 | 8 bit EBCDIC)
ASCII 7 Bit
ASCII: American Standard Code for Information Interchange. This is a
character-encoding scheme which encodes 128 specified characters into 7-bit
binary integers.
5 bit ITA-2
International Telegraph Alphabet No. 2.: This is a character-encoding scheme
which was the basis for 5-bit teletypewriter codes.
8 bit EBCDIC
EBCDIC: Extended Binary Coded Decimal Interchange Code. This is an 8-bit
character encoding scheme mainly on IBM mainframe and IBM midrange
computer operating systems.
For more information about the Coding scheme, please refer to the SITA
document RFC 2351: Mapping of Airline Reservation, Ticketing, and
Messaging Traffic over IP of May 1998.
Protec
Identifies the end to end messaging responsibility transfer protocol used.
Value: (BATAP)

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
BFlag
Sets the control of the length of the packet.
Value: <A>(do not use HLD).
do not use HLD
HLD: High Level Designator: Indicates the entry or exit point of a block in the
network.
The length of the packet is not controlled.
9.5.8 SITA-AFTN Mapping
All SITA-AFTN Mapping entries are listed in the SITA-AFTN Mapping tab of the Bundle
Details unit.
The SITA-AFTN Mapping unit is used to map SITA addresses to AFTN addresses and vice
versa.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
9.5.8.1 Fields
The fields of the upper part of this unit are described in section Common configuration and
AFTN Address
The mapped AFTN address.
Value: (8) no default value.
SITA Address
The mapped SITA address.
Sense
The direction of the mapping.
Value: (BIDIRECTIONAL | AFTN_TO_SITA | SITA TO AFTN) default value: BIDIRECTIONAL
9.5.9 AMHS Automated diversion
All AMHS Automated diversions are listed in the AMHS Automated diversion tab.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
9.5.10 AMHS Management Domain Look-up
All AMHS Management Domain entries are listed in the AMHS Management Domain tab.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
The AMHS Management Domain mask is used to map AFTN nationality Letters consisting
usually of 2 or designators made up of 1, 3, 4 or 6 letters to AMHS global domain identifiers
(GDI), the address mapping scheme implemented in the AMHS Management Domain
Register designated by the GDI.
9.5.10.1 Fields
Scheme Type
Addressing scheme adopted by the considered MD, it is unique for all entries with the
same GDI.
Value: the values set in the drop down list. Default value: XF.
Country
Country name attribute within the GDI.
Value: 2 default value: XX.
ADMD
Administration management domain name attribute within the GDI.
Value: 1...16 default value: ICAO.
PRMD
Private management domain name attribute within the GDI, to take the ICAO globally
unique value adopted by the considered MD.
Nationality Letter
The ICAO Nationality designator
Name
The name of the state, territory or organisation identified by routing indicator.
Value: <C>NIL | 1...80 no default value.
Naming Context
Supplementary information necessary for the classification in the AMHS directory.
Value: (c | C)=<2> or (o | O)=<C><1...62> no default value..

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
9.5.11 AMHS CAAS Look-up
All CAAS entries are listed in the AMHS CAAS tab.
The AMHS CAAS Look-up mask is used to determine which organisation belongs to which
organisation unit in domains with the CAAS addressing scheme.
9.5.11.1 Fields
Country
ADMD
PRMD

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Organisation
Value: <A>2...64 no default value.
Organisation Unit
The organization-defined unit.
9.5.12 AMHS Miscellaneous
All AMHS Miscellaneous properties are listed in the AMHS Miscellaneous tab.
The AMHS Miscellaneous mask allows defining further parameters depending on the GDI
(country, ADMD, PRMD) of a MD and optionally on values of organisations within an AMHS
MD. The following two parameters can be assigned to a GDI or a combination (GDI,
organisation):
• Address Mapping Type.
• Maximum Message Life Time.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
According to the document PDR M4100002 "AFTN/AMHS Address Conversion" a

conversion of an MF-address into an AF-address can only be regarded to be successful if
the reverse conversion of the AF-address delivers the considered MF-address. Otherwise
the result of the address translation is invalid. However in very special cases within a MD
operational requirements to deviate from this strict ICAO rule may exist. Whether or not the
conversion may deviate from the rules imposed by the document PDR M4100002
"AFTN/AMHS Address Conversion" depends on the GDI or the combination (GDI,
organisation) of a MF-address to be converted into an AF-address.
The message transfer envelope of an X.400 message includes the attribute latest delivery
time. If this attribute is set, a message not yet delivered at this time will be rejected by means
of a non-delivery report. ICAO Doc 9705 SV III 2nd edition does not specify the use of latest
delivery time in AMHS however it is not excluded either. If maximum message life time has a
value other than 0 the MTCU will calculate the latest delivery time as the current time plus
maximum message life time (minutes). If necessary the MTCU has to split an outgoing
AMHS message so that each partial message has a different latest delivery time.
9.5.12.1 Fields
Country
ADMD
PRMD
Organisation
The name of the organisation.
Address Mapping Type
Value: the values set in the drop down list. No default value.
SYMETRIC
Symmetric or standard. ICAO rules following ICAO Doc 9705 SV III 2nd
edition and document PDR M4100002 "AFTN/AMHS Address Conversion" are
applied.
ASYMETRIC
Asymmetric. It will not be checked whether an AFTN address resulting from
conversion of an AMHS address could be re converted into the considered
AMHS address.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Max Message Lifetime

Maximum Message Life Time.
Value: <N>[0...∞] no default value.
0
No latest delivery time will be determined.
1...∞
The time in minutes which the MTCU will add to the current time in order to
determine the latest delivery time.
9.5.13 AMHS User Addresses
All AMHS User Addresses are listed in the AMHS User Address tab.
The AMHS User Address Look-Up tab allows a free assignment of any X.400 O/R address to
a fully qualified (i.e. exactly 8 letter) AFTN address regardless which addressing scheme is
adopted by the AMHS management domain which the address belongs to. In this way
addressing schemes other than XF or CAAS can be defined. Furthermore, exceptions from
XF or CAAS addressing scheme adopted by a MD can be defined. Note that the GDI
attribute values (country, ADMD, PRMD) occurring in the AMHS user address look-up list
may be absent in the AMHS MD look-up list.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
The AMHS User Address Look-Up unit is used to configure and modify the mapping of
X.400 O/R address to an AFTN address.
9.5.13.1 Fields
AFTN Address
AFTN address, consisting of exactly 8 letters.
Country
ADMD
Value: NIL | 1...16 default value: ICAO.
PRMD
Value: NIL | 1...16 no default value.
• The Advanced Properties tab
• The Domain Defined Attributes tab
• The Personal Details tab

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
9.5.13.2 The Advanced Properties tab
Organisation
The values of organisations are assigned by the MD which they belong to. Often the
location indicator of a particular location within a geographical region or another
organisation is used. Other values are also applied.
Organisation-Defined Unit 1 - 4
The organization-defined unit part of the X.400 originator/recipient (O/R) name.
These attributes are the "lower" attributes of an X.400 O/R address
Syntax and Semantics of lower attributes are as specified by the X.400 standards
family. The characters allowed are printable strings from the ASN.1. Lower case
characters will be automatically transformed to upper case characters.
It is ensured that the mapping of AFTN addresses to X.400 O/R addresses is
injective. This means that no two different AFTN addresses may be mapped to the
same set of X.400 O/R address attributes. Otherwise an error message is displayed
when an attempt to save the AMHS user address look-up list is undertaken.
9.5.13.3 The Domain Defined Attributes tab
This tab shows "lower" attributes of an X.400 O/R address

Syntax and Semantics of the lower attributes are as specified by the X.400 standards family.
The characters allowed are printable strings from the ASN.1. Lower case characters will be
automatically transformed to upper case characters.
It is ensured that the mapping of AFTN addresses to X.400 O/R addresses is injective. This
means that no two different AFTN addresses may be mapped to the same set of X.400 O/R
address attributes. Otherwise an error message is displayed when an attempt to save the
AMHS user address look-up list is undertaken.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Type 1 - 4
The type of a domain-defined attribute for this object. The domain-defined attribute is
not defined by X.400 standards but is allowed in the X.400 originator/recipient (O/R)
name to accommodate values of existing systems sending messages.
Value 1 - 4
The code immediately following the attribute type that specifies a particular property
from the set defined by the attribute type.
9.5.13.4 The Personal Details tab
This tab shows "lower" attributes of an X.400 O/R address

Syntax and Semantics of the lower attributes are as specified by the X.400 standards family.
The characters allowed are printable strings from the ASN.1. Lower case characters will be
automatically transformed to upper case characters.
It is ensured that the mapping of AFTN addresses to X.400 O/R addresses is injective. This
means that no two different AFTN addresses may be mapped to the same set of X.400 O/R
address attributes. Otherwise an error message is displayed when an attempt to save the
AMHS user address look-up list is undertaken.
Common Name
The user common name, or given name, part of the X.400 originator/recipient (O/R)
name.
Surname
The user last name, or surname, part of the X.400 originator/recipient (O/R) name.
Given Name
The user first name, or given name, part of the X.400 originator/recipient (O/R) name.
Generation Qualifier
The generation qualifier part of the X.400 originator/recipient (O/R) name
Initials
The first and middle initials of the X.400 originator/recipient (O/R) name

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
9.5.14 CIDIN Entry/Exit Centre
All CIDIN Entry/Exit Centres which the operator or the system can communicate with are
listed in the CIDIN Entry/Exit Centre tab.
The CIDIN Entry/Exit Centre unit is used to define and modify CIDIN Exit/Entry centres.
9.5.14.1 Fields
Entry/Exit address
The local Entry / Exit address.
TMR
Timer for message acknowledgment.
Value: <N>[11-3600] default value: 40.
Unit: second

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Long Term Enquiry Timer

Interval for regular transmission of ENQ.
Unit: minute
Max Text Length
Maximum Text Length.
Window
Maximum number of not acknowledged messages sent at the same time.
TNMA
Timer for the final packet at received messages.
Value: <N>[10-3599] default value: 30. TNMA value shall always be less than TMR
value .
Unit: second
TEM
Timer between sent two enquiries.
Unit: second
Reset- / Thresholds
Threshold definition.
1.
2.
3.
Note: The following rule shall always apply: Reset Threshold1 <
Threshold1 < Reset Threshold2 < Threshold2 < Reset
Threshold3 < Threshold3.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
9.5.15 CIDIN ADAX
All CIDIN ADAX are listed in the CIDIN ADAX tab.
The CIDIN ADAX unit is used to configure and modify the mapping of an AFTN destination
address to a CIDIN Exit address. In this unit alternate Exit addresses can also be mapped to
AFTN destination addresses.
9.5.15.1 Fields
AFTN destination
The routing indicator for an AFTN destination address mapped to CIDIN.
Value: 1...8.
Primary Exit Centre
Default Exit centre. This field is a drop down list which displays the entries of the
CIDIN Exit centre list.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Alternate Exit centre 1

First alternate Exit centre used in case of unavailability of the default Exit centre. This
parameter is optional. In this field a list of values displays the available entries of
CIDIN Exit centres when the [F4]-key is pressed.
Alternate Exit centre 2
Second alternate Exit centre used in case of unavailability of the default Exit centre
and of the first alternate exit centre. This parameter is optional. In this field a list of
values displays the available entries of CIDIN Exit centre when the [F4]-key is
pressed.
Maximum Text Length
Maximum text length
9.5.16 CIDIN Routing
All CIDIN Routing are listed in the CIDIN Routing tab. This tab contains all the information
needed by CIDIN to route outgoing messages. It is the assignment of the AX routing
indicators to the virtual circuit groups. The local addresses in the single application have also
been defined here. By local addresses the according MCF shall be put, however no
connection paths shall be entered.
The CIDIN Routing unit is used to assign the AX routing indicators to the virtual circuit
groups.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
9.5.16.1 Fields
CIDIN Exit Address
Routing indicator for CIDIN Exit / Entry address
Value: 1..8 no default value.
Message Code And Format
If the MCF checkbox is ticked the Message Code And Format drop down list will be
activated. The Connect Path and the Alternate Connect Path will then be deactivated.
Value: [NIL | AFTN | SIM-AFTN] no default value.
AFTN
AFTN exit/entry address.
SIM-AFTN
This exit centre will be simulated by this system.
Connect Path
This field is a drop down list which displays the entries of the CIDIN virtual Circuits
list. It can only be filled in if no Message Code And Format has been defined.
Value: NIL | 4 no default value.
Alternate Connect Path
This entry is automatically used in case of unavailability of the main connection path.
This field is a drop down list which displays the entries of the CIDIN virtual Circuits
list. It can only be filled in if no Message Code And Format has been defined.
Value: NIL | 4 no default value.
9.5.17 CIDIN Virtual Circuit Group
The CIDIN Virtual Circuit Group tab lists all CIDIN virtual circuit groups used.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
The CIDIN Virtual Circuit Group unit is used to configure the physical characteristics of all
CIDIN virtual circuit groups used.
9.5.17.1 Fields
Group
A collection of all the direct CIDIN channels between two locations.
CIDIN virtual Circuit Number List
Defines the name and the characteristics of the CIDIN virtual circuits belonging to the
CIDIN virtual circuit group. A virtual circuit is identified by A single communications
channel between two locations.
Clicking on the [New]- icon opens an empty CIDIN virtual circuit window to create a
new virtual circuit. A double click on the name of an existing virtual circuit opens the
virtual circuit properties in the CIDIN virtual circuit window.
Note: Changes made for a virtual circuit have to be saved by clicking on
the [Save]-button of the CIDIN Virtual Circuit Group unit.
Value: <U, N>1...16 No default value.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
9.5.17.2 CIDIN Virtual Circuit
The CIDIN Virtual Circuit window is used to configure the physical characteristics of all
Permanent Virtual Circuits (PVC) and Switched Virtual Circuit (SVC) used in a Virtual circuit
group.
The CIDIN Virtual Circuit window can only be open via the CIDIN Virtual Circuit Group unit. It
is used to configure the virtual circuit belonging to a specific virtual circuit group.
Note: To save a CIDIN virtual circuit, the operator has to click on the [Save]-
button of the CIDIN Virtual Circuit Group unit.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Clicking on the [OK]-button enters the newly created or modified CIDIN virtual circuit in the
CIDIN virtual circuit number list table of the CIDIN Virtual Circuit Group unit bud does NOT
save these changes.
Note: All changes made in a virtual circuit have to be saved by clicking on the
[Save]-button of the CIDIN Virtual Circuit Group unit.
9.5.17.2.1 Fields
Number
A single communications channel between two locations.
Value for PVC's: <N>[1-8] no default value.
Value for SVC's: <N>[9] no default value.
Initialisation State
Initial state if the CIDIN process starts. The state can be overruled by the
"OP_/CL_VC" command.
Value: [OPEN | CLOSED] default value: OPEN
Physical Property
This parameter describes the X.25 programmatic access name, defined in the X.25
port configuration file (e.g. /etc/x25/x25config_0p1 -> field 'name' or check the
programmatic access name via system administration manager (sam).
Value: <U, N>1...8 no default value.
Example: X25WAN1 => programmatic access name.
Logical Channel Number
The number of the permanent virtual circuit. The maximum value depends on the
X.25 application installed on the system and can differ from the value given below.
Switched Domain Network Address
The X.121 call number of the local network address. This field can only be filled out
when the field Logical Channel Number is empty.
Connection Delay
Delay between connect attempts. In case of value=0, the process tries only once to
open the PVC. If this is not successful the operator has to open the PVC via
command. If the value >0, the process tries after n sec to reopen the PVC by itself.
Unit: second
Idle Timer
When the idle timer elapses the VC is disconnected by sending a clear request to the
network with the clearing cause set to '00'. '0' leads to not clearing the SVC (infinite
timer).
Unit: second

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Call Retry Timer

This timer is triggered when a call request is sent and stopped when a call connected
is received. In case the timer expires the VC will be closed and the VC state will be
set to DISCONNECTED.
Unit: second
Reset-/Thresholds
These fields define the threshold and reset threshold values for the virtual circuit.
1.
2.
3.
Cause/Diagnostic codes
In this table the operator can set manually causes and diagnostics to the state
connect or disconnect.
9.5.18 AMHS User Agent
All AMHS user agents are listed in the AMHS User Agent tab of the Bundle Details unit.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
The AMHS User Agent unit is used create and modify AMHS user agents.
9.5.18.1 Fields
AFTN Address
The address of the user agent in AFTN format.
Password
The password that has to be used.
Value: <C>(1...20) no default value.
Session Type
the session type to be used.
Value: <A>(P3 | P7) default value: P3
Max Content Length (bytes)
The maximum deliverable content length in bytes.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
9.5.19 MTA Circuit
All MTA circuits are listed in the MTA Circuit tab of the Bundle Details unit.
Clicking on the "Insert Row" button opens a window in which the operator shall fist enter the
MTA location identifier.
The MTA Circuit unit is used create and modify MTA circuit.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
9.5.19.1 Fields
Name
Symbolic name of the MTA circuit
Value: <A>(1...16) no default value.
Presentation Address
The presentation address the neighboured MTA has to use when connecting to us.
Their MTA Name
The name that will be used by the neighboured MTA when initiating a connection or
as answer when our MTA initiates a connection to the neighboured MTA.
Their MTA Password
The password that will be used by the neighboured MTA when initiating a connection
or as answer when our MTA initiates a connection to the neighboured MTA.
Our MTA Name
The name that will be used by our MTA when initiating a connection or as answer
when the neighboured MTA initiates a connection to our MTA.
Our MTA Password
The password that will be used by our MTA when initiating a connection or as answer
when the neighboured MTA initiates a connection to our MTA.
Is diverted circuit (temporarily disabled)
If this checkbox is ticked the remote MTA of the circuit is temporarily disabled.
RTS Transfer Timeout (seconds/megabyte)
The specific timeout value for data transfer per megabyte.
Value: <N>(0...99999) no default value.
Idle Time (seconds)
The time in seconds before a connection is closed when idle.
Max Incoming Connections
The maximum number of accepted incoming connections.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Max Outgoing Connections

The maximum number of accepted outgoing connections.
Associations
Minimum Priority
The minimal MTS priority.
Note: no value means that there is no restriction.
Permanent
Flag determining whether or not an association is considered permanent by
the MTA.
EITs Whitelist
Lists the EIT (encoded information types) allowed.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
10 MANAGEMENT MENU
10.1 The Traffic Monitor function
The Traffic Monitor unit serves to monitor the traffic on selected channels. It can contain
several monitors. Each monitor is divided in two parts:
• the upper table
• the lower part
10.1.1 The upper table
This table shows all messages coming from and sent to the switch on the selected channel.
Messages received by the switch have a white background, messages sent by the switch
have a grey background.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
It is possible to sort this table according to one column by clicking on the column name. It is
also possible to change the order of the columns by selecting a column name and moving it
to the right or to the left.
If the operator clicks on a line in the upper table it will be highlighted, the message will be
displayed in the lower part and the focus of the table will stay on that line. To unselect the
line the operator shall press the [SHIFT]-key and click on the highlighted line.
According to the option selected in the "Compose command" window, the columns
displayed are different.
Direction
The direction of the message from the point of view of the switch.
• In: message received by the switch.
• Out: message sent by the switch
MTP ID
MTP Identifier
CSN
Channel sequence number of the message
DTG
Day / Time group of the message
Priority
ATS Priority indicator of the message
1. Address
Firs addressee indicator of the message
Filing Time
Filing Time of the message
Originator
Originator indicator of the message
OHI
Optional heading line
Text
Beginning of the text
Raw Data
Message displayed as it is received. This column is only available if the Raw format
monitoring checkbox has been ticked.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
10.1.2 Lower part
This part displays the message selected in the upper table.
10.1.3 Traffic Monitor functions
10.1.3.1 File
Compose Command
Opens the Compose a command window of the Traffic Monitor to start or stop a
command in the selected monitor
If no monitor has been selected the system will display an error message.
Clear
Clears the list of the selected monitor
New Monitor Window
Opens a new monitor
Open Configuration
Opens the Configuration window of the Traffic Monitor
Close
Closes the traffic monitor.
10.1.3.2 Options
Show Toolbar

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
10.1.4 The Compose a command window of the Traffic Monitor
This window serves to configure the channel to monitor.
10.1.4.1 Fields
Subnet
The subnet of the channel
Circuit
The name of the circuit
Channel
The name of the channel
Raw format monitoring
Sets the monitoring in raw format or in interpreted format. In the raw format the
system will display the message as it has been received. The formatting of the
message will also be displayed. If the raw format has not been selected the system
will interpret the message and display only the printable characters.
10.1.4.2 Command buttons

Start
Starts the monitoring of the selected channel.
Stop
Stops the monitoring of the selected channel.
Cancel
Cancels the monitoring command.
10.1.4.3 Note
In case of monitoring CIDIN traffic, the dialog will be adapted to match CIDIN specific
boundary conditions.
10.1.5 The Configuration window of the Traffic Monitor
This window serves to configure the connection between the traffic monitor and the server.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
10.1.5.1 Fields
Hostname
The name of the server to which the traffic monitor shall be connected.
Port
The port number on the server.
10.1.5.2 Command buttons

OK
Sends the connection command.
Cancel
cancels the connection command.
10.2 The Message Retrieval

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
The message retrieval is used for the display of AMHS and AFTN messages processed by
the switch for the purposes of legal recording.
Note: The message retrieval is synchronised with the legal recording and can only
display the records also available in the legal recording. When an export is made in
the legal recording, the exported records are no longer available in the message
retrieval.
It is divided in three parts:
• The retrieval tree
• The search criteria tab
• The result tab
10.2.1 The retrieval tree

This is the left part of the message retrieval. It displays a folder with the retrieval results as
well as one folder per saved search criteria. Selecting a search criteria folder and clicking on
the [Execute Search]-button starts the search for the selected criteria and the result tab
takes the name of the selected search folder.
10.2.2 The Message Retrieval functions
10.2.2.1 File
New
Clears the fields.
Delete the Search Constraints
Deletes the current search constraints.
Save the current Search Constraints
Saves the current search constraints.
Close
Closes the message retrieval.
10.2.2.2 Options
Show Toolbar

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Show related Messages

If the checkbox is ticked displays the related messages in the search results.
Merge related Messages
If the checkbox is ticked merges the related messages in the search results.
10.2.3 The search criteria tab
This tab displays the results of the search.

Title
Name of the search criteria.
Max. Msgs.
Maximum number of messages to be displayed.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
General
Creation Time
Searches for messages with this creation time. The drop down contains the
following selection possibilities:
• "empty"
• this year
• last year
• this month
• last month
• today
• yesterday
• this hour
• last hour
If none of the drop down possibility is applicable the creation period can be set
by ticking the checkbox and entering the "from" and "to" date and time
manually.
ATS Priority
The search will be processed within messages of the selected ATS
priority(ies). It is possible to select several priorities at a time. If no priority is
selected this parameter will not be taken into account for the search.
Note: It is only possible to select priority(ies) if the message type
selected is "Messages". If more message types are selected it is
not possible to change the priorities in which the search will be
done.
Filing time
Searches for messages with this filing time. The drop down contains the
following selection possibilities:
• "empty"
• today
• yesterday
• this hour
• last hour
If none of the drop down possibility is applicable the filing time period can be
set by ticking the checkbox and entering the "from" and "to" filing time
manually.
Msg. ID
The search will be processed within messages with the message identifier
entered in this field.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Originator
Searches for messages with this originator address.
Recipient
Searches for messages with this address as one to the recipients.
External Mag. ID
Searches for messages with this external message identifier.
Source Circuit
Searches for messages coming from this circuit.
Target Circuit
Searches for messages sent to this circuit.
Message Type
Searches for messages with this type of the message. The drop down
contains message types such as PLAIN, FPL, NTM, SIP...
OHI
Searches for messages with this optional heading information.
Body text
Searches for messages with this text of the message.
AMHS Specifics
These parameters are only valid for AMHS messages. If the search only concerns
AFTN messages these parameters shall not be filled out.
X.400 Priority
Searches for AMHS messages with the selected transfer priority(ies).
Original encoded Information Types
Searches for AMHS messages with these original encoded information types.
Originator Report Request
The details set in the originator report request of the message. The drop down
contains the following selection possibilities:
• "empty"
• Never
• Only if delivery fails
• Always
IPM
IPM Identifier
Searches for AMHS messages with this IPM identifier
Recipient
Searches for AMHS messages with this IPM recipient

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Recipient Type
Searches for AMHS messages with this type of IPM recipient.
IPN
Recipient Time
Searches for AMHS messages with this recipient time. The drop down
contains the following selection possibilities:
• "empty"
• this year
• last year
• this month
• last month
• today
• yesterday
• this hour
• last hour
If none of the drop down possibility is applicable the period of the recipient
time can be set by ticking the checkbox and entering the "from" and "to" date
and time manually.
Searches for AMHS messages with this subject IPM identifier.
Report
Reason Code
Searches for AMHS reports with this reason code
Diagnostic Code
Searches for AMHS reports with this diagnostic code

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
10.2.4 The result tab
This tab displays the results of the search.

The upper table
The table displays the results of the search

Originator
The address of the originator of the message.
Priority
The priority of the message.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Recipients
The addresses of the recipients of the message.
Channel Name
The name of the channel from which the message came.
Creation time
The date and time of the creation of the message.
Filing time
The filing time of the message.
Message Body
The body text of the message.
The timeline of the message
This graphic shows the life-cycle related events for the selected message in
conjunction with all the relevant information for each phase.
The timestamp for the start and the end of the timeline matches the first and last
event for the selected message and is displayed in the column of the source circuit.
The life-cycle view positions the rest of the events in the timeline, being the position
of each event proportional to its timestamp. In case of a collision (this is, two events
overlapping), the view rearranges the events so that all of them are visible (if this is
possible). In the case that an event has to be moved from its natural (proportional)
position, its timestamp is presented in red colour.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
The events are distributed horizontally into queues, selecting the source one for the
Input events (and therefore the Delete events) and the target for the rest of them. In
case of not being able to determine in which queue a message should be placed, a
special queue (named "Queue") is used.
The life-cycle view represents each kind of event in a different colour. When a life-
cycle event is mouse clicked, the information related to that event is presented in the
message preview part.
The Message Preview part
This part displays the selected message or the selected life-cycle event.
Note: If the message is generated by the error handler (e.g. SVC
messages) the source circuit and the source device type is "ERR".
The Message information part
This part displays some information about the selected message, in any available.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
10.3 The Archive unit
System messages and commands can be retrieved by using this functionality.

Note: The Archive functionality is synchronised with the legal recording and can
only display the records also available in the legal recording. When an export is
made in the legal recording, the exported records are no longer available in the
Archive.
10.3.1 Functions
10.3.1.1 File
New
Clears the table and the preview and resets the search filter fields.
Search
Executes the search with the given From and To and displays the list of records in the
table.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Close
Closes the archive functionality.
10.3.1.2 Options
Show Toolbar
10.3.2 Fields
10.3.3 Upper Part - The Search filter
From
The date and time of the beginning of the period to search in. The pre-set is 24 hours
ago.
To
The date and time of the end of the period to search in. The pre-set is now.
Hits
The number of records found.
10.3.4 Middle Part - The Result table
Time
The generation time of the record.
Name
The name of the record.
Type
The type of the record.
Application
The application related to the record if it is a system event.
Summary
A summary of the content of the record.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
10.3.5 Lower part - The Record preview
This part of the archive functionality displays a preview of the record selected in the result
table.
10.4 The Channel Maintenance function
This unit allows the administrator to monitor all existing channels and to delete messages
from these channels.
The Channel Maintenance is composed of three parts:
• The channel tree
• The message table
• The message preview
10.4.1 The channel tree

This is the left part of the Channel Maintenance. It displays all existing channels and nodes in
a tree. Each channel node can be expanded so as to see the message folders as in the
message office.
This tree also contains a search node in which it is possible to store search criteria. For more
information about the search function please refer to the section The search function of this
chapter.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
10.4.2 The message table

Selecting a message folder in the channel tree will display the contents of that folder in the
message table. The items in this pane can be ordered by any of the column headers simply
by clicking on that header with the mouse.
The columns in this table are the following:
Info
Information symbols concerning the message:
• Reply to
• Reply All
• Forward
• Attachment
ID
Internal identifier of the message.
Type
Message Type such as PLAIN, FPL, DEP, NT, SW...
APrio
AFTN Priority.
Created
Date and time when the message was created.
Status
Status of the message. A message can have the following status:
X - Unsent
The message has not yet been transmitted. This status exist in the short
period of time between the moment the operator has clicked on the [Send]-
button and the moment the message has been totally processed by the
system.
P - Processed
The received message has been processed.
U - Unprocessed
The received message is still unprocessed.
O - Transmitted
The message has been transmitted successfully.
Changed on
Date when the message was changed.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Changed by
Name of the operator who changed the message.
To
Address of the first recipient.
From
Address of the originator.
TPrio
AMHS priority.
Subject
Subject of the message if any.
Delivery
Date when the message was delivered.
Imp
Text of the message.
10.4.3 The message preview

This part of the Chanel Configuration displays the message that has been selected in the
message table.
10.4.4 The search function

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Selecting the function Search Messages in the File menu or making a double click on the
Search Result node opens the Search unit. This function allows the operator to search for
messages according to chosen criteria.
Note: If no criteria has been selected the search will be done over all messages. In
order for the search engine to work at its best capacity it is advised to select
nothing if the search has to be done over all possibilities of a criteria type.
Example: If the search has to be done in all messages of the Unprocessed node,
the Processed node and the Transmitted node, not selecting anything has the
same meaning in the search function than selecting each node but the search will
be slightly quicker.
10.4.4.1 Functions
10.4.4.1.1 File
New
Resets all the fields.
Search Messages
Starts the search according to the parameters set.
Next Search
Continues the search if more than 100 messages have been found.
Save Search Constraints
Saves the current search parameters as folder in the Search node.
Close
Closes the search unit.
10.4.4.1.2 Options
Show Toolbar
Displays or hides the toolbar.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
10.4.4.2 Special Features

Wild cards
The operator can use the "%" character as a wild card in any text input field.
Examples:
 Body text: %YX ---- The system will search for all messages
with the Body text ending with YX.
 Body text body: ETCC% ---- The system will search for all
messages with the Body text beginning with ETCC.
 Body text: %AFL% ---- The system will search for all messages
containing the string AFL in the Body text.
 Body text: %TEST%252% ---- The system will search for all
messages containing the string TEST and the string 252 in the
body text.
Selection lists
To select a block of successive entries in a selection list, the operator shall click on
the first entry to be selected, press the [Shift]-key and click on the last entry to be
selected.
To select entries that are not in a block the operator shall click on the first entry to be
selected, press the [Ctrl]-key, click on the next entry to be selected, keep the [Ctrl]-
key pressed, click on the next entry to be selected, and so on until the last entry. If
nothing has been selected, the search will occur in all possible entries of the selection
list.
To deselect an entry in a list the operator shall press the [Ctrl]-key and click on the
entry to be deselected.
3 state checkbox
This special checkbox can have 3 different states:
• Plain - ignore: the criteria will be ignored during the search
• Not ticked - false: the search will be made for messages which do not
contain this criteria
• Ticked - true: the search will be made for messages which contain this
criteria

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
10.4.4.3 Message Type
The search will be processed within the messages of the selected type and query. If no
message type has been selected the search will be processed within all message types.
It is possible to sort each column in ascending or descending order.
10.4.4.3.1 Columns
Use
A tick in the corresponding checkbox marks the message types to be used for the
search. If the checkbox is not ticked the message type will be excluded from the
search.
Icon
Displays the icon of the different message types.
Group
Displays the group to which the different message types belong.
Type
Displays the name of the different message types.
Query
Opens a new window for input of additional search criteria concerning this message
type.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
10.4.4.3.2 Query
Clicking on the button in this column opens a new window for input of additional search
criteria. The fields contained in this window depend from the message type. The screenshot
above shows the query window for FPL.
If parameters have already been defined, clicking on the query button opens the window with
the existing parameters. These can be modified and accepted by clicking on the [OK]-button.
Note: In a Query form all fields are connected with "AND". This means that the
search function will search for messages containing all parameters set here.
Messages missing one or more parameters set will not be take into account.
New
Clears all fields.
OK
Closes the window and displays a magnifying glass icon on the corresponding query
button, to show the operator some additional parameters have been entered.
Cancel
Closes the window without taking the changes into account.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
10.4.4.4 The AMHS tab
This tab allows the operator to set search criteria for AMHS Messages. To be able to make
changes in the criteria of this tab the operator has to tick the checkbox next to the tab name.
If the checkbox next to the tab name is not ticked the criteria set in this tab will not be taken
into account during the search.
10.4.4.5 The IPM tab
This tab allows the operator to set search criteria for message of the type PLAIN. To be able
to make changes in the criteria of this tab the operator has to tick the checkbox next to the
tab name. If the checkbox next to the tab name is not ticked the criteria set in this tab will not
be taken into account during the search.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
The Ipm Tab is composed of four sub tabs:

• The IPM Details sub-tab
• The Deliv. Envelope sub-tab
• The Subm. Envelope sub-tab
• The Submission Result sub-tab
10.4.4.6 The Ipn tab
This tab allows the operator to set search criteria for message of the type Ipn. To be able to
make changes in the criteria of this tab the operator has to tick the checkbox next to the tab
name. If the checkbox next to the tab name is not ticked the criteria set in this tab will not be
taken into account during the search.
The Ipn Tab is composed of four sub tabs:
• The Ipn Details sub-tab

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
10.4.4.7 The Report tab
This tab allows the operator to set search criteria for message of the type Report. To be able
The search will be processed within messages containing the given subject MTS
identifier.
Content Identifier
The search will be processed within messages containing the given content identifier.
Original Encoded Information Types
The search will be processed within messages containing the given original encoded
information types.
Content Type
The search will be processed within messages containing the selected content
type(s).
Reported Recipient Information
The search will look at the details set in the reported recipient information of the
message.
Actual Recipient Name
The search will be processed within messages containing the given actual
recipient name.
Delivery Time
The search will be processed within messages which delivery time is
comprised within the selected time range.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Type of MTS User

The search will be processed within messages containing the selected type of
MTS user.
Non-Delivery Reason Code
The search will be processed within messages containing the selected non-
delivery reason code.
10.4.4.8 The Probe tab
This tab allows the operator to set search criteria for message of the type Probe. To be able
The Probe Tab is composed of two sub tabs:
• The Probe Details sub-tab

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
10.4.4.9 Sub-tabs
10.4.4.9.1 The IPM Details sub-tab
This tab allows the operator to set search criteria for IPM details of message of the type
PLAIN. To be able to make changes in the criteria of this tab the operator has to tick the
checkbox next to the tab name. If the checkbox next to the tab name is not ticked the criteria
set in this tab will not be taken into account during the search.
ATS Priority
The search will be processed within messages containing one of the selected ATS
priority(ies).
Filing Time
The search will be processed within messages which filing time is comprised within
the selected time range.
Importance
The search will be processed within messages of one of the selected importance
level.
OHI
The search will be processed within messages containing the given optional heading
information.
IPM Originator
The search will be processed within the messages containing the given originator
address. No wild card can be used within this field
It is possible to enter the 8 letters of an AFTN address in this field when using wild
cards before and after the AFTN address string.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
IPM Identifier
The search will be processed within messages containing the given IPM Identifier.
Subject
The search will be processed within messages containing the given subject.
Body Text
The search will be processed within the messages containing the body text entered
here.
Attachments (bytes)
The search will be processed within the messages containing attachments which size
is comprised in the range selected. Each attachment will be checked separately.
Ipm Recipients
The search will look at the details set for each recipient of the messages.
Type
The search will be processed within the messages containing Ipm recipients
with the selected type(s)
• To
• CC
• BCC
O/R Address
with the given OR address.
It is also possible to enter the 8 letters of an AFTN address in this field when
using wild cards before and after the AFTN address string.
Notification Request
with the selected notification report(s)

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
10.4.4.9.2 The Ipn Details sub-tab
This tab allows the operator to set search criteria for Ipn details of message of the type Ipn.
To be able to make changes in the criteria of this tab the operator has to tick the checkbox
next to the tab name. If the checkbox next to the tab name is not ticked the criteria set in this
tab will not be taken into account during the search.
Ipn Originator
The search will be processed within the messages containing the given Ipn originator
address.
Ipn-Intended Recipient
The search will be processed within the messages containing the given Ipm-intended
recipient address.
Subject Ipm-Identifier
The search will be processed within messages containing the given subject Ipm-
identifier.
Converted Encoded Information Types
The search will be processed within messages containing the given converted
encoded information types.
Receipt Information
The search will look at the details set in the receipt information of the message.
Receipt Time
The search will be processed within messages which receipt time is
Acknowledge Mode
The search will be processed within the messages containing the selected
acknowledge mode.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
10.4.4.9.3 The Probe Details sub-tab
This tab allows the operator to set search criteria for details of message of the type Probe.
Content Length
The search will be processed for probe messages with content length in the given
range.
information types.
Content Type
type(s).
Content Identifier
Envelope Originator
The search will be processed within messages containing the given envelope
originator.
Implicit Conv.
The search will be processed within messages containing or not containing "implicit
conversion prohibited".
Conv. w. loss
The search will be processed within messages containing or not containing
"conversion with loss prohibited".

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Disclosure
"disclosure of other recipient Allowed".
Altn. Recip.
The search will be processed within messages containing or not containing "alternate
recipient allowed".
DL Exp.
The search will be processed within messages containing or not containing "delivery
list expansion prohibited".
Cont. Ret.
The search will be processed within messages containing or not containing "report
content return request".
Reassignm.
The search will be processed within messages containing or not containing "recipient
reassignment prohibited".
Latest delivery
The search will be processed within messages which latest delivery time is comprised
within the selected time range.
Envelope Recipients
Address
The search will be processed within messages containing the given recipient
name
The search will be processed within messages containing the selected
originator report request.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
10.4.4.9.4 The Deliv. Envelope sub-tab
This tab allows the operator to set search criteria for the delivery envelope of message of the
type PLAIN. To be able to make changes in the criteria of this tab the operator has to tick the
X.400 Priority
The search will be processed within messages containing one of the selected X.400
priority(ies).
information types.
Content Type
type(s).
Content Identifier
MTS Identifier
The search will be processed within messages containing the given MTS identifier.
Envelope Originator
originator.
Envelope Recipients
recipients.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Delivery Time
The search will be processed within messages which delivery time is comprised
Implicit Conv.
Conv. w. loss
10.4.4.9.5 The Subm. Envelope sub-tab
This tab allows the operator to set search criteria for the submission envelope of message of
the type PLAIN. To be able to make changes in the criteria of this tab the operator has to tick
the checkbox next to the tab name. If the checkbox next to the tab name is not ticked the
criteria set in this tab will not be taken into account during the search.
X.400 Priority
priority(ies).
information types.
Content Type
type(s).
Content Identifier

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Envelope Originator
originator.
Implicit Conv.
Conv. w. Loss
Disclosure
"disclosure of other recipients".
Altn. Recip.
recipient allowed".
DL Exp.
Cont. Ret.
Reassignm.t
Latest delivery
Envelope Recipients
Recipients Address
name

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
10.4.4.9.6 The Submission Result sub-tab
This tab allows the operator to set search criteria for the submission results of message of
Submission Time
The search will be processed within messages which submission time is comprised
MTS Identifier
10.5 The AMHS Channel Configuration mask
This unit allows the administrator to create, modify or delete AMHS channels.
Note: Always restart the client on which a channel is running after modification.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
10.5.1 Functions
10.5.1.1 File
New
Open
Opens an existing AMHS channel
Print Choice
to the section Printing mechanism of the chapter Basic skills.
Print Preview
section Printing mechanism of the chapter Basic skills.
Save
Saves the current AMHS channel. This is only possible if the AMHS channel has
already been named with the Save As function.
Save As
Saves the current AMHS channel under a new name.
Delete
Deletes the current AMHS channel.
Close
Closes the unit.
10.5.2 Fields
Channel Name
The name of the channel. It is given when the Save As function is selected.
Activation Date
The date and time when the Channel was last used from a client.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Session Type
Type of connection to the MTA.
• P3: MTS (message transfer system) access protocol. The user agent is
directly connected to the MTA
• P7: MS (message store) access protocol. The user agent is connected to the
MTA via a message store.
O/R Address
The O/R Address of the channel. According to the addressing scheme chosen the
syntax used for the O/R address is different.
Message Quota [kB]
The maximum volume (in kB) of the message texts sent within the retention time.
Used Message Quota [kB]
Volume (in kB) of message texts sent within the retention time already used.
Alignment
The contents of the alignment function to be used with this channel.
• CR_LF
• CR_CR_LF
Retention Time
The number of days the messages will be retained before automatic deletion.
Attachment Quota [kB]
The maximum volume (in kB) of the files attached sent within the retention time.
Used Attachment Quota [kB]
Volume (in kB) of the files attached sent within the retention time already used.
Initial State
The initial connection state of the channel.
• CONN_BY_HOST: The connection is automatically initiated by the host
server.
• DISCONNECTED: The channel is disconnected.
Current State
The current state of the channel
• ACTIVE
• INACTIVE
MTA Device
The name of the MTA device uses with this channel. The MTA device shall have
been created before the creation of the channel.
Note: It is recommended to use only one channel per MTA device.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
10.6 MTA Device Configuration
This unit allows the administrator to create, modify or delete MTA devices. MTA devices list
the parameters necessary to initiate a connection to the MTA. MTA devices shall be created
before AMHS channels.
10.6.1 Functions
10.6.1.1 File
New
Open
Opens an existing MTA device
Save
Saves the current MTA device. This is only possible if the MTA device has already
been named with the Save As function.
Save As
Saves the current MTA device under a new name.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Delete
Deletes the current MTA device.
Close
Closes the unit.
10.6.2 Fields
Name
The name of the MTA device. It is given when the Save As function is selected.
Direction
The direction in which the MTA device handles messages from the point of view in
the client.
• OFF: The MTA device handles neither incoming nor outgoing messages.
• IN: The MTA device handles incoming messages.
• OUT: The MTA device handles outgoing messages.
• BOTH: The MTA device handles incoming and outgoing messages.
Server / MTA
The network address of the server / MTA. Usually the data entered here is the name
or the IP address of the server.
Password
The authentication password for the MTA
Connection Check Settings
If the checkbox is ticked the system will check the connection to the MTA device.
The interval field sets the interval in milliseconds between two connection checks.
The default value is 10000.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
10.7 Statistics function
This function enables the operator to search for several different statistics.
The different statistic types are described in the following sections:
• The standard tab
• The traffic relation tab
• The address tab
• The day23 tab
• The AMC tab
• The channel offline tab
• The application offline tab
• The annex A tab
• The annex B tab
• The annex D tab
• The annex G tab
• The annex I tab
• The annex J tab
• The annex K tab
• The annex L tab

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
10.7.1 Functions
10.7.1.1 File Menu
New
Clears the tab currently displayed.
Search
Searches the statistics according to the entered constraints.
Export
Saves the statistics of the tab currently displayed.
Print Choice
Print Preview
Close
Closes the unit.
10.7.1.2 options Menu
Show Toolbar
10.7.2 Common statistic fields

Hour
The hour to constraint results.
Day
The day to constraint results.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Month
The month to constraint results.
Year
The year to constraint results. If nothing is entered in this field the current year will
apply.
10.7.3 The standard tab
The standard statistics display general information about the massage switching system.
10.7.3.1 Search fields

Time Interval
These fields are described in the section Common statistic fields of this chapter.
Observation Point
Type
The type of the observation point. Possible values:
• Circuit
• AeAx
• VC
• MTA

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
• UA
• Faulty AFTN
• OVF
The entry is mandatory.
Value
The value of the observation point.
The entry is optional.
10.7.3.2 Result columns
10.7.3.2.1 Observation point type: Circuit

Time Stamp
The date for which the statistic applies.
Circuit
The circuit for which the statistic applies.
Subsystem
The subsystem for which the statistic applies.
Number Received Messages
The total number of messages received on the circuit.
Cumulated Length Received Messages
The cumulated length of messages received on the circuit.
Average Length Received Messages
The average length of messages received on the circuit.
Maximum Length Received Messages
The maximum length of messages received on the circuit.
Number Transmitted Messages
The number of messages transmitted on the circuit.
Cumulated Length Transmitted Messages
The cumulated length of messages transmitted on the circuit.
Average Length Transmitted Messages
The average length of messages transmitted on the circuit.
Maximum Length Transmitted Messages
The maximum length of messages transmitted on the circuit.
Number Received Faulty Messages (Error Code 0)
The number of faulty messages with error code 0 received on the circuit.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual

The number of faulty messages with error code 3 received on the circuit .
Number Repeated Messages Due to Service Message
The number of messages repeated because of the reception of a service message on
the circuit.
Number Repeated Messages Due to Operator Command (No Display)
The number of messages repeated because of an operator command without display
of the message on the circuit.
Number Repeated Messages Due to Operator Command (After Display)
The number of messages repeated because of an operator command with display of
the message on the circuit.
Number Received Messages Priority SS
The number of messages received on the circuit with the priority SS.
Number Transmitted Messages Priority SS
The number of messages transmitted on the circuit with the priority SS.
Number Received Messages Priority DD
The number of messages received on the circuit with the priority DD.
Number Transmitted Messages Priority DD
The number of messages transmitted on the circuit with the priority DD.
Number Received Messages Priority FF
The number of messages received on the circuit with the priority FF.
Number Transmitted Messages Priority FF
The number of messages transmitted on the circuit with the priority FF.
Number Received Messages Priority GG
The number of messages received on the circuit with the priority GG.
Number Transmitted Messages Priority GG
The number of messages transmitted on the circuit with the priority GG.
Number Received Messages Priority KK
The number of messages received on the circuit with the priority KK.
Number Transmitted Messages Priority KK
The number of messages transmitted on the circuit with the priority KK.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Number Received Messages Channel Check

The number of channel check messages received on the circuit.
Number Transmitted Messages Channel Check
The number of channel check messages transmitted on the circuit.
Number Received Service Messages
The number of service messages received on the circuit.
Number Transmitted Service Messages
The number of service messages transmitted on the circuit.
10.7.3.2.2 Observation point type: Faulty AFTN

Time Stamp
Faulty AFTN
The total number of faulty AFTN messages received.
Number Messages Forwarded to the Correction Position
The number of faulty AFTN messages forwarded to the correction position.
Number Messages Reinserted from the Correction Position
The number of faulty AFTN messages reinserted in the queue from the correction
position.
Number Messages Deleted from the Correction Position
The number of faulty AFTN messages deleted from the correction position.
Number Messages Responded by a Service Message
The number of faulty AFTN messages responded by a service message
10.7.3.2.3 Observation point type: OVF

Time Stamp
OVF
The Overflow
Number Messages sent to Overflow
The total number of messages sent to the overflow.
Number Messages sent to Overflow due to Diversion Command
The number of messages sent to the overflow because of a diversion command.
Number Messages sent to Overflow due to Threshold 3 Handling (spooling)
The number of messages sent to the overflow because of the handling of Threshold
3.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Number Messages sent to Overflow due to Unavailable CIDIN Exit Centre

The number of messages sent to the overflow because of unavailable CIDIN Exit
Centre.
Number Messages sent to Overflow due to Forced Routing (OMQ)
The number of messages sent to the overflow because of OMQ forced routing.
Number Messages Received from Overflow
The number of messages received from the overflow.
Number Messages Reinserted from Overflow
The number of messages reinserted from the overflow in the routing queues.
Number Messages Deleted from Overflow
The number of messages deleted from the overflow.
10.7.4 The traffic relation tab
The traffic relation statistic tab displays the traffic of messages from one circuit to another.

Time Interval

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Observation Point From

Type
The type of the source observation point. Possible values
• Circuit
Value
The value of the source observation point.
Observation Point To
Type
The type of the destination observation point. Possible values
• Circuit
• OVF
Value
The value of the destination observation point.

Time Stamp
From Circuit
The origin circuit for which the statistic applies.
From Subsystem
The origin subsystem for which the statistic applies.
To Circuit
The destination circuit for which the statistic applies.
To Subsystem
The subsystem circuit for which the statistic applies.
Number of Messages
The number of messages transmitted from the "From Circuit" and received from the
"To Circuit".
Average Message Length
The average messages length of the messages transmitted from the "From Circuit"
and received from the "To Circuit".

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Maximum Message Length

The maximum messages length of the messages transmitted from the "From Circuit"
and received from the "To Circuit".
Average Switching Time
The average switching time of the messages transmitted from the "From Circuit" and
received from the "To Circuit".
10.7.5 The address tab
The address statistics display the number of messages received and transmitted from
addresses.

Time Interval
Address Definition
Address
The Address to constraint results

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual

Time Stamp
Address
The address for which the statistic applies.
Number of Received Messages
The number of messages received from this address.
Number of Transmitted Messages
The number of messages transmitted from this address.
10.7.6 The day23 tab
The day23 statistic is generated the 23rd of the first month of each trimester (i.e. 23rd
January, 23rd April, 23rd July and 23rd October). It shows the specific statistic of this day. It
is the snapshot of the message transmission on this day.

Time Interval
Quarter
The quarter to constraint results.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual

Quarter
The date of the statistic in the form MMDD.
ICAO Origin
The AFTN address indicator of the originator of the message.
Prio SS
The number of messages with the priority SS transmitted.
Prio FF
The number of messages with the priority FF transmitted.
Prio GG
The number of messages with the priority GG transmitted.
Prio KK
The number of messages with the priority KK transmitted.
Prio DD
The number of messages with the priority DD transmitted.
Message Transition
The transition time in seconds of the messages per priority.
Prio SS Maximum (sec)
The maximum transition time of messages of priority SS.
Prio FF Maximum (sec)
The maximum transition time of messages of priority FF.
Prio GG Maximum (sec)
The maximum transition time of messages of priority GG.
Prio KK Maximum (sec)
The maximum transition time of messages of priority KK.
Prio DD Maximum (sec)
The maximum transition time of messages of priority DD.
Prio SS Average (sec)
The average transition time of messages of priority SS.
Prio FF Average (sec)
The average transition time of messages of priority FF.
Prio GG Average (sec)
The average transition time of messages of priority GG.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Prio KK Average (sec)

The average transition time of messages of priority KK.
Prio DD Average (sec)
The average transition time of messages of priority DD.
10.7.7 The AMC tab
The AMC statistics provide monthly AMHS statistics and AMHS peak hours statistics for
upload to the AMC in form of CSV files.

Time Interval
AMC Definition
Type
The AMS statistic type. Possible values:
• MTA
• MTA Peak

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
10.7.7.2.1 AMC Definition: MTA

STAT_ID
The number of the row.
SOURCE_COM
The name of the source COM centre.
DESTIN_COM
The name or the address of the destination COM centre.
DATE
The date when the statistic applies.
TOT_NBR_MSG_TX
Ind1 - Number of data messages transmitted daily. This element is defined as the
number of information objects which the managed MTA has transmitted to the
adjacent MTA.
TOT_AVSI_MSG_TX
Ind2 - Average size of the data messages transmitted daily. This element is defined
as the average size of information objects which the managed MTA has transmitted
to the adjacent MTA.
TOT_MXSI_MSG_TX
Ind3 - Maximum size of the data messages transmitted daily. This element is defined
as the size of the largest information object which the managed MTA has transmitted
to the adjacent MTA.
TOT_NBR_MSG_RX
Ind4 - Number of data messages received daily. This element is defined as the
number of information objects which the managed MTA has received from the
adjacent MTA.
TOT_AVSI_MSG_RX
Ind5 - Average size of the data messages received daily. This element is defined as
the average size of information objects which the managed MTA has received from
the adjacent MTA.
TOT_MXSI_MSG_RX
Ind6 - Maximum size of the data messages received daily. This element is defined as
the size of the largest information object which the managed MTA has received from
the adjacent MTA.
TOT_AVDE_MSG_TX
Ind7 - Average number of destination addresses per message transmitted daily: This
element is defined as the average number (rounded up or down to the nearest integer
value) of recipient addresses included per information object which the managed
MTA has sent to the adjacent MTA.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
TOT_MSG_AVTT
Ind8 - Average transfer time (AIRAC cycle basis). This element is defined as the
average transfer time, over one day, of a sample message from the managed MTA to
the adjacent MTA.
TOT_MSG_REJ
Ind9 - Number of messages rejected daily. This element is defined as the number of
information objects received from the adjacent international MTA and rejected by the
managed MTA. An information object is considered to be rejected when the managed
MTA discards the object for at least one recipient or in its entirety, independent if a
report is generated or not and independent from the reason.
TOT_VOL_IPP_TX
Ind10- Overall traffic volume at the level of IP packets (daily total). This element is
defined as the amount of bytes of the IP packets which the managed MTA has
transmitted towards the adjacent MTA.
TOT_MAX_OUTT
Ind11 - Maximum outage duration of association between MTAs (if any). This element
is defined as the duration of the largest outage period calculated as the time when it
becomes impossible to establish any association to an adjacent MTA to the time a
message is transferred successfully to that adjacent MTA.
TOT_CML_OUTT
Ind12 - Cumulated outage duration of association between MTAs (if any). This
element is defined as the cumulated duration of the outage periods (using the same
definition of outage period as in Ind11 above).
10.7.7.2.2 AMC Definition: MTAPeak

STAT_ID
The number of the row.
SOURCE_COM
The name of the source COM centre.
DESTIN_COM
The name or the address of the destination COM centre.
DATE
The date when the statistic applies.
PK_NBR_MSG_TX
Ind13 - Number of data messages transmitted during the peak hour. This element is
defined as the number of information objects which the managed MTA has
transmitted to the adjacent MTA.
PK_AVSI_MSG_TX
Ind14 - Average size of the data messages transmitted during the peak hour. This
element is defined as the average size of information objects which the managed
MTA has transmitted to the adjacent MTA.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
PK_MXSI_MSG_TX
Ind15 - Maximum size of the data messages transmitted during the peak hour. This
element is defined as the size of the largest information object which the managed
MTA has sent to the adjacent MTA.
PK_NBR_MSG_RX
Ind16- Number of data messages received during the peak hour: This element is
defined as the number of information objects which the managed MTA has received
from the adjacent (adjacent international) MTA.
PK_AVSI_MSG_RX
Ind17 - Average size of the data messages received during the peak hour. This
element is defined as the average size of information objects which the managed
MTA has received from the adjacent MTA.
PK_MXSI_MSG_RX
Ind18 - Maximum size of the data messages received during the peak hour. This
element is defined as the size of the largest information object which the managed
MTA has received from the adjacent MTA.
PK_AVDE_MSG_TX
Ind19 - Average number of destination addresses per message transmitted during the
peak hour. This element is defined as the average number (rounded up or down to
the nearest integer value) of recipient addresses included per information object
which the managed MTA transmitted to the adjacent MTA.
PK_MSG_AVTT
Ind20 - Average transfer time (peak hour basis). This element is defined as the
average transfer time, over the peak interval of the considered month, of a sample
message from the managed MTA to the adjacent MTA.
PK_MSG_REJ
Ind21 - Number of messages rejected during the peak hour. This element is defined
as the number of information objects received from the adjacent international MTA
and rejected by the managed MTA.
PK_VOL_IPP_TX
Ind22 - Overall peak hour traffic volume at the level of IP packets. This element is
defined as the amount of bytes of IP packets which the managed MTA has
transmitted towards the adjacent MTA.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
10.7.8 The channel offline tab
The channel offline statistics display the offline time per channel. A channel is considered as
offline when it is neither open nor hold.

Time Interval
These fields are described in the section Common statistic fields of this chapter
Channel Definition
Channel
The name of the channel to constraint results.
State
The state of the channel. Possible values are:
• ALL
• OPEN
• CLOSED
• TEST
• BLOCKED
• HOLD

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
• DEAD
• CLOSE_INPUT

From Date
The date and time of the beginning of the offline period of the channel.
To Date
The date and time of the end of the offline period of the channel.
Subsystem
The subsystem to which the statistic applies.
Circuit
The circuit to which the statistic applies.
Channel
The channel to which the statistic applies.
State
The offline state of the channel.
Offline Time in seconds
Offline Time of the channel in seconds.
Offline Time percentage
Offline Time of the channel in per cent of the chosen time interval.
Number of disconnections
Number of disconnections during the chosen time interval.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
10.7.9 The application offline tab
The application offline statistics display the offline time per application.

Time Interval
Application Definition
Application
The name of the application to constraint results.
State
The state of the application. Possible values are:
• UNKNOWN
• INIT
• OUT_CNTRL
• READY
• DOWN
• RUNNING
• UNDEFINED

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual

From Date
The date of the beginning of the offline period of the application.
To Date
The date of the end of the offline period of the application
Application
The name of the application that was offline.
State
The offline state of the application.
Server
The name of the server on which the application runs.
Offline Time in seconds
The period in seconds during which the application was offline.
Offline Time percentage
The period in per cent of the chosen interval during which the application was offline.
Number of Shutdowns
The number of shutdowns
10.7.10 The annex A tab - Switching Time Statistics
The annex A - switching time statistics allow qualified statements on switching times filtered
by origin, destination and priority groups.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual

Time Interval
This field is described in the section Common statistic fields of this chapter.
Search Parameters Definition
Quarter
The quarter number.
Circuit

Circuit
The name of the circuit to which the statistic applies.
Originating Centre
The name of the originating centre to which the statistic applies.
Adjacent Centre
The name of the adjacent centre to which the statistic applies.
Priority group
The group or priorities to which the statistic applies.
Messages for priority group
The number of messages switched for the priority group.
Fix value
Hard coded value.
Max Routing Time
The maximum routing time.
Routing Median
The median routing time.
Max Tx Time
The maximum transmission time.
Observations
additional observations.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
10.7.11 The annex B tab - Circuit Statistics
The annex B - circuit statistics provides information regarding daily traffic, queue sizes and
waiting times.

Time Interval
Circuit Definition
Circuit

Date
The date to which the statistic applies.
Circuit
The circuit which the statistic applies.
Messages
SS rx
The number of messages of priority SS received.
SS tx
The number of messages of priority SS transmitted.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
DD/FF rx
The number of messages of priority DD/FF received.
DD/FF tx
The number of messages of priority DD/FF transmitted.
GG/KK rx
The number of messages of priority GG/KK received.
GG/KK tx
The number of messages of priority GG/KK transmitted.
SVC rx
The number of messages of priority SVC received.
SVC tx
The number of messages of priority SVC transmitted.
Rejected
The number of messages rejected.
Max Queued
Num
The maximum number of messages queued.
Duration
The maximum time a message was queued.
10.7.12 The annex D tab - Circuit Occupancy Statistics

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
The annex D - circuit occupancy statistics provide a monthly report regarding circuit
occupancy, line speeds, average loads, peak hours and throughput.

Time Interval
Circuit Definition
Originator
The name of the originator.
Target Circuit
The name of the target circuit.

Date
Originator
The address of the originator.
Originator Indicator
The originator indicator.
Destination
The destination address.
Destination Indicator
The destination indicator.
Line speed
The speed of the line
Max Rx Bytes in Peak Hour
The maximum number of bytes received during peak hour.
Rx Peak Hours Load
The received message load during peak hour.
Total Rx Bytes
The total number of bytes received during peak hour.
Rx Bytes Avg Daily Load
The average daily load of received message.
Max Tx Bytes in Peak Hour
The maximum number of bytes transmitted during peak hour.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Tx Peak Hours Load

The transmitted message load during peak hour.
Total Tx Bytes
The total number of bytes transmitted during peak hour.
Tx Bytes Avg Daily Load
The average daily load of transmitted message.
10.7.13 The annex G tab - Circuit Availability Statistics
The annex G - circuit availability statistics inform the operator about the availability of the
switching service on a per-circuit and configurable time interval basis.

Time Interval
Search Parameter Definition
Originator
The name of the originator.
Destination
The name of the destination.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Device Type
The device type to constraint results.
Granularity Definition
Granularity
The granularity to constraint results. Possible values are:
• FIVE
• TEN
• TWENTY

Date
Device Type
The device type to which the statistic applies.
Originator
The originator to which the statistic applies.
Originator Indicator
The originator indicator.
Destination
The destination to which the statistic applies.
Destination Indicator
The destination indicator.
Interruption in Mins
The number of minutes the switching service was interrupted.
Avg Dispo
The average availability of the switching service.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
10.7.14 The annex I tab - Detailed Operational Statistics
The annex I - detailed operational statistics filters and lists AFTN/AMHS operational
summaries including: message identifiers, filling times, switching times, message types and
transmission delays.

Time Interval
Period Type
The type of period to constraint results. Possible values are:
• HOURLY
• DAILY
• WEEKLY
• MONTHLY
• YEARLY
The other fields are described in the section Common statistic fields of this
chapter.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual

Message Type
The type of the message. Possible values are:
• FPL
• TAF
• METAR
• NOTAM
Center
The name of the centre.

Rx EMID
The message identifier of the received message
Filing Time
The filing time of the message
Message content
The first 10 characters of the message text
Rx time
The timestamp of message reception
Switching Delay
The switching time
Tx EMID
The message identifier of the transmitted message
Tx time
The timestamp of message transmission
Tx Delay
The transmission delay

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
10.7.15 The annex J tab - Operational Statistics Summary
The annex J - operational statistics summary filters and lists a condensed view of the routing
activity, including message counts grouped by originator and recipient.

Time Interval
Message Type
The type of the message. Possible values are:
• FPL
• TAF
• MEATR
• NOTAM
Center
Circuit

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual

Centre
The Circuit to which the statistic applies.
Circuit
Originator
The originator of the message
Number of Rx Messages
The number of messages received.
Destination
The destination of the message
Number of Tx Messages
The number of messages transmitted.
10.7.16 The annex K tab - Service Availability Statistics
The annex K - service availability statistics inform the operator about the number of received,
transmitted and rejected messages of a given type for a given period of time (day, month,
year)

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual

Time Interval
Center
The name of the Circuit.
Circuit

Center
The name of the COM centre
Circuit
The name of the transmitting circuit
FPL
MfT
The number of FPL messages to be transmitted
MT
The number of FPL messages actually transmitted
Dispo
The availability (= MT * 100 / MfT)
TAF
MfT
The number of TAF messages to be transmitted
MT
The number of TAF messages actually transmitted
Dispo
NOTAM
MfT
The number of NOTAM messages to be transmitted
MT
The number of NOTAM messages actually transmitted
Dispo

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
METAR
MfT
The number of METAR messages to be transmitted
MT
The number of METAR messages actually transmitted
Dispo
Totals
MfT
The sum of the number of messages to be transmitted
MT
The sum of the number of messages actually transmitted
dispo
10.7.17 The annex L tab - Daily OPMET Statistics
The annex L - daily OPMET Statistics inform the operator about the availability of the
OPMET service (routing METAR and TAF messages) per circuit, per date, per originator and
per recipient and basis.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual

Time Interval
Center
Circuit

Date
Centre
The centre to which the statistic applies.
Circuit
Originator
The originator of the message
Messages to be Sent
METAR
Number of METAR messages to be sent
TAF
Number of TAF messages to be sent
Destination
The destination of the message
Messages Sent
METAR
Number of METAR messages sent
TAF
Number of TAF messages sent

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
10.8 User Management unit
The User Management window is used to create of modify operator profiles. According to the
rights of the user operator in some functions may be disabled.
10.8.1 Choose user

This function is only available to operators with admin rights.
This function opens a chooser in which the administrator can select an existing profile in
order to change it.
More Information about choosers can be found in the section Chooser of the chapter Basic
skills.
Note: unsaved changes in a profile will be lost when a new profile is selected.
10.8.2 Change password

This function is available to all operators.
This function opens a new window in which the operator can change the password for his/her
profile. The fields are case sensitive. Clicking on the [OK]-button saves the password.
If the entries in the two fields are not identical a hint appears and the password is not saved.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
10.8.3 Assign roles

This function is only available to operators with admin rights.
This function opens a new window in which the administrator can select or deselect roles for
a profile.
The upper line in this window allows the administrator to filter the roles. The filter field is case
sensitive.
Note: selecting a role may lead to the automatic selection of subordinate roles.
These roles are displayed in grey and cannot be deselected as long as the main
role is selected.
10.8.4 Assign pool

Only operators with admin rights can assign a pool to a profile.
To assign a pool the administrator shall select the properties tab and press the [F4]-key. This
action opens chooser in which the administrator can select a pool for a profile.
The upper line in this window allows the administrator to filter the pools. The filter field is
case sensitive.
Note: only one pool can be selected per profile. Selecting another pool
automatically deselects the current pool.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
10.8.5 User management functions
10.8.5.1 File
New
Creates a new user.
This function is only available for users with admin rights.
Open
Opens a chooser displaying all users already created. Selecting a user from this
chooser displays his parameters in the User Management unit.
Save
Saves the changes.
Reload
Cancels all changes made since the last save action.
Close
Closes this unit.
10.8.5.2 Action
Change Password
Opens a new window to change the password of the user displayed in the Account
tab.
Assign Roles
Opens a new window to assign roles to the user displayed in the Account tab.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
10.8.5.3 Options
Show Toolbar
10.8.6 User management fields

The Account tab
User Name
The login name of the profile. This field is case sensitive.
If the operator has admin rights this field can be changed when the operator
creates a new profile, it is then a mandatory field. The rest of the time it is a
display only field.
In this field no accentuated characters can be used. Forbidden characters will
not be taken into account and will not be displayed.
Status
The status of the profile corresponding to the User Name. It can be active or
blocked.
If the operator has admin rights this field can be changed when the operator
creates a new profile, it is then a mandatory field. The rest of the time it is a
display only field.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
First Name
The first name of the owner of the profile. This field is mandatory. If no entry
was made in this field a hint will be displayed as soon as the operator wants to
save the changes made.
Last Name
The last name of the owner of the profile. This field is mandatory. If no entry
was made in this field a hint will be displayed as soon as the operator wants to
save the changes made.
Address
The address of the owner of the profile. This field is optional.
Postal code
The postcode of the owner of the profile. This field is optional.
City
The city of the owner of the profile. This field is optional.
Country
The country of the owner of the profile. This field is optional.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
The Contact Information tab
Email
The e-mail address of the owner of the profile. This field is optional.
Phone
The phone number of the owner of the profile. This field is optional.
Fax
The fax number of the owner of the profile. This field is optional.
Company
The company of the owner of the profile. This field is optional.
Description
Any other information about the owner of the profile. This field is optional.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
The Roles tab
This tab lists the roles assigned to the profile. It is a display only field
The Properties tab
This tab shows the specific properties of the profile created. It displays to which group
the profile belongs.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
10.8.7 Change password
This function opens a new window in which the user can change the password for his/her
profile. The fields are case sensitive. Clicking on the [OK]-button saves the password.
If the entries in the two fields are not identical a hint appears and the password is not saved.
Note: If no login is required at the start of the AviTerm application, this function is
not available.
10.9 Legal Recording unit

The Legal Recording application is mainly used to examine and analyse process data that
has been recorded. Process data is available in databases, which are currently being filled
(online recording) or which have already been removed to the archive (offline recording). The
archiving and the reading of the existing archive is part of the application. Details about the
menus can be found in the section Legal recording functions of this chapter.
The unit Legal Recording consists in three main parts:

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
The navigation tree

It is situated on the left side of the window and gives the operator the possibility to
choose between the available databases. To activate the navigation tree or parts of it,
the relevant check-boxes have to be ticked.
The Selection Tab
After the operator has selected the database in the navigation tree the filter area in
this tab can be updated according to the entries existing in the chosen database.
The Result List Tab
After having made the optional selection of filter items and having clicked on the
[Search]-button, the results will be displayed in the Result List tab. This tab displays
the results of the online database followed by the results of the offline database. Each
of these result groups is ordered chronologically, displaying the oldest results on the
top of the list. Clicking on a single entry displays its content in the viewing field of the
lower part of the tab.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
10.9.1 The navigation tree
The database from which the legal recording data have to be examined can be opened with
the navigation tree. There are two different types of database:
The offline database
In this database the archives that were created before will be imported for
investigation. This database can also be called investigation database.
Any entry can be imported and examined in this database, depending on the space
available. Every archive can be taken out of this database. Every data archived and
loaded in the investigation database can be read and exported from this database.
Each imported archive is available under its own node: Its name is defined as follows:
data type_logical name_node type_date.
Data type
This part shows that the imported data comes from the archive database. The
name is therefore always archive.
Logical name
The logical ID of the database from which the data was exported.
Node type
The type of data archived. The following possibilities exist:
• aftn: data related to the AFTN loader
• asb: data related to the airspace booking
• ats: data related to ATS apart from flight plan events
• fplevents: data related to flight plan events
• nt: data related to NOTAM
• pib: data related to briefing
• sbd: data related to Location Status
• sec: data related to security actions such as login and logout
• sw: data related to SNOWTAM
Date
The date of the recorded data.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
The online database

Each server has its own legal recording database. The unit Legal Recording
supports, according to the system configuration, the parallel access to several online
databases. The default database name is "live-s".
The data in this database is written by the applications that produces the legal
recording entries. These data is not yet archived on an external medium. This
database can also be called live database.
All the recorded and not yet archived entries are available for examination in this
database. Entries of this database can be saved in an archive. Subsequently it is
possible to remove the archived data from the database to make space for new
entries. Optionally the archived data will be automatically removed from the database
to prevent overflow.
10.9.2 The Selection Tab
This tabbed pane enables the operator to narrow the entries of the list.
Time Range
It is used to define or narrow the period in which the entries will be searched.
Application Filter
This filter is used to select the application searched, e.g. ATS, Retrieval, FPL,
AFTN...
The legal recording functionality stores changes in flight plans, ATS messages and
flight plan coordination under the application filter ATS and the handling of events is
stored under the application filter FPLEVENTS.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Mime Filter
This filter is used to select the data type searched, e.g. ATS Cancel, ATS Arrival,
NOTAM, Flight Plan...
User Filter
This filter is used to select the initiator(s) of the action(s) searched. The initiator may
not only be a defined operator but also a service of the system.
Attribute Search
This filter allows to further detail the search. The following activities are available:
• Last_Store
• AFTN_Priority
• Action
• Status
The field "Key" is the status of the action searched. The operator is "="for Value is
equal or "!=" not equal. The following values are available.
• for the Key Last_Store:
o a date with the following format YYYYMMDDHHmm
• for the Key AFTN_Priority:
o FF
• for the Key Action:
o Delete
o Insert
o Proposal accepted
o Select
o Update
• for the Key Status:
o NOTAM waiting for operator
Hosts
This filter defines the host on which the search shall be executed.
Full-text Search
This field is a case sensitive search field. It can be used to search for a certain test or
text string within all related entries. To combine search criteria we propose to add
"<Space>+<Space>" to the search criteria.
"EDNY + EDDM" will search for all legal recording entries containing
BOTH search criteria.
It is possible to select the operator (user), the application, or the Mime type and perform a
free-text search at the same time. The chosen criteria will be logically connected with AND;
that means that to display an entry, all the criteria of the filter have to be filled in by this entry.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
To get the result of the search the operator has to click on the [Search]-button and then go in
the "Result List" tab.
To simplify the choice the following fields are provided:
• Select All: selects all entries of the particular criterion (View operator, View
Application, View Mime)
• Deselect All: deselects all entries of the particular criterion (View operator, View
Application, View Mime)
10.9.3 The Result List Tab
After the optional selection of filter items and having clicked on the [Search]-button, the
results will be displayed in the "Result List" tab. This tab displays the results of the online
database followed by the results of the offline database. Each of these result groups is
ordered chronologically, displaying the oldest results on the top of the list. Clicking on a
single entry displays its content in the viewing field of the lower part of the tab.
These entries can now be processed. The following possibilities are available for all entries:
Print
The content of the preview window can be printed out. The operator only has to click
on the [Print]-button in the toolbar or click on print in the File menu.
Export
The content of the preview window can be exported. The operator has to make a right
mouse click in the preview window. Depending on the type (Mime Type) the entry can
be stored in raw format (format in which they were originally recorded), in pdf or in
html.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Erroneous events are stored in the legal recording as follows:

• Application: ATS
• Mime type: Plain
At the end of the message text in the Result List an explanation line is displayed.
If such an erroneous event occurs, please contact your system provider.
10.9.4 Legal recording functions
10.9.4.1 File
New
Clears all fields.
Print Choice
to the section Printing mechanism of the chapter Basic Skills.
Print Preview
section Printing mechanism of the chapter Basic Skills.
Update
Refreshes the database according to the tree selection.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Search
Performs a search on selected search criteria.
Close
Closes the application window, chosen views are maintained and will be available if
the window is anew opened unless the application is ended.
10.9.4.2 Archive
The menu items will only be active when the function is available in the operational context.
The following options are available in the toolbar.
Remove Archives
Removes the chosen archive(s) from the offline database. This function is only active
when at least one offline database is chosen.
Create Archives
Starts the creation of an archive. This function is only active if data is available to
create an archive and if a live database has been selected in the navigation tree.
selecting the [Create Archives]-function opens a popup window in which the

operator has to choose the maximum size of the archive to be created.
The archived data will be automatically removed from the database.
The created archives are divided into multiple files. The files are grouped by
applications. When the maximum file number of a group is reached a new file is
opened. This is repeated until all data for an application are archived.
The path in which the archive will be written is determined by the application and
cannot be changed.
The legal recording viewer is not available to the operator for the time of archiving.
After the archiving the storage path and the number of written records will be notified
to the operator by a pop up window. For permanent storage, the archives created
have to be saved manually by the operator on an external medium; for example CD,
DVD or tape.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Read Archives
This starts to read an archive. This function is only active when an archive can be
read. Additionally an investigation database has to be selected in the navigation tree.
The archives have to be copied manually by the operator from the external medium
into the predefined directory. After having chosen the [Read Archives]-command a
chooser opens. With the activation of the [OK]-button the read process will begin for
the chosen archives. The archive will be written into the offline database. The viewer
is not available to the operator for the period of reading. When the selected archive
has been imported the number of records copied will be notified to the operator by a
popup and a new entry in the selection tree will be created in the Offline-s sub-node.
The re-imported archived data can then be investigated.
10.9.4.3 Options
Show Toolbar
Check Database size
Activates or deactivates the automatic check of the database size:
• If the check of the database size is activated, the system will check the size of
all online databases.
• If the check of the database size is deactivated no warning will be issued
when an archive has to be created from a database.
10.9.5 Archiving
The archive function is provided to create archives from live recorded data and remove
recorded data from the live recording or to import already existing archives for further
analysis.
Since normally only a limited amount of legal recording entries can be held in the live
database, the archiving of live data has to be performed at regular intervals, for recording
reasons. This also provides for the permanent storage of the recorded data on external
media.
These archives can only be created on or read from a file system. According to the system
architecture they will be stored on the client or on the server side on a hard disk. Because
they are to be stored on another storage medium afterwards, the type of the storage medium
delimits the maximum size of an archive.
The functions in the Archive menu offer the possibility to create an archive from the live
database as well as to import an archive into the offline database.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
11 MESSAGE OFFICE MENU BAR BUTTON
11.1 Message Office functions
11.1.1 File
Refresh
Refreshes the message list.
Print Choice
Print Preview
Delete
Deletes messages selected. This can only be done in the User Area.
Reply to
Create a reply message with the address of the sender of the selected message.
Reply all
Create a reply message with the address of the sender and the addresses of all
recipients of the selected message.
Forward
Create a message with the contents of the Subject and of the body of the selected
message.
Search Messages
Opens the search unit in which parameters can be entered in order to search defined
Messages. For more information please refer to the section The search function of
this chapter.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Close
Closes the Message Office unit.
11.1.2 Options
Show Toolbar
Detailed printout
If this checkbox is ticked, the printout will contain details.
Select Columns
Opens a window that allows the user to choose which columns are to be displayed in
the upper right pane of the selected node.
Note: The column selection applies to the selected folder and all its sub-
folders except for the search folder and the user Area.
For the search folder and the user Area the column selection applies to:
 Only the selected search results folder.
 Only the selected folder or sub-folder of the User Area

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Show Connection History
Opens the following window that shows the history list of the connection.
Channels
Allows configuring the channels of the Message Office as well as the auto process
profiles for each channel. For more information about these functions, please refer to
the sections AFTN Channel Configuration, AMHS Channel Configuration and
Autoprocess Profiles of this chapter.
Online Message Monitor
Opens the Online Message Monitor. For more information about this function, please
refer to the section Online Message Monitor of this chapter.
11.1.3 Context menus
11.1.3.1 Context menu of the Search node
This context menu is only available in sub-folders of the Search node.

Edit
Opens the Search unit with the last search settings used in the selected search
folder.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Delete
Deletes the selected folder and all the messages it contains.

Note: The Search Results folder cannot be deleted.
Clear
Clears the search results of the selected search folder.
Search
Executes the search with the settings of the selected search folder.
11.1.3.2 Context menu of the User Area node
Add
Adds a sub-folder to the selected user area node or folder.

Delete
Deletes the selected folder and all the messages it contains.

Rename
Renames the selected folder.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
11.1.3.3 Context menu of the Message Table
View as Plain
Displays the message as plain text message in the AFTN or AMHS viewer.
Print Choice
Print Preview
Forward
message.
Reply to
Reply All
Search for Related Messages
Searches the message office for messages related to the selected message. Related
messages can be:
• Reply messages connected to the selected message.
• Forward messages connected to the selected message.
• Notifications connected to the selected message.
• Reports connected to the selected message.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Move to processed
In the processed folder the selected message can thus be moved without being
displayed first in the corresponding viewer of mask.
Delete
Deletes the selected message.
11.1.4 The search function
Selecting the function Search Messages in the File menu or making a double click on the
Search Result node opens the Search unit. This function allows the operator to search for
messages according to chosen criteria.
Note: If no criteria has been selected the search will be done over all messages. In
order for the search engine to work at its best capacity it is advised to select
nothing if the search has to be done over all possibilities of a criteria type.
Example: If the search has to be done in all messages of the Unprocessed node,
the Processed node and the Transmitted node, not selecting anything has the
same meaning in the search function than selecting each node but the search will
be slightly quicker.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
11.1.4.1 Functions
11.1.4.1.1 File
New
Resets all the fields.
Search Messages
Starts the search according to the parameters set.
Next Search
Continues the search if more than 100 messages have been found.
Save Search Constraints
Saves the current search parameters as folder in the Search node.
Close
Closes the search unit.
11.1.4.1.2 Options
Show Toolbar
11.1.4.2 Special Features

Wild cards
The operator can use the "%" character as a wild card in any text input field.
Examples:
• Body text: %YX ---- The system will search for all messages
with the Body text ending with YX.
• Body text body: ETCC% ---- The system will search for all
messages with the Body text beginning with ETCC.
• Body text: %AFL% ---- The system will search for all messages
containing the string AFL in the Body text.
• Body text: %TEST%252% ---- The system will search for all
messages containing the string TEST and the string 252 in the
body text.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Selection lists
To select a block of successive entries in a selection list, the operator shall click on
the first entry to be selected, press the [Shift]-key and click on the last entry to be
selected.
To select entries that are not in a block the operator shall click on the first entry to be
selected, press the [Ctrl]-key, click on the next entry to be selected, keep the [Ctrl]-
key pressed, click on the next entry to be selected, and so on until the last entry. If
nothing has been selected, the search will occur in all possible entries of the selection
list.
To deselect an entry in a list the operator shall press the [Ctrl]-key and click on the
entry to be deselected.
3 state checkbox
This special checkbox can have 3 different states:
• Plain - ignore: the criteria will be ignored during the search
• Not ticked - false: the search will be made for messages which do not
contain this criteria
• Ticked - true: the search will be made for messages which contain this
criteria
11.1.4.3 The General tab
This tab allows the operator to set search criteria that apply to all message types.
Message Status
The search will be processed within the messages held in the selected node(s)

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Creation Time
Last Changed Time
Configured Channels
If more than one channel is configured, this field allows the operator to choose the
channel(s) in which the search will be executed.
Note: if only one channel is configured this field will not be displayed.
11.1.4.4 The AFTN tab
This tab allows the operator to set search criteria for AFTN messages. To be able to make

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
11.1.4.4.1 The Content tab
This tab allows the operator to set more search criteria. To be able to make changes in the
criteria of this tab the operator has to tick the checkbox next to the tab name. If the checkbox
next to the tab name is not ticked the criteria set in this tab will not be taken into account
during the search.
CSN Range
The search will be processed within the selected channel sequence number range.
Range combinations:
• If the input in the "Lower" field is lower than the input in the "Upper" field the
search will be executed within the defined range.
Example: CSN Range Lower = 90, Upper = 230, the search will be
executed for all messaged with a CSN from 90 to 230. These two values
are included in the search.
• If the input in the "Lower" field is greater than the input in the "Upper" field the
search will be executed outside the defined range.
executed for all messaged with a CSN from 0 to 50 and from 500 to
9999. These two values are included in the search.
• If the input in the "Lower" field is the same as the input in the "Upper" field the
search will be executed only for this entry.
executed for all messaged with a CSN of 40.
Date Time Group
The search will be processed within the Date Time Group comprised within the
selected time range.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
ATS Priority
priorities.
Recipient
The search will be processed within messages containing the given recipient.
Filing Time
Originator
The search will be processed within messages containing the given Originator.
OHI
information.
Body Text
here.
11.1.4.5 The AMHS tab
This tab allows the operator to set search criteria for AMHS Messages. To be able to make

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
11.1.4.5.1 The IPM tab
This tab allows the operator to set search criteria for message of the type PLAIN. To be able
The Ipm Tab is composed of four sub tabs:
• The IPM Details sub-tab
11.1.4.5.2 The Ipn tab

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
This tab allows the operator to set search criteria for message of the type Ipn. To be able to
make changes in the criteria of this tab the operator has to tick the checkbox next to the tab
name. If the checkbox next to the tab name is not ticked the criteria set in this tab will not be
taken into account during the search.
The Ipn Tab is composed of four sub tabs:
• The Ipn Details sub-tab
11.1.4.5.3 The Report tab
This tab allows the operator to set search criteria for message of the type Report. To be able
The search will be processed within messages containing the given subject MTS
identifier.
Content Identifier
information types.
Content Type
type(s).

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Reported Recipient Information

The search will look at the details set in the reported recipient information of the
message.
Actual Recipient Name
The search will be processed within messages containing the given actual
recipient name.
Delivery Time
The search will be processed within messages which delivery time is
Type of MTS User
The search will be processed within messages containing the selected type of
MTS user.
Non-Delivery Reason Code
The search will be processed within messages containing the selected non-
delivery reason code.
11.1.4.5.4 The Probe tab
This tab allows the operator to set search criteria for message of the type Probe. To be able
The Probe Tab is composed of two sub tabs:
• The Probe Details sub-tab

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
11.1.4.5.5 Sub-tabs
11.1.4.5.5.1 The IPM Details sub-tab
This tab allows the operator to set search criteria for IPM details of message of the type
PLAIN. To be able to make changes in the criteria of this tab the operator has to tick the
ATS Priority
priority(ies).
Filing Time
Importance
The search will be processed within messages of one of the selected importance
level.
OHI
information.
IPM Originator
The search will be processed within the messages containing the given originator
address. No wild card can be used within this field
It is possible to enter the 8 letters of an AFTN address in this field when using wild
cards before and after the AFTN address string.
IPM Identifier
The search will be processed within messages containing the given IPM Identifier.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Subject
The search will be processed within messages containing the given subject.
Body Text
here.
Attachments (bytes)
The search will be processed within the messages containing attachments which size
is comprised in the range selected. Each attachment will be checked separately.
Ipm Recipients
The search will look at the details set for each recipient of the messages.
Type
with the selected type(s)
• To
• CC
• BCC
O/R Address
with the given OR address.
It is also possible to enter the 8 letters of an AFTN address in this field when
using wild cards before and after the AFTN address string.
Notification Request
with the selected notification report(s)
11.1.4.5.5.2 The Ipn Details sub-tab

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
This tab allows the operator to set search criteria for Ipn details of message of the type Ipn.
Ipn Originator
The search will be processed within the messages containing the given Ipn originator
address.
Ipn-Intended Recipient
The search will be processed within the messages containing the given Ipm-intended
recipient address.
Subject Ipm-Identifier
The search will be processed within messages containing the given subject Ipm-
identifier.
Converted Encoded Information Types
The search will be processed within messages containing the given converted
encoded information types.
Receipt Information
The search will look at the details set in the receipt information of the message.
Receipt Time
The search will be processed within messages which receipt time is
Acknowledge Mode
The search will be processed within the messages containing the selected
acknowledge mode.
11.1.4.5.5.3 The Probe Details sub-tab

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
This tab allows the operator to set search criteria for details of message of the type Probe.
Content Length
The search will be processed for probe messages with content length in the given
range.
information types.
Content Type
type(s).
Content Identifier
Envelope Originator
originator.
Implicit Conv.
Conv. w. loss
Disclosure
"disclosure of other recipient Allowed".
Altn. Recip.
recipient allowed".
DL Exp.
Cont. Ret.
Reassignm.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Latest delivery
Envelope Recipients
Address
name
11.1.4.5.5.4 The Deliv. Envelope sub-tab
This tab allows the operator to set search criteria for the delivery envelope of message of the
type PLAIN. To be able to make changes in the criteria of this tab the operator has to tick the
X.400 Priority
priority(ies).
information types.
Content Type
type(s).

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Content Identifier
MTS Identifier
Envelope Originator
originator.
Envelope Recipients
recipients.
Delivery Time
Implicit Conv.
Conv. w. loss
11.1.4.5.5.5 The Subm. Envelope sub-tab
This tab allows the operator to set search criteria for the submission envelope of message of

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
X.400 Priority
priority(ies).
information types.
Content Type
type(s).
Content Identifier
Envelope Originator
originator.
Implicit Conv.
Conv. w. Loss
Disclosure
"disclosure of other recipients".
Altn. Recip.
recipient allowed".
DL Exp.
Cont. Ret.
Reassignm.t
Latest delivery

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Envelope Recipients
Recipients Address
name
11.1.4.5.5.6 The Submission Result sub-tab
This tab allows the operator to set search criteria for the submission results of message of
Submission Time
The search will be processed within messages which submission time is comprised
MTS Identifier

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
11.1.5 The AFTN Channel Configuration
The AFTN Channel configuration function enables the operator to display the settings of the
channel configured in the Message Office.
11.1.5.1 Functions
11.1.5.1.1 File
Reload
Reloads the data from the last saved state.
Save
Saves the configuration.
Print Choice
Print Preview

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Close
Closes this unit.
11.1.5.2 Fields
The AFTN Channel configuration is divides in 4 tabs:
• The General Settings tab
• The Channel Check Settings tab
• The SVC Settings tab
• The TCP Device tab
11.1.5.3 The General Settings tab
Channel name
Max Text length
The maximum number of characters allowed to be handled within a message.
Message Format
The message format with which messages will be transmitted on this channel.
• IA5
• ITA2
Originator
The AFTN address of the channel.
Current State
The current state of the channel
• ACTIVE
• INACTIVE

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Initial State
The initial connection state of the channel:
• UNKNOWN
• DISCONNECTED
• CONN_BY_HOST
• CONN_BY_REMOTE
Activation Date
The date and time when the Channel was last activated.
CID
Defines the channel identifier for outgoing messages.
CSN digits
The length (number of digits) of the channel sequence number (CSN)
CSN Rx
The current channel sequence number for the reception side
CSN Tx
The current channel sequence number for the transmission side
Alignment
The contents of the alignment function. This is used when composing the header
information for outgoing messages. For incoming messages both alignment types are
accepted.
• CR_LF
• CR_CR_LF
Conveyance Type
Defines whether the communication between the AFTN switch and the device uses
the protocol according to Annex 10/II completely ("MTP"), partly ("GEN").
• MTP
• GEN
Working Method
Specifies how incoming messages have to be handled.
• SVC
• CONF
• IMA1
• IMA2

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Enq / Answerback Settings

Use
Defines whether or not the system inquires the answerback string on this
channel.
Answerback
This entry contains the answerback string expected to be received on this
channel when inquired by the system.
Use Empty Message Procedure
Enable the empty message procedure to establish a connection.
Midnight tolerance
Time in minutes during which the midnight reset of the CSN for incoming messages
will not trigger any SVC message.
Retention Time
The number of days the messages will be retained by the system.
11.1.5.4 The Channel Check Settings tab
Mode
Defines whether the system shall send and expect periodic channel check messages
on the channel or not.
Tx Period
The time in minutes between two outgoing channel check messages
Rx Period
The time in minutes between two incoming channel check messages
Tolerance
Sets the tolerance (in minutes) for early and late incoming channel check messages.
Send Extra CHCK
If this checkbox is ticked an extra channel check message will be sent at midnight.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Adjust System Clock By Midnight CHCK

If this checkbox is ticked the system clocked will be adjusted when receiving the
midnight channel check message.
11.1.5.5 The SVC Settings tab
Previous station
The AFTN address of the previous station. This AFTN address will be used when the
system generates an SVC message.
Generate SVC
If this checkbox is ticked SVC messages will be generated automatically.
SVC Priority
Defines the priority of the automatically generated SVC messages.
Max allowed CSN gap
Define the max value for the gap in CSN numbers that will be handled automatically.
Handle SVC QTA MIS
If this checkbox is ticked incoming SVC QTA MIS messages will be handled
automatically.
Handle SVC QTA RPT <TID>
If this checkbox is ticked incoming SVC QTA RPT <TID> messages will be handled
automatically.
Handle SVC QTA RPT <OGN>
If this checkbox is ticked incoming SVC QTA RPT <OGN> messages will be handled
automatically.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
11.1.5.6 The TCP Device tab
Name
The name of the device.
Direction
The direction of the device.
• OFF
• IN
• OUT
• BOTH
Server
The network address of the server.
Call Wait Time
The time in milliseconds the application will wait after successful connection
establishment.
Local Port
The port number on the local machine
Remote Port
The port number on the remote machine
Ping Settings
Use
If this checkbox is ticked, connections will be supervised by ping.
Ping Interval
The interval in milliseconds between two consecutive ping transmissions

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Failure Threshold
The threshold value for unsuccessful ping transmissions after which the
connection will be considered as broken.
Close on failure
If this checkbox is ticked, the connection will be reset if the number of
unsuccessful ping transmissions exceeds the threshold value.
Keep Alive settings
Use
If this checkbox is ticked, connections will be supervised by Keep-Alive.
Keep Alive Time
Idle time in milliseconds after which the Keep-Alive will be started.
Keep Alive Interval
The interval in milliseconds between two consecutive Keep Alive
transmissions.
Failure Threshold
The threshold value for unsuccessful Keep Alive transmissions after which the
connection will be considered as broken.
11.1.6 The AMHS Channel Configuration
The AMHS channel configuration allows the administrator to modify AMHS the channel.
Note: Always restart the client on which a channel is running after modification.
The AMHS channel configuration is divided in two tabs:
• The General Settings tab
• The MTA Device tab

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
11.1.6.1 Functions
11.1.6.1.1 File
Reload
Reloads the last saved channel data
Save
Saves the current AMHS channel. This is only possible if the AMHS channel has
already been named with the Save As function.
Print
Print Choice
Opens the print function to enable the choice of the printer on which the printout will
be done.
Close
Closes the unit.
11.1.6.2 The General Settings tab
Channel Name
The name of the channel. This is a read only field.
Activation Date
The date and time when the Channel was last used from a client. This is a read only
field.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Session Type
Type of connection to the MTA.
• P3: MTS (message transfer system) access protocol. The user agent is
directly connected to the MTA
• P7: MS (message store) access protocol. The user agent is connected to the
MTA via a message store.
O/R Address
The O/R Address of the channel. According to the addressing scheme chosen the
syntax used for the O/R address is different.
Message Quota [kB]
The maximum volume (in kB) of the message texts sent within the retention time.
Used Message Quota [kB]
Volume (in kB) the files attached message texts sent within the retention time already
used.
Alignment
The contents of the alignment function to be used with this channel.
• CR_LF
• CR_CR_LF
Retention Time
The number of days the messages will be retained before automatic deletion.
Attachment Quota [kB]
The maximum volume (in kB) of the files attached sent within the retention time.
Used Attachment Quota [kB]
Volume (in kB) of the files attached sent within the retention time already used.
Initial State
The initial connection state of the channel.
• CONN_BY_HOST: The connection is automatically initiated by the host
server.
• DISCONNECTED: The channel is disconnected.
Current State
The current state of the channel. This is a read only field.
• ACTIVE
• INACTIVE

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
11.1.6.3 The MTA Device tab
Name
The name of the MTA device used with this channel. This is a read only field.
Direction
The direction of the MTA device
• OFF
• IN
• OUT
• BOTH
Server /MTA
The network address of the MTA Server.
[...]-button
Opens the following dialog to configure the presentation address.
Selectors
Presentation
The presentation selector (PSEL)
Session
The session selector (SSEL)
Transport
The transport selector (TSEL)

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Network
Server
The server IP address of symbolic name.
Port
The TCP port number
Password
The password to authenticate towards the MTA.
Connection Check Settings
Use
If this checkbox is ticked, cyclic connection checks will be used.
Interval
The interval in milliseconds between two connection checks.
11.1.7 Autoprocess Profiles
The Autoprocess Profiles function enables the operator to process automatically messages
after they have spent a given time in the unprocessed folder of the Message Office.
11.1.7.1 Functions
11.1.7.1.1 File
New
Clears the fields.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Load
Loads a route part.
Save
Saves the current route part.
Save As
Saves the current route part under a new name.
Delete
Deletes the current route part.
Close
Closes this unit.
11.1.7.2 Fields
Name
Name of the profile
Active
States if the profile is the active one or not.
Note: only one profile can be active at a given time.
Last changed
The date and time when the profile was last modified.
Channel
Name of the channel on which the auto-process rule applies.
Lifetime (min)
Recurrence in minutes for the auto-process rule.
Filter
Filter applied to the auto-process rule. The filter has to be a stored search constraint.
If nothing is set in this field, all unprocessed messages will be transferred to the
processed folder after the time set in the Lifetime field.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
11.1.8 Online Message Monitor

The Online allows the operator to monitor when messages are sent or received by his / her
Message Office.
11.1.8.1 Functions
11.1.8.1.1 File
New
Clears the Message Monitoring.
Start monitoring
Starts the monitoring.
Stop monitoring
Stops the monitoring.
Close
Closes the Online Message Monitor.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
11.1.8.1.2 Options
Show Toolbar
Filter
Opens the filter chooser.
Filters are stored search parameters. The filter names and parameters therefore
correspond to the folders that can be found under the Search node.
To change the parameters of the message monitoring filter, the operator shall change
the parameters of the corresponding search folder.
Clear Filter
Clears the display filter.
Enlarge Font (Ctrl +)
Enlarges the font of the Message Monitoring. This will occur at the next message
received or sent.
Shrink Font (Ctrl -)
Shrinks the font of the Message Monitoring. This will occur at the next message
received or sent.
Autoprint
If this checkbox is ticked the messages displayed on the online message monitor will
automatically be printed out.
Note: To enable the auto-print function the printer has to be a matrix
printer with endless paper and has to be defined as the standard printer
of the PC.
11.1.8.2 The message monitoring

This is the main part of the Online Message Monitor, it displays the following parameters
concerning the message:
• The direction: transmitted or received
• The type of message: PLAIN, NOTAM, FPL, DEP...
• The date and time
• The priority
• The date time group

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
• The AFTN address of the originator

• The addressees
• The subject, if any
• The text
11.1.9 AFTN Viewer
11.1.10 AFTN Viewer

A double click on a PLAIN message in the Message Office opens the AFTN Viewer.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
11.1.10.1 Functions
11.1.10.1.1 File
Print Choice
Print Preview
Acknowledge
Creates and sends a receipt notification. This function is only active for messages
with Priority SS for which no receipt notification has yet been sent.
Reply to
Reply all
Close
Closes the AMHS Viewer
11.1.10.1.2 Options
11.1.10.2 Fields
TID
The first field represents the Message Transmission Protocol Identifier (MTP-ID).
It is inserted automatically when the user opens a message or creates a new
message. The MTP-ID must consist of exactly 3 alpha characters (A...Z).
This field is mandatory.
Example: SPD

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
The second field represents the Channel Sequence Number. It is inserted

automatically when the user opens a message or creates a new message. The CSN
number consists of 3 or 4 digits depending on the configuration of the application.
DTG
According to ICAO Aeronautical Telecommunications – Annex 10, the AFTN heading
line leaves space for the 'Additional Service Indication' following the transmission
identifier. The application makes use of this field in form of inserting 'Day Time Group'
information. The DTG is inserted automatically based on the current system time
when transmission of the message occurs. The format of the DTG is specified as
'ddHHmmss'.
Example: 07011700
Priority
The AFTN priority indicator is shown as a combo-box that offers all valid AFTN
priorities for input.
Addresses
In the address area of the AFTN form 21 addresses are displayed. The contents of
the destination address(es) field(s) will be checked for valid input. A valid input
consists of 8 IA5 uppercase letters.
Example: EGGGYNYX
Filing Time
The Filing Time is automatically updated by the system when the message is sent,
the current time will then be inserted by the system. The format of the Filing Time is
specified as 'ddHHmm'.
Example: 070105
Originator
The Originator address (8 IA5 uppercase letters) is automatically inserted by the
system. Every user with privilege free text has an assigned AFTN address, which is
used as originator address when sending AFTN messages.
Example: EGGGYAYA
Optional Heading Information
The Optional Heading Information according to ICAO, Annex 10, amendment 71, is
specified as information that can be added to fill up the remainder of the Origin Line.
This means that it can carry up to 48 characters for messages of priority 'SS' and up
to 53 characters for all other messages. The allowed character set is the same as for
the message body.
This field is optional.
Example: ANY TEXT THE USER LIKES TO INSERT

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
11.1.10.3 AFTN Correction Position Viewer
The AFTN Correction Position Viewer is an AFTN Viewer with editable fields. It highlights the
errors that prevented the system to transmit the message and displays an error information
table at the bottom of the unit.
The operator can execute the corrections inside the AFTN Correction Position Viewer and
send the corrected message.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
11.1.10.3.1 Specific functions
11.1.10.3.1.1 File
Show Message Trace

Displays the trace of the message
Show original message
Displays the original erroneous message
Revert to original
Discards all changes
Send the corrected message
Sends the corrected message
Send message
Sends the message
11.1.10.3.1.2 Options
Show special characters

Displays the special characters contained in the message.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
11.1.11 The AMHS Viewer unit

A double click on a PLAIN message in the Message Office opens the AMHS Viewer.
Some fields in the Details tab and the whole Traces tab depend on the kind of message
viewed: transmitted or received.
The AMHS Viewer is composed of three different tabs:
• The Message tab of the AMHS Viewer
• The Details tab of the AMHS Viewer
• The Traces tab of the AMHS Viewer
If a file has been attached to the message, a fourth tab is displayed: The File tab of the
AMHS Viewer

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
11.1.11.1 Functions
11.1.11.1.1 File
Acknowledge
Creates and sends a receipt notification. This function is only active for messages
with Priority SS for which no receipt notification has yet been sent.
Reply to
Reply all
Forward
message.
Print Choice
Print Preview
Close
Closes the AMHS Viewer
11.1.11.1.2 Options
Show Toolbar

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
AFTN Style Address Display

Switches the view of addresses for AMHS to AFTN and vice versa.
11.1.11.2 The Message tab of the AMHS Viewer

All fields of the AMHS viewer are Display only.
ATS Prio
The ATS Priority Indicator of the AMHS message.
Filing Time
The Filing Time of the AMHS message. The format of the Filing Time is specified as
'ddHHmm'
OHI
The Optional Heading Information of the AMHS message.
Originator
Address of the originator of the message.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Recipients
The addressees of the AMHS message.
A right mouse click in this field makes the following context window appear:
The operator can then choose to:

• Show the details for the selected address
• Translate all addresses from AMHS to AFTN and vice versa.
Subject
The subject of the AMHS message.
Message Text
The body of the AMHS message.
The Details window
The details window shows some detail settings for the selected address.
11.1.11.3 The Details tab of the AMHS Viewer

Received messages

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Transmitted messages
IPM Identifier
The Interpersonal Message Identifier. It is a unique identifier automatically given by
the User Agent. This identifier is part of the Header of the message.
MTS identifier
The Message Transfer Service Identifier. It is automatically given by the MTA. It will
be used in Reports in order to refer to the subject message.
Priority
The transfer priority of the AMHS message. This indicator is on the envelope of the
message. It can have the following values:
• Non-urgent
• Normal
• Urgent

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Importance
This parameter is included in the header of the AMHS message. It shows the
recipient the importance the originator gives to the message. It can have the following
values:
• Low
• Normal
• High
Sensitivity
This parameter is for military use only. It can have the following values:
• Not sensitive
• Personal
• Private
• Company-confidential
Reception time
The timestamp the application has given to the message by the time of the reception.
Note: This field is only in the AMHS Viewer for received messages.
Delivery time
The date and time of the delivery of the message
Note: This field is only in the AMHS Viewer for received messages.
Transmission Time
The timestamp the application has given to the message by the time of the
transmission.
Note: This field is only in the AMHS Viewer for transmitted messages.
Submission Time
The date and time at which the AMHS message was delivered.
Deferred Delivery Time
The date and time until when the MTS defers the delivery of the message.
Reply Time
The date and time until when the recipient can reply to the message.
Latest Delivery Time
The date and time until when the message shall be delivered. If the message has not
been delivered until then, it will be erased.
Expiry Time
The date and a time until when the message is valid.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Envelope Originator Address

The address of the originator of the AMHS message envelope.
Originator Return Address
The originator return address.
Content Type
The content standard used.
Content Identifier
Identifier automatically given by the User Agent. It will be used in Reports.
Encoded Information Types
The code type of the information contained in the message.
Additional Mail Properties
Alternate Recipient Allowed
Determines whether or not the MTA can send the message to the alternate
recipient if the addressee is not reachable.
Note: This field is only in the AMHS Viewer for transmitted
messages.
Conversion With Loss Prohibited
Determines whether or not the MTA is allowed to convert the text in another
format without any loss of the contents.
Disclosure of Other Recipients Allowed
Determines whether or not the O/R addresses of other recipients are to be
indicated to each recipient at delivery.
messages.
DL Expansion Prohibited
Determines whether or not the MTA is allowed to expand an address in a
delivery list and send the message to all of its subscribers if it recognizes one
as such and not as a unique address.
messages.
Implicit Conversion Prohibited
Determines whether or not the MTA is allowed to convert the text in another
format.
Receipt Reassignment Prohibited
Determines whether or not the originator prohibits the intended recipients from
redirecting the submitted message.
messages.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
11.1.11.4 The File tab of the AMHS Viewer

The File tab is only displayed in the AMHS Viewer if the viewed message has an attached
file.
A double click on an attached file opens it.
Name
Name of the file.
Size
Size of the file.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
11.1.11.5 The Traces tab of the AMHS Viewer

The Traces tab is only displayed in the AMHS Viewer for received messages.
Trace Information
Information about the own domain.
Internal trace Information
Information about each MTA through which the message was transmitted.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
11.2 The Message Office unit

The Message Office is used to monitor messages which have been sent and received by the
current operator.
It is divided in 3 parts:
• The channel tree of the Message Office.
• The message table of the Message Office.
• The message preview of the Message Office.
11.2.1 The channel tree of the Message Office

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
11.2.1.1 The ID node

At the top of the left hand pane a node with the ICAO address assigned to the operator
logged in is displayed.
An icon on this node shows if the connection is up or down:
Connection up
The icon is green.

Connection down
The icon is red.

Note: the icon remains red until the Message Office receives a new
message, or the operator goes online.
,
A left mouse click on the connection icon opens a context menu that allows the operator to
switch the channel connection to online or to offline.
From this pane it is possible to see all messages sent and received by this ICAO address.
The messages received are sorted in 3 folders within the node with the operator's ICAO
address. These folders are the status of the message: Unprocessed, Processed and
Transmitted. In the Processed and in the Transmitted folders the messages are sorted in
new sub-folders, the name of which is a date in the format Year, Month and Day. The newest
date always situated at the top of the list. The number of days displayed is configurable by
the administrator.
Clicking on the latch symbol of a folder will expand it to show all dates for that status.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
All messages received appear at first in the Unprocessed folder. Once they have been read
they will be moved automatically into the Processed folder.
Messages sent by this ICAO address will be placed in the Transmitted folder. Next to each
of these folder names is a number showing how many messages are contained in each
folder.
If more than one channel is configured each configured channel will be displayed as
separate node in the channel tree.
11.2.1.2 The Correction Position node

The XCORRPOS node is the correction position. The operator can execute the following
functions:
• receive and inspect incorrect messages
• correct and send messages
• delete messages which cannot or shall not be corrected
• split oversized messages,
• inspect and delete messages received by CIDIN
11.2.1.3 The Search node

Below the XCORRPOS node is the Search node. It has a folder in which the search results
of an unsaved search will be displayed. Further folder will be displayed if the user saves the
settings of a search with the Save Search Constraints button or action in the Search File
menu.
Selecting a folder in the Search node and clicking on the right mouse button opens the
context menu in which the user can:
• Edit the search parameters.
• Delete the folder.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
• Clear the search results in the selected folder.

• Execute the search with the existing parameters.
Note: the Search Result folder cannot be deleted.
For more information about the search function, please refer to the section The search
function of this chapter.
11.2.1.4 The User Area node

Below the Search node is the User Area node. This node is where the operator can create
folders and organize messages as it best suits his / her needs. Messages received and
stored in the ID node cannot be deleted nor moved but they can be copied into the User Area
node using the drag and drop function. Here the copies can be organized into useful groups
and deleted when they are no longer needed.
Selecting the Display Area node or a folder of the Display Area and clicking on the right
mouse button opens the context menu in which it is possible to add, delete or rename a
folder.
Note: The node User Area cannot be renamed nor removed.
To delete one message in the message Area the user has to select the message and click
on the [Delete]-button or select the Delete function in the File menu.
11.2.2 The message table of the Message Office
Selecting a folder in the channel tree of the Message Office will display the contents of that
folder in the message table.
The items in this table can be ordered by any of the column headers simply by clicking on
that header with the mouse.
The order in which the columns are displayed can be changed by changing the column order
in the Select Columns window of the Options menu. In this menu it is also possible to add or
remove some columns.
Messages in this table can be opened in different ways:
• A single click on a message displays the contents in the message preview of the
Message Office.
• A double click on a message displays the message in the AMHS Viewer unit if it is a
PLAIN text message and in the corresponding form when the message format has
been recognised.
• A right mouse click on a message will produce a list of forms appropriate for the
display of that message.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
The columns in this table are the following:

APrio
AFTN Priority.
Changed by
Name of the operator who changed the message.
Changed on
Date when the message was changed.
Created
Date and time when the message was created.
From
Address of the originator.
ID
Internal identifier of the message.
Info
Information symbols concerning the message:
• Reply to
• Reply All
• Forward
• Attachment
Message text
Text of the message.
Subject
Subject of the message if any.
Status
The status of the message.
In the ID node, the additional channel nodes, the search node and the user area
node, a message can have the following status:
Status Meaning
O Transmitted: The message has been transmitted successfully.
P Processed: The received message has been processed.
U Unprocessed: The received message is still unprocessed.
X Unsent: The message has not yet been transmitted. This status exist in the short
period of time between the moment the operator has clicked on the [Send]-button
and the moment the message has been totally processed by the system.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
In the XCORRPOS node a message can have the following status:
Status Meaning
U Unread: The message has arrived to the correction position but has not yet been
read.
R Read: The message has arrived to the correction position has been read, but has not
yet been corrected.
C Corrected: The message has been corrected.
Timestamp
delivered time.
To
Address of the first recipient.
Type
11.2.3 The message preview of the Message Office
This pane displays the message selected in the message table of the Message Office.
A set of headings appear here, they are described below:
Type
Received
The date and time the message was received.
ATS Prio.
The ATS priority assigned to the message.
Filing Time
The time at which the message was received by the AFTN handler, expressed as
Day Hour Minute.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
OHI
The Optional Header Information attached to the message.
X.400 Prio.
The X.400 priority assigned to the message.
Importance
The X.400 importance assigned to the message.
Sensitivity
The X.400 Sensitivity assigned to the message.
Delivered
The date and time of the message delivery.
Reply until
Maximum date and time of a needed reply.
Expires
Expiration date and time of the message.
Subject
Subject of the message.
Recipients
The addresses of the recipient to whom this message was addressed.
Text
The message contents.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
12 OPTIONS MENU
The Options menu allows the user to enable or disable of the tool tips as well as to show or
hide the menu icons of all frames.
Enable Tool Tips

Ticking this check box enables the display of the tool tips in all frames.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
13 WINDOW MENU
The Window menu helps the user to control all open windows at once.
Close All
Closes automatically all units open.
Minimize All
Minimizes automatically all units open.
Restore All
Restores automatically all units minimized.
Pack All
Restores the original size of all units open.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
14 HELP MENU
The Help menu provides a general help file and a context sensitive help.
Launch Help
Launches the general help file. The help is not displayed in the MDI schema. The
help frame can be moved out of the AviTerm framework. So it is possible to work with
the system and have in parallel the help file open.
'?' - Context sensitive help
Changes the mouse cursor into a question mark. Clicking then in the HMI will open
the general help file next to the topic of the item that was clicked on.
Note: the context sensitive help shall only be used on active fields in
active windows.
About
Gives information about the copyright and the current version number of the
application.

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
ANNEX A ABBREVIATIONS
The following list shows the standard abbreviations of Avitech. They may not all appear in
this document.
Abbreviation Meaning
ACFT Aircraft
ACK Acknowledgement
acu AIS Centre Unit
AD Aerodrome
ADDR Address List
AFTN Aeronautical Fixed Telecommunications Network
AIP Aeronautical Information Publication
AIS Aeronautical Information Service
ALTN Alternate
AMHS ATS Message Handling System
AO Aircraft Operator
ARO Aeronautical Reporting Officer
ARR Arrival
ASHTAM NOTAM reporting (volcanic) Ash hazard
ATA Actual Time of Arrival
ATD Actual Time of Departure
ATS Air Traffic Services
atu AIS Terminal Unit
BIRDTAM NOTAM reporting Bird hazard
BRG Angle of the Arc
CHG Change
CNL Cancellation
CFL Current Flight Plan

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
CTOT Calculated Take-Off Time
DEP Departure
DEST Destination
DLA Delay
DOF Date of Flight
DTG Date and Time Group
EAD European AIS Database
EET Estimated Elapsed Time
EOBT Estimated Off Block Time
EST Estimated
ETA Estimated Time of Arrival
ETD Estimated Time of Departure
FIR Flight Information Region
FPL Flight Plan
HHMM Hours, 2 digits - Minutes, 2 digits
HMI Human Machine Interface
IATA International Air Transport Association
ICAO International Civil Aviation Organization
ID Identification
IFR Instrument Flight Rules
INB Inbound Flight Plan
INTM Intermediate
IOBD Initial Off Block Date
IOBT Initial Off Block Time
IPM Interpersonal Message
IPN Interpersonal Notification

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
IR Information Region
LOV List of Values
mcu MHS Center Unit
MDI Multiple Document Interface
METAR Meteorological aerodrome routine Weather Report
MHS Message Handling System
MSG Message
MTA Message Transfer Agent
MTS Message Transfer Service
MTOW Maximum Take Off Weight
mtu MHS Terminal Unit
NBARC Number of Arriving Aircrafts
NOF NOTAM Office
NOTAM Notice to Airmen
NOTAMC Cancel NOTAM
NOTAMN New NOTAM
NOTAMR Replacement NOTAM
OHI Optional Header Information
PERM Permanent
PIB Pre Flight Information Bulletin
PTOT Provisional Take-Off Time
RQP Request Flight Plan
RQS Request Supplementary Information
RVR Runway Visual Range
RWY Runway
SIGMET Significant Meteorological Weather Phenomena

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
SNOWTAM NOTAM reporting ice or snow related hazard
SPL Supplementary Information
TAF Terminal Aerodrome Forecast.
TID Terminal Identification Number
UA User Agent
UIR Upper Information Region
UTC Universal Time Coordinated
UTM Universal Transverse Mercator
VFR Visual Flight Rules
YYMMDD Year, 2 digits - Month, 2 digits - Day, 2 digits

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
ANNEX B KEYBOARD MAPPING

Except for the list of values, the keyboard shortcuts used in the AviTerm application are the
shortcuts used within Java.
B.1 List of values

Some fields are linked to a list of value. They can react in two different manners:
Open a list of value chooser
Fields having a blue square in the upper left corner will open a list of value chooser
when the operator places the cursor in one of these fields and presses the [F4]-key.
After having chosen a value the operator has to leave the field so that the system
can fill out the related fields.
Open a finder
Fields having a grey triangle in the upper left corner when the cursor is in them will
open a finder when the operator presses the [F4]-key.
It is possible to start filling up the field and then pressing on the [F4]-key. This will
result in opening a finder with a reduced list of possible entries. The use of the "%"
character as a wildcard is also allowed.
After having chosen a value the operator has to leave the field so that the system
can fill out the related fields.
B.2 Java shortcuts
B.2.1 JApplet - Inside an AviUnit (Java L&F)

Action Key sequence
Navigate out forward Tab, Ctrl + Tab
Navigate out backward Shift + Tab, Shift + Ctrl + Tab
Activate the default button (if Enter

defined)

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
B.2.2 Standard components
B.2.2.1 JButton (Java L&F)

This button comes to its original position after having been clicked on or having been
selected. All the Icons under the menu bar are JButtons.
Action Key sequence
Navigate forward Tab
Navigate backward Shift + Tab
Activate Default Enter
Activate Any Space bar, Alt + Char accelerator key (if defined)
Activate Cancel or Close Esc
B.2.2.2 JCheckBox (Java L&F)

This square box can be ticked or not ticked. All check boxes can be selected at the same
time.
,
Action Key sequence
Navigate within group Arrow keys
Check / Uncheck Space bar
B.2.2.3 JRadioButton (Java L&F)

Square or round box that can be ticked or not ticked. Only one radio button can be selected
at the same time.
,
Action Key sequence

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Action Key sequence
Navigate within group Arrow keys (Note: Navigating to a radio button selects it.)
B.2.2.4 JToggleButton (Java L&F)

Button that stays in the position it was set.
Action Key sequence
Navigate within group Arrow keys
B.2.2.5 JComboBox (Java L&F)

Drop down list in a field. Only one item can be selected in this list and only the selected item
can be seen in the field when the drop down list is closed.
Action Key sequence
Navigate out forward Tab
Navigate out backward Shift + Tab
Post menu Alt + Down
Retract menu Esc, Alt + Up
Toggle menu up Alt + Up
Toggle menu down Alt + Down
Activate menu item Enter
Jump to menu item without selecting Initial Char of Item (Only if the field is empty)
it

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Action Key sequence
Move up Up (Note: For other navigation keys, please see JList. For
more information on Edit Field, please see JTextField.)
Move down Down (Note: For other navigation keys, please see JList. For
more information on Edit Field, please see JTextField.)
B.2.2.6 JList (Java L&F)

List in which more than one item can be seen and in which the selected item is marked
Action Key sequence
Activate selection Enter
Move within list Up, Down
Move to beginning of list Ctrl + Home
Move to end of list Ctrl + End
Select all entries Ctrl + A
Make a selection Space bar (Note: This will deselect previous selection)
Select an additional item Ctrl + Space bar
Range select Shift + Space bar
Extend selection up Shift + Up
Extend selection down Shift + Down
Extend selection to top Shift + Home
Extend selection to end Shift + End
Block extend up Shift + PgUp
Block extend down Shift + PgDn
Block move PgUp, PgDn

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
B.2.2.7 JSlider (Java L&F)

Slide Bar such as the picture below
Action Key sequence
Minimum value Home
Maximum value End
Block increase or increase value PgUp
Block decrease or decrease value PgDn
B.2.3 Structured components
B.2.3.1 JTable (Java L&F)

Table
Action Key sequence
Navigate out forward Ctrl + Tab
Navigate out backward Ctrl + Shift + Tab
Move to next cell Tab
Move to next cell Right Arrow
Move to previous cell Shift + Tab
Move to previous cell Left Arrow
Wrap to next row Tab

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Action Key sequence
Wrap to next row Right Arrow
Wrap to previous row Shift + Tab or Left
Block move vertical PgUp, PgDn
Block move left Ctrl + PgUp
Block move right Ctrl + PgDn
Block extend vertical Shift + PgUp, Shift + PgDn
Block extend left Ctrl + Shift + PgUp
Block extend right Ctrl + Shift + PgDn
Move to first cell in row Home
Move to last cell in row End
Move to first cell in table Ctrl + Home
Move to last cell in table Ctrl + End
Select all cells Ctrl + A
Deselect current selection Up, Down
Deselect current selection Ctrl + Up, Ctrl + Down
Deselect current selection PgUp, PgDn
Deselect current selection Ctrl + PgUp, Ctrl + PgDn
Deselect current selection Home, End
Deselect current selection Ctrl + Home, Ctrl + End
Extend selection one row Shift + Up, Shift + Down
Extend selection one column Shift + Left, Shift + Right
Extend selection to beginning of row Shift + Home
Extend selection to end of row Shift + End
Extend selection to beginning of Ctrl + Shift + Home

column
Extend selection to end of column Ctrl + Shift + End

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Action Key sequence
Edit cell without overriding current F2

contents
Reset cell content prior to editing Esc
B.2.3.2 JTree (Java L&F)

This is a hierarchy tree. It is usually located on the left part of the frame or of the window.
Action Key sequence
Expand entry Right
Collapse entry Left
Toggle expand / collapse for entry Enter
Move up one entry Up
Move down one entry Down
Move to first entry Home
Move to last visible entry End
Block move vertical PgUp, PgDn
Block extend vertical Shift + PgUp, Shift + PgDn
Select all Ctrl + A
Select all Ctrl + /
Deselect all Ctrl + \

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Action Key sequence
Single select Ctrl + Space bar
Range-select Shift + Space bar
Extend selection to start of data Shift + Home
Extend selection to end of data Shift + End
B.2.4 Menu, toolbar, and tooltip components
B.2.4.1 JMenuBar (Java L&F)

The whole menu line
Action Key sequence
Jump to menu bar Alt
Navigate out Esc, Alt
Navigate between items within Arrow keys

menu
Select first item (if no item selected) F10
Select next item Right
Select previous item Left
Select default or selected item Enter
Post menu Up, Down, Enter, Space bar, Alt + Char accelerator key (if
defined)
Un-post menu Esc, Alt

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
B.2.4.2 JMenu (Java L&F)

The different selectable menus
Action Key sequence
Post menu Enter, F10
Post submenu Right
Move to next item (wrap to top) Down
Move to previous item (wrap to Up

bottom)
Retract menu Esc
Retract submenu Left
Activate default or selected item Enter
B.2.4.3 JMenuItem (Java L&F)

The item of a menu
Action Key sequence
Navigate in / out Arrow keys
Activate item Enter, Space bar, Alt + Char accelerator key (if defined)

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Action Key sequence
Post submenu Right
Retract submenu Left, Esc
B.2.4.4 JCheckBoxMenuItem (Java L&F)

A check box as menu item
Action Key sequence
Check / Uncheck item and retract Enter

menu
B.2.4.5 JRadioButtonMenuItem (Java L&F)

A radio button as menu item
Action Key sequence
Check / Uncheck item and retract Enter

menu

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
B.2.4.6 JPopupMenu (Java L&F)

Context menu
Action Key sequence
Post menu Shift + F10
Post submenu Right
Close submenu Left
Retract menu Esc
Move within menu Up, Down
Activate entry Enter, Space bar
B.2.4.7 JToolBar (Java L&F)

Icons placed under the menu bar and that show the main functions of the different menus
Action Key sequence
Navigate within Arrow Keys
Activate item Space

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
B.2.4.8 JToolTip (Java L&F)

This is a small description window that appears when the mouse is placed on an icon, a field,
a button... without clicking on it. It cannot be selected.
Action Key sequence
Post tip Ctrl + F1
Retract tip Esc, Ctrl + F1
B.2.5 Text components
B.2.5.1 JTextField (Java L&F)

Blank text field with only one line
Action Key sequence
Navigate in Alt + Char accelerator key (if defined)
Move to previous char Left
Move to next char Right
Move to previous word Ctrl + Left
Move to next word Ctrl + Right
Move to start of field Home
Move to end of field End
Submit entry Enter
Select all Ctrl + A
Deselect all Arrow keys
Extend selection left Shift + Left
Extend selection right Shift + Right

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Action Key sequence
Extend selection to start Shift + Home
Extend selection to end Shift + End
Extend selection to previous word Ctrl + Shift + Left
Extend selection to next word Ctrl + Shift + Right
Copy selection Ctrl + C
Cut selection Ctrl + X
Paste from clipboard Ctrl + V
Delete next character Delete
Delete previous character Backspace
B.2.5.2 JTextArea (Java L&F)

Blank text field with more than one line
Action Key sequence
Navigate in Tab, Alt + Char Accelerator Key (if defined)
Navigate out forward Ctrl + Tab
Navigate out backward Ctrl + Shift + Tab
Move up one line Up
Move down one line Down
Move left one char Left
Move right one char Right
Move to start of line Home
Move to end of line End

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Action Key sequence
Move to start of text area Ctrl + Home
Move to end of text area Ctrl + End
Block move up PgUp
Block move down PgDn
Block extend up Shift + PgUp
Block extend down Shift + PgDn
Block extend left Ctrl + Shift + PgUp
Block extend right Ctrl + Shift + PgDn
Select all Ctrl + A
Deselect all Arrow keys
Extend selection left Shift + Left
Extend selection to start of line Shift + Home
Extend selection to end of line Shift + End
Extend selection to start of text area Ctrl + Shift + Home
Extend selection to end of text area Ctrl + Shift + End
Copy selection Ctrl + C
Cut selection Ctrl + X

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Action Key sequence
Paste Selected Text Ctrl + V
Delete next character Delete
Delete previous character Backspace
Insert line break Enter
Insert tab Tab
B.2.5.3 JTextPane (Java L&F)

Field in with formatted texts as well as graphics can be edited
Action Key sequence
Navigate in Tab
Navigate out Ctrl + Tab
Navigate out backwards Shift +Ctrl + Tab
Move up a line Up
Move down a line Down
Move left a component or char Left
Move right a component or char Right
Move up one vertical block PgUp
Move down one vertical block PgDn
Move to start of line End
Move to start of data Ctrl + Home

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Action Key sequence
Move to end of data Ctrl + End
Move left one block Ctrl + PgUp
Move right one block Ctrl + PgDn
Select All Ctrl + A
Extend selection up one line Shift + Up
Extend selection down one line Shift + Down
Extend selection to beginning of line Shift + Home
Extend selection to beginning of Ctrl + Shift + Home

data
Extend selection to end of data Ctrl + Shift + End
Extend selection left Shift + Right
Extend selection up one vertical Shift + PgUp

block
Extend selection down one vertical Shift + PgDn

block
Extend selection left one block Ctrl + Shift + PgUp
Extend selection right one block Ctrl + Shift + PgDn
Extend selection left one word Ctrl + Shift + Left
Extend selection right one word Ctrl + Shift + Right

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
B.2.5.4 JEditorPane (Java L&F)

Field in with formatted texts can be edited
Note: For more information on how to navigate/move and make selections, please
see JTextArea.
Action Key sequence
Move to next HTML link or other Tab, Shift + Tab

focusable element
Move out of focusable elements that Ctrl + Tab, Ctrl + Shift + Tab
accept a tab
Activate an HTML link Enter
Navigate in / out Tab
Navigate out backwards Shift + Tab
Move up one line Up
Move down one line Down
Move left one component or char Left
Move right one component or char Right
Move up one vertical block PgUp
Move down one vertical block PgDn
Move to beginning of line Home

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Action Key sequence
Move to beginning of data Ctrl + Home
Move left one block Ctrl + PgUp
Move right one block Ctrl + PgDn
Select All Ctrl + A
Extend selection up one line Shift + Up
Extend selection down one line Shift + Down
Extend selection left one component Shift + Left

or char
Extend selection right one Shift + Right

component or char
Extend selection to start of line Shift + Home
Extend selection to start of data Ctrl + Shift + Home
Extend selection to end of data Ctrl + Shift + End
Extend selection up one vertical Shift + PgUp

block
Extend selection down one vertical Shift + PgDn

block
Extend selection left one block Ctrl + Shift + PgUp
Extend selection right one block Ctrl + Shift + PgDn
B.2.6 Containers: frames, windows, panes, and icons
B.2.6.1 JDesktopPane (Java L&F)

Main application window, that allows the use of Multiple Document Interface (MDI).

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Action Key sequence
Navigate forward among open Ctrl + Alt + F6, Alt + Tab, Alt + Esc, Ctrl + Alt + Shift + F6, Alt +
application windows, then desktop Shift + Tab
icons
Navigate forward among open Ctrl + F6, Alt + F6, Ctrl + Shift + F6
associated windows
Navigate backward among open Alt + Shift + F6

associated windows
Post menu of window-options Shift + Esc, Ctrl + Space bar, Alt + Space bar
Open window (when set as an icon) Enter

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
B.2.6.2 JOptionPane (Java L&F)

Pop up window to asks for a confirmation or to inform the user
Action Key sequence
Navigate in/out Alt + F6
Navigate within Tab, Shift + Tab
Retract dialog Esc

defined)
Activate the current button Space
B.2.6.3 JDialog (Java L&F)

Sub window with a title but without menu bar
Action Key sequence
Navigate out Alt + F6
Navigate within Tab, Shift + Tab
Retract dialog Esc

defined)
Activate the current button Space

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
B.2.6.4 JScrollPane (Java L&F)

Scroll bar
Action Key sequence
Move up Up
Move down Down
Move left Left
Move right Right
Move to start of data Ctrl + Home
Block move up PgUp
Block move down PgDn
B.2.6.5 JSplitPane (Java L&F)

This is a window in which elements are separated by a division bar and act independently
from one another.
Action Key sequence
Navigate out forward Tab, Ctrl + Tab
Navigate out backward Shift + Tab, Ctrl + Shift + Tab
Move between panes Tab, F6
Move to division bar F8

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Action Key sequence
Resize pane vertical Up, Down
Resize pane horizontal Left, Right
Resize to min Home
Resize to max End
B.2.6.6 JTabbedPane (Java L&F)

This is a window in which card boxes can be seen.
Action Key sequence
Navigate in Tab
Navigate out Ctrl + Tab
Move to tab left Left
Move to tab right Right
Move to tab above Up
Move to tab below Down
Move from tab to page Enter, Ctrl + Down
Move from page to tab Ctrl + Up
Move from page to previous page Ctrl + PgUp
Move from page to next page Ctrl + PgDn

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
B.2.6.7 JFrame (Java L&F)

This is a window that has a title and a menu bar.
Action Key sequence
Navigate out Alt + Esc
Display window menu Alt + Space bar

defined)
B.2.6.8 JInternalFrame (Java L&F)

This is a window that has a title and a menu bar and is inside a JDesktop.
Action Key sequence
Open (Restore) Ctrl + F5, Alt + F5, Enter
Close Ctrl + F4, Alt + F5
Move Ctrl + F7, Alt + F7
Resize Ctrl + F8, Alt + F8
Minimize Ctrl + F9, Alt + F9

AviSuite - MCU
User Manual
Action Key sequence
Display window menu Alt + Space bar

defined)
B.2.6.9 JWindow (Java L&F)

This is a window without any title or menu bar.
Action Key sequence

defined)
End of Document

Avisuite - Mcu User Manual: Avitech GMBH

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Avisuite - Mcu User Manual: Avitech GMBH

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

AviSuite - MCU

Version Change Date Section(s)

 Avitech GmbH 2018 Page 3 of 490

 Avitech GmbH 2018 Page 4 of 490

5.2.1 Functions .............................................................................................................46

 Avitech GmbH 2018 Page 5 of 490

5.3.1.9 MESSAGE_QUEUE_NOT_EMPTY .................................................................... 56

 Avitech GmbH 2018 Page 6 of 490

5.3.3.3 SFM_BACKWARDS_RELAY_DONE .................................................................. 65

 Avitech GmbH 2018 Page 7 of 490

5.3.3.12.2 Parameters ..........................................................................................................73

 Avitech GmbH 2018 Page 8 of 490

5.3.4.8.3 Necessary Actions ............................................................................................... 84

 Avitech GmbH 2018 Page 9 of 490

5.3.4.18 AFTN_TESTMESSAGE_HANDLING .................................................................. 94

 Avitech GmbH 2018 Page 10 of 490

5.3.4.28 AFTN_X25_EVENT ........................................................................................... 104

 Avitech GmbH 2018 Page 11 of 490

5.3.5.9.1 Description .........................................................................................................116

 Avitech GmbH 2018 Page 12 of 490

5.3.5.18.2 Parameters ........................................................................................................125

 Avitech GmbH 2018 Page 13 of 490

5.3.6.9.3 Necessary Actions ............................................................................................. 132

 Avitech GmbH 2018 Page 14 of 490

5.3.6.19 CIDIN_VC_STATE ............................................................................................ 136

 Avitech GmbH 2018 Page 15 of 490

6.3.4.14 Deactivate CSN checking [DAC_CSNCHK] ...................................................... 161

 Avitech GmbH 2018 Page 16 of 490

7.1.8.4.2 Lower part ..........................................................................................................193

 Avitech GmbH 2018 Page 17 of 490

8.14 The Exit Centre State report .............................................................................. 220

 Avitech GmbH 2018 Page 18 of 490

9.4.4.2 Fields .................................................................................................................249

 Avitech GmbH 2018 Page 19 of 490

9.5.5 AFTN Address Route ......................................................................................... 279

 Avitech GmbH 2018 Page 20 of 490

9.5.19 MTA Circuit ........................................................................................................313

 Avitech GmbH 2018 Page 21 of 490

10.4.4.3.2 Query .................................................................................................................337

 Avitech GmbH 2018 Page 22 of 490

10.7.7 The AMC tab ......................................................................................................366

 Avitech GmbH 2018 Page 23 of 490

10.8.5.2 Action .................................................................................................................389

 Avitech GmbH 2018 Page 24 of 490

11.1.4.5.5.6 The Submission Result sub-tab .................................................................. 424

 Avitech GmbH 2018 Page 25 of 490

11.1.11.5 The Traces tab of the AMHS Viewer ................................................................. 452

 Avitech GmbH 2018 Page 26 of 490

B.2.6 Containers: frames, windows, panes, and icons ............................................... 484

 Avitech GmbH 2018 Page 27 of 490

1.1 Purpose and scope

1.2 Referenced documents

 Avitech GmbH 2018 Page 28 of 490

2.1.1 Starting the application / Web Start technology

2.1.2 How to login

 Avitech GmbH 2018 Page 29 of 490

 Avitech GmbH 2018 Page 30 of 490

2.2 Printing mechanism

 Avitech GmbH 2018 Page 31 of 490

2.3.2 Special function calling a finder

 Avitech GmbH 2018 Page 32 of 490

2.4.1 The list of value chooser

 Avitech GmbH 2018 Page 33 of 490